GLOBAL ENVIRONMENT FACILITY
UNITED NATIONS ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME
PROJECT BRIEF
1. Identifiers
Project Number:
[Implementing Agency Project Number not yet assigned]
Project Title:
Demonstrating and capturing best practices and technologies for
the reduction of land-sourced impacts resulting from coastal
tourism
Short Title:
Implementing Sustainable Coastal Tourism in Sub-Saharan
Africa (SCTSSA)
GEF Implementing Agency: United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP)
Executing Agency:
United Nations Industrial Development Organization (UNIDO)
Requesting Countries:
Regional: (Cameroon, Gambia, Ghana, Kenya, Mozambique,
Nigeria, Senegal, Seychelles, and Tanzania)
Eligibility:
The countries are eligible under para. 9 (b) of the GEF Instrument.
Duration: five
years
GEF Focal Areas:
International Waters
GEF Programming
Framework:
Contaminant Based Operational Program (OP#10)
GEF Strategic Priority:
IW-3: Undertake innovative demonstrations for reducing
contaminants and addressing water scarcity issues
2. Summary:
The marine and coastal resources along the 48,000 km of sub-Saharan African coastline are under
threat to a varying degree from the impacts of development-related activities. In particular, coastal
tourism contributes to the threats to the coastal and marine ecosystems through tourism-related
pollution and contamination. At the same time, coastal tourism is often considered the
`environmentally friendly' alternative to more exploitative livelihood options. Based on the identified
issues and proposals at the Ministerial and Heads of State meeting in Johannesburg at the World
Summit on Sustainable Development and the thematic group on coastal, marine and freshwater
ecosystems of the New Partnership for Africa's Development, the project aims to demonstrate best
practices strategies for to reduce the degradation of marine and coastal environments of transboundary
significance resulting from pollution and contaminants and associated impacts. The project aims to:
(i) capture Best Available Practices and Technologies (BAPs and BATS) for contaminant reduction;
(ii) develop and implement mechanisms for sustainable tourism governance and management that
measurably reduce degradation of coastal ecosystems from land-based sources of pollution and
contamination; (iii) assess and deliver training and capacity requirements emphasising an integrated
approach to sustainable reduction in coastal ecosystem and environmental degradation; (iv) develop
and implement information capture, information processing and management mechanisms and
information dissemination; and (v) undertake cost-effective project management, coordination,
i
monitoring and evaluation. The primary emphasis of the Project is aimed toward on-the-ground
demonstrations which form the major component of the Project as reflected in the substantial funding
for these elements. The lessons learnt and project relevant information will be disseminated through a
project information exchange mechanism linked to IW:LEARN.
3. Costs and Financing (Million US $)
GEF:
Project
:
US
$
5,388,200
PDF
:
US
$
626,400
Subtotal
GEF
:
US
$
6,014,600
Co-financing:
National Governments
US $ 20,781,816
UNIDO
US$
200,000
UNEP/GPA
US$ 25,000
WTO
US $ 230,000
REDO
US $ 100,000
Nat. Con. Res. Centre
US$ 100,000
Ricerca
US
$
1,800,000
Ghana Wildlife
US $ 50,000
African Business Roundtable
US $ 10,000
SPIHT
US $ 25,000
AU-STRC
US $ 20,000
SNV (Netherlands Development Organization US $ 15,000
Subtotal
Co-financing
: US
$
23,356,816
Total
Project
Cost: (tentative) US$ 29.37 million (GEF: US$ 6.01 million; others
US$ 23.36 million)
4. Associated Financing (Million US $)
N/A.
5. Operational Focal Point Endorsement(s)
GEF Operational Focal Point
Date of endorsement
Cameroon
27 January 2006
Mr. Justin Ngoko Nantchou
GEF Operational Focal Point
Ministry of Environment and Nature Protection
Yaounde, Cameroon
Gambia
13 May 2003
Mr. Momodou Cham
GEF National Focal Point and Executive Director
National Environment Agency
Banjul, The Gambia
Ghana
02 March 2006
Mr. Edward O. Nsenkyire
Chief Director and GEF Operational Focal Point
Ministry of Environment and Science
Accra, Ghana
ii
Kenya
24 February 2006
Dr Avignon Muusya Mwinzi
Ag. Director General and GEF Operational Focal
Point
National Environment Management Authority
Nairobi, Kenya
Mozambique
14 March 2006
Mr. Policarpo Napica
GEF National Focal Point
Ministry for the Coordination of Environmental
Affairs, Maputo, Mozambique
Nigeria
21 March 2006
Ms. Anne Ene-Ita
GEF National Operational Focal Point
Federal Ministry of Environment
Abuja, Nigeria
Senegal
23 March 2006
Ms. Fatima Dia Toure
GEF Operational Focal Point
Ministry of Environment and Nature Protection
Dakar, Senegal
Seychelles
19 April 2006
Ambassador Claude Morel
Principal Secretary and GEF Operational Focal
Point
Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Mahe, Seychelles
Tanzania
27 February 2006
Mr. A.R.M.S. Rajabu
Permanent Secretary and GEF Operational Focal
Point
Vice Presidents Office, DarEs Salaam, Tanzania
6. IA Contact:
Mr Olivier Deleuze
O-I-C, UNEP/Division of GEF Co-ordination
Nairobi,
Tel: 254 20 7624153;
Fax: 254 20 520825;
Email: olivier.delauze@unep.org
iii
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
AOC-Hycos Système d'Observation du Cycle Hydrologique de l'Afrique de l'Ouest et Centrale
ASCLMEs
Agulhas and Somali Current Large Marine Ecosystems
AU-STRC
African Union Scientific, Technical and Research Committee
BAP
Best Available Practices
BAT
Best Available Technologies
BCLME
Benguela Current Large Marine Ecosystem
CCLME
Canary Current Large Marine Ecosystem
CBD
Convention on Biological Diversity
EA
Executing
Agency
EIA
Environmental Impact Assessment
EIMAS
Environmental Information Management and Advisory System
EMS
Environmental Management System
GCLME
Guinea Current Large Marine Ecosystem
GIS
Geographic Information System
GIWA
Global International Waters Assessment
GPA
Global Program of Action for the Protection of the Marine Environment from Land-
based Activities
IA Implementing
Agency
ICZM
Integrated coastal zone management
ISO
International Standards Organisation
IUCN
The World Conservation Union
IW
International
Waters
IW:LEARN
International Waters Learning Exchange and Resource Network
LME
Large Marine Ecosystem
MDGs
Millennium Development Goals
M&E
Monitoring and Evaluation
MSP
Medium Size Project (GEF)
NBSAP
National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan
NCRC
Natural Conservation and Resources Centre
NEPAD
New Partnership for African Development
NEAP
National Environmental Action Plan
NFP
National Focal Point
NSC
National Stakeholder Committee
NPA
National Programme of Action
NRM
Natural Resources Management
NTAG
National Technical Advisory Group
PCU
Project Coordination Unit
PDF
Project Development Facility
REDO
Research and Environmental Development Organisation
RICH
Regional Information Coordinating House
RPSC
Regional Project Steering Committee
RTAG
Regional Technical Advisory Group
T&CB
Training and Capacity Building
TDA
Transboundary Diagnostic Assessment
SADC
Southern African Development Community
SCTSSA
Sustainable Coastal Tourism in Sub-Saharan Africa
SIDS
Small Island Developing States
SMME
Small, Medium and Micro Enterprises
SPIHT
Syndicat Patronal des Industries de l'Hotellerie et du Toursime
ST-EP
Sustainable Tourism Eliminating Poverty
SNV
Netherlands Development Organisation
UNEP
United Nations Environment Programme
UNESCO
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation
UNESCO-IHP UNESCO- International Hydrological Programme
UNIDO
United Nations Industrial Development Organisation
iv
WIO-Lab
Western Indian Ocean Land Based Activities (UNEP)
WSSD
World Summit on Sustainable Development
WTO
World Trade Organisation
WWF
World Wide Fund for Nature
v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Background and Context Baseline Course of Action
1
GEF
Programming
Context
9
Regional Context
12
National Context
16
Threats, Root Causes and Key Barriers
20
Baseline
26
Rationale
and
Objectives
(the
Alternative)
29
Project
Components
and
Outputs
31
End-of-Project
Landscape
47
Indicators
&
Risks
49
Sustainability
53
Stakeholder
Participation
55
Replication
57
Implementation
Arrangements 58
Incremental
Cost
Assessment
60
Cost
Effectiveness
62
Monitoring,
Evaluation
and
Dissemination
62
LIST OT TABLES
1.
Negative Impacts of Coastal Tourism in Sub-Saharan Africa
2.
National Legislation, Policies and Strategies
3.
Institutional Structures (not including NGOs) in Participating Countries
4.
National Demonstration Projects for the Development of Best Available Practices and
Best Available Technologies for Sustainable Tourism
5.
Summary of Roles of Stakeholders in Project
6.
Summary of Incremental Cost Assessment Totals by Component
7.
Full Project Output Budget
LIST OF ANNEXES & APPENDICES
REQUIRED ANNEXES (Attached to Brief)
Annex A Incremental Cost Analysis
Annex B
Logical Framework Analysis
Annex C
STAP Roster Technical Review and Response
Annex C1 Response to the STAP Roster Technical Review
APPENDICES (Attached to Brief)
Appendix A The Project Demonstrations
OPTIONAL ANNEXES (Separate Document)
Annex D
Threats and Root Causes and Barrier Analysis
Annex E
Stakeholder Involvement Plan Summary
Annex F
Summary of National Reports
Annex G
List of SCTSSA-related, GEF supported or funded initiatives in Africa
Annex H
Endorsement Letter from NFPs and Co-Financing letters (separate files)
Annex I
Project Conformity with OP 10 Requirements
Annex J List of Private Sector Partners and Letters of Endorsement
Annex K
Project Monitoring and Evaluation Plan
Annex L
Response to GEF Secretariat and Implementing Agencies Reviews at Submission
vi
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1. BACKGROUND & CONTEXT -BASELINE COURSE OF ACTION
INTRODUCTION
1.
Globally, the productive capacity and ecological integrity of the marine environment,
including estuaries and near-shore coastal waters, are being degraded, and in many places the
degradation has intensified1. According to the Third Global Environment Outlook (GEO-3), the key
driving force behind the degradation of these ecosystems is often poorly-planned, and rapidly
accelerating, social and economic development-related activities in coastal areas that results from
increasing populations, urbanization, industrialization, maritime transport and tourism2. Tourism is
presently one of the most dynamic and fastest economic growth sectors around the world, especially in
developing nations3. Globally, this sector has repeatedly demonstrated its ability to act as a primary
driver of growth in some of the poorest nations4, and its potential to contribute to the Millennium
Development Goals, and its central target on poverty reduction5 through generating incomes,
investment, jobs, social welfare, external debt reduction, and encouraging economic diversification.
2.
Countries within sub-Saharan Africa are increasingly turning to tourism as a viable option to
accelerate their economic growth. As in most other regions, the tourism product in sub-Saharan Africa
is highly dependent on the natural resource base, and the natural beauty of the African coastline, in
combination with the favourable climate conditions, has increased the prominence of coastal beach
based tourism. Coastal tourism is often considered as an "environmentally-friendly" alternative to
more traditional exploitative forms of livelihood within sensitive coastal areas, which has the added
potential to benefit environmental protection and increase the appreciation of the value of natural
resources and diversity livelihood options. It is however also well recognized that coastal tourism and
recreational activities, and the other land- and marine-based activities associated with the sector, can
rapidly escalate negative human induced impacts, and lead to the degradation and loss of integrity of
the globally important coastal and marine ecosystems, especially if allowed to proceed in the absence
of careful planning, regulation and management. Countries in sub-Saharan African are therefore
looking to develop a more sustainable tourism sector where the level tourism activity continues to
produce positive long term benefits for the social, economic, natural and cultural environments6.
3.
Sub-Saharan Africa contains 32 coastal states (out of a total of 44 states), bordering both the
Atlantic and Indian Ocean, with a combined coastal length that exceeds 48,000 km 7. The system
boundaries of the sub-Saharan Africa region can be defined geographically as extending from
approximately 20 degrees N latitude south to about 30 degrees S latitude, and variously from 20
degrees west to about 50 degrees East longitude. The ecosystems resources shared by these countries
are encompassed by five distinct Large Marine Ecosystems8 (LMEs) (see Figure 1), all of which are
recognized as important for their globally significant marine diversity and high productivity, with rich
fishery resources, oil and gas reserves, precious minerals, and their potential for tourism. The marine
1 A Sea of Troubles (2001) Joint Group of Experts on the Scientific Aspects of Marine Environmental Protection (GESAMP)
2 It is estimated that 50 % of the world's coasts are threatened by development-related activities. Over 40 % of the world's
population already lives within 100 km of the coast, and the density of people in coastal areas (approx. 100 people km-2) is
already much higher than in inland areas (approx. 38 people km-2).
3 In 2004, international tourism receipts for developing countries amounted to US$177 billion, and international tourist
arrivals reached a record 763 million, and with 39% of the world's international tourist arrivals.
4 Tourism is currently main source of foreign exchange earnings in 46 of the 49 Least Developed Countries.
5 UN World Summit, September 2005 in New York, Declaration adopted on "Harnessing Tourism for the Millennium
Development Goals" during a tourism event organized by WTO.
6 Based on the definition of ICOMOS, ICTC, (2002)
7 Source: UNEP (2005). The GEO Data Portal. United Nations Environment Programme. http://geodata.grid.unep.ch
8 Canary Current, Guinea Current and Benguela Current and Anghulas Current and Somali Current.
1
Figure 1:
Map of the Large Marine Ecosystems (LMEs) of Africa.
Figure 2:
Map of Africa showing the distribution of the countries in sub-Saharan Africa
participating in the project (shaded in dark grey).
2
and coastal ecosystems in this region support a diverse complex of productive habitats, such as coral
reefs, seagrass meadows, mangrove forests, estuaries and floodplain swamps and several major coastal
upwelling sub-ecosystems that are ranked among the most productive coastal and offshore waters in
the world.
4.
The marine and coastal ecosystems along of Atlantic coast of sub-Saharan Africa support a
diverse assemblage of fauna including: fishes ranging from small pelagics, (sardinellas shad), large
pelagics (tuna and billfish), crustaceans and molluscs (shrimp, lobster, cuttlefish), and demersal
species (sparids and croakers); invertebrates such as intertidal molluscs (Anadara sp. Crassostrea sp.);
reptiles (turtles, crocodiles); marine mammals such as the West African manatee (Trichechus
senegalensis), and several species of sharks9; and millions of migratory birds that seasonally visit the
wetlands10 (Larus genei, Geochelidon nilotica, Sterna maxima, lbididorsalis, etc). The coastal areas on
the Atlantic coast of Sub-Saharan Africa also support important flora and fauna. Mangroves
(Rhizophora sp, Conocarpus sp, Avicennia sp, Mitragyna inermis, and Laguncularia sp.) are common
along these coasts and are dominant in certain places, such as the Niger Delta of Nigeria which has
Africa's largest and the world's third largest mangrove forests. Along the Indian Ocean coast of sub-
Saharan Africa the marine and coastal ecosystems support seagrass beds, coral reefs and mangrove
forests and provide critical habitats of high diversity for fish, invertebrates and other organisms. There
are over 11,000 species of marine fauna, including several thousand species of invertebrates and fish
(such as tuna, lobster, shrimp, oysters, clams, etc.), with over 370 species of scleractinian corals, 52
tropical inshore fish families and other charismatic species such as the Coelacanth, dugong, turtles,
cetaceans, sharks and important seabird populations. Five of the world's seven species of marine turtle
nest on beaches in the region. Coral reefs cover an estimated 7,000 km2 along the mainland coastline
of East Africa and throughout the Indian Ocean Island States11. Mangrove forests are found mainly in
nutrient rich river estuaries (e.g. estuaries of the Limpopo, Zambezi and Rufiji and Tana Rivers). Both
also provide a range of essential goods and services, including: (i) food, from fish and invertebrates,
and other sources like seaweed; (ii) livelihoods and employment; (iii) aesthetic natural landscapes; (iv)
protection and stabilization of the physical coastline to mitigate against storms and erosion; (v)
nutrient cycling of land run-off into food chains that ultimately supply fish and other products; and
(vi) regulation of atmospheric gases (e.g. CO 2) and of the global climate.
5.
Coastal states in sub-Saharan Africa are home to over 465 million people12 and many are
directly dependent on the marine and coastal resources and the essential goods and services they
provide. Marine and coastal environments throughout sub-Saharan Africa are presently affected by
anthropogenic activities associated with fishing, agriculture, residential developments, land run-off
urban and domestic sewage, industrial sites, ports, as well as mining for sand, limestone and coral for
building materials, and oil, gas and other mineral resources (in West Africa). Signs of degradation of
the marine and coastal environment are becoming more obvious. Resources are being overexploited
and the quality of the coastal and marine areas is being degraded. Some countries in the region are oil
producers and others (e.g. Cameroon and Nigeria) are net exporters. The expansion of the oil industry
and the number of offshore platforms, pipelines, and various export/import terminals, coastal refineries
results in an inevitable increase in oil pollution. The use of inorganic and organic chemical fertilisers
and pesticides has markedly increased with the development of commercial agriculture and the advent
of large plantations and the need to improve food production and protect human health against insect-
borne diseases. Run-off loaded with these chemicals may reach surface or groundwater and coastal
waters leading to hypernutrification. Most of the countries lack the facilities to properly treat or
dispose of domestic or industrial liquid and solid wastes and these often ended being released or
dumped into coastal waters or wetland areas. In some areas pollution levels threaten human health,
directly through exposure to contaminants and pathogens in coastal waters, and indirectly through the
accumulation of toxins in seafood.
6.
The general expansion of development-related activities in the region over the past 30 years,
and the abundance of natural resources and economic opportunities have led to high rates of migration
in the coastal areas in sub-Saharan Africa. The higher density of people in the narrow coastal areas has
9 World Bank Report, 1994
10 UNEP Regional Seas Reports and Studies No. 171
11 Obura (2005) and Ahamada et al. (2005)
12 UNDP (2005) Human Development Report http://hdr.undp.org/
3
put further pressure on these fragile ecosystems and on the natural resources. The expansion of coastal
tourism has also played its part; the typical tourism marketing approach of selling "sand, sea, and sun"
has resulted in the growth of hotel and leisure facilities in sensitive coastal areas. This has further
increased the density of coastal populations and contributed to the degradation of these environments,
as well as to dislocations in the social fabric of many communities. Human induced impacts on the
marine and coastal environment have resulted in the destruction and loss of habitats (mangroves,
seagrass beds, and coral reefs), destabilized the coastal zone, increased erosion, resulted in a decline in
harvests of marine living resources, a shortage and contamination of fresh water, and overall water
quality decline and contamination of coastal waters, beaches, and living resources, and these have
been identified as the main transboundary problems in East and West Africa13. As a result of the
cumulative affect of these anthropogenic impacts, there has been a drop in economic opportunities and
increasing poverty amongst many coastal communities. This pattern of over-extraction and
overloading is likely to continue, if not intensify, in future.
7.
Globally, activities that result in the degradation and physical alterations to coastal and marine
ecosystems deserve priority action. These issues cannot however be addressed in isolation from the
broader objectives of sustainable economic development. Social and economic development needs,
poverty, human health, resource use and production patterns should be addressed in parallel with
strategies to address the degradation of coastal and marine environments, through regionally integrated
and cooperative action. The tourism sector is potentially uniquely positioned to achieve this type of
parallel action. This sector has both the incentive and the position to act as: (i) a catalyst in the
improvement of planning and management of tourism destinations, (ii) a means to increase interest
and awareness of the values of certain key environmental assets and achieve broader goals in terms of
their protection and, (iii) a means to generate sustainable social and economic benefits, through
providing alternative livelihood options, creating more jobs and supporting the development of small
businesses. Through its multiplier effect, tourism can positively impact upon related sectors, such as
handicrafts, agriculture, transportation, telecommunications, construction, and thereby stimulate wider
economic development.
8.
Coastal tourism in sub-Saharan African countries already contributes a significant portion of
export services and GDP14 in some countries, and yet there is still immense scope for further growth15.
If this sector is to achieve this type of parallel action in sub-Saharan Africa there is a need for better
regulation and management of existing tourism facilities and careful planning and management of
future tourism destinations to ensure that: the potentially large socio-economic benefits the sector
could accrue (e.g. poverty alleviation and provision of alternative livelihoods) are not accompanied by
negative impacts on the environment, (e.g. removal or damage to critical habitats, increased soil and
beach erosion, loss of shoreline stability, modification of stream flows and reduced groundwater
recharge, air, water and noise pollution, increased sedimentation and nutrification of coastal water, and
increased volumes of solid and other wastes entering the environment) and to maximise on the sectors
13 The WIO-Lab project identified the major transboundary perceived problems / issues in East Africa as:
1. Shortage and contamination of fresh water
2. Decline in harvests of marine living resources
3. Degradation of coastal habitats (mangroves, seagrass beds, and coral reefs), loss of biodiversity
4. Overall water quality decline: contamination of coastal waters, beaches, and living resources
In Gulf of Guinea LME project identified the major transboundary problems/issues in West Africa as:
1. Decline in fish stocks and unsustainable harvesting of living resources;
2. Uncertainty regarding ecosystem status, integrity (changes in community composition, vulnerable species and
biodiversity, introduction of alien species) and yields in a highly variable environment including effects of global
climate change;
3. Deterioration in water quality (chronic and catastrophic) from land and sea-based activities, eutrophication and
harmful algal blooms;
4. Habitat destruction and alteration including inter-alia modification of seabed and coastal zone, degradation of
coastscapes, coastline erosion.
14 In 2004 international tourism receipts represented 21 % of total export of services in Senegal, 54% in Kenya and 80% in
the Seychelles; international tourism receipts in Ghana, Tanzania and Kenya represented around 6 % of the total GDP, while
in the Seychelles it reached almost 35 % in the same year (WTO, 2005).
15 International tourist arrivals to Africa as a whole grew at an average annual rate of 5.8 % between 1990 and 2004 and are
predicted to continue to rise. It is estimated that total international tourist arrivals to Africa will increase from 33 million in
2004 to 47 million in 2010 and to 77 million by the year 2020: Source, WTO Tourism 2020 Vision
4
potential to positively contribute towards the protection of these fragile globally significant
environments (e.g. raised awareness of environmental assets and revenue generation).
9.
At the global level, until relatively recently little attention was paid to the relationship between
tourism and international efforts to promote sustainability and environmental conservation. For
example, tourism is given little prominence in key environmental agreements and conventions, such as
Agenda 21, the Framework Convention on Climate Change (FCCC) and the Convention on Biological
Diversity (CBD), although it was a central issue in the Barbados Declaration on the Sustainable
Development of Small Island Developing States (SIDS). However, since then, tourism has become the
subject of several official, albeit non-binding, international declarations, such as the UNEP
"Environmental Programme of 1995 for the Travel and Tourism Industry", UNESCO's "Charter on
Sustainable Tourism" announced in Lanzarote in 1995, and the "Malé Declaration on Sustainable
Tourism Development" adopted by the tourism and environmental ministers of the Asia-Pacific area in
1997. Another important initiative is the "Berlin Declaration Biological Diversity and Sustainable
Tourism", signed by the environment ministers of 18 nations including developing countries with a
major stake in tourism at the International Tourism Exchange (ITB) in 1997 on the initiative of the
German Federal Ministry of the Environment. The Parties and Signatory States assume that the
"central objectives of global environmental policies, namely sustaining biological diversity, climate
protection and reducing consumption of natural resources cannot be accomplished without a
sustainable development of tourism.
10.
More recently, the World Summit on Sustainable Development (WSSD) Plan of
Implementation adopted by governments in Johannesburg, South Africa, 26 August 4 September
2002, Paragraph 29 states that "Oceans, seas, islands and coastal areas.... are critical for global food
security and for sustaining economic prosperity and the well-being of many national economies,
particularly in developing countries. Ensuring the sustainable development of the oceans requires
effective coordination and cooperation, including at the global and regional levels..". This same
Paragraph goes on to express the need to adopt regional approaches that "Strengthen regional
cooperation and coordination between the relevant regional organizations and programmes, the
UNEP regional seas programmes, ...and other regional science, ... and development organizations".
11.
The WSSD Plan of Implementation continues in Paragraph 31 to call upon the international
community to "Develop national, regional and international programmes for halting the loss of
marine biodiversity, including in coral reefs and wetlands". Paragraph 32 calls upon the international
community to "Advance the implementation of the Global Programme of Action for the Protection of
the Marine Environment from Land-based Activities (GPA/LBA) and the Montreal Declaration on the
Protection of the Marine Environment from Land-based Activities ...by actions at all levels to:
a) Facilitate partnerships, scientific research and diffusion of technical knowledge; mobilize
domestic, regional and international resources; and promote human and institutional
capacity-building, paying particular attention to the needs of developing countries;
b) Strengthen the capacity of developing countries in the development of their national and
regional programmes and mechanisms to mainstream the objectives of the Global
Programme of Action and to manage the risks and impacts of ocean pollution;
c) Elaborate regional programmes of action and improve the links with strategic plans for the
sustainable development of coastal and marine resources, noting in particular areas which
are subject to accelerated environmental changes and development pressures;
d) Make every effort to achieve substantial progress to protect the marine environment from
land-based activities.
12.
The WSSD also makes specific reference to the need for corporate responsibility. Paragraph
17 of the WSSD Plan of Implementation calls for the adoption of initiatives to "enhance corporate
environmental and social responsibility and accountability" including actions at all levels to:-
(a) Encourage industry to improve social and environmental performance through voluntary
initiatives, including environmental management systems, codes of conduct, certification
and public reporting on environmental and social issues, taking into account such
initiatives as the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) standards and
5
Global Reporting Initiative guidelines on sustainability reporting, bearing in mind
principle 11 of the Rio Declaration on Environment and Development;
(b) Encourage dialogue between enterprises and the communities in which they operate and
other stakeholders;
(c) Encourage financial institutions to incorporate sustainable development considerations
into their decision-making processes; and
(d)
Develop workplace-based partnerships and programmes, including training and education
programmes".
13. Specific reference to the tourism sector was given in Paragraph 43 of its Plan of Implementation:
"Promote sustainable tourism development, including non-consumptive and eco-tourism, taking into
account ...the World Eco-tourism Summit 2002 and its Quebec Declaration, and the Global Code of
Ethics for Tourism as adopted by the World Tourism Organization in order to increase the benefits
from tourism resources for the population in host communities while maintaining the cultural and
environmental integrity of the host communities and enhancing the protection of ecologically sensitive
areas and natural heritages. Promote sustainable tourism development and capacity-building in order
to contribute to the strengthening of rural and local communities. This would include actions at all
levels to:
(a) Enhance international cooperation, foreign direct investment and partnerships with both
private and public sectors, at all levels;
(b) Develop programmes, including education and training programmes, that encourage
people to participate in eco-tourism, enable indigenous and local communities to develop
and benefit from eco-tourism, and enhance stakeholder cooperation in tourism
development and heritage preservation, in order to improve the protection of the
environment, natural resources and cultural heritage;
(c) Provide technical assistance to developing countries and countries with economies in
transition to support sustainable tourism business development and investment and tourism
awareness programmes, to improve domestic tourism, and to stimulate entrepreneurial
development;
(d) Assist host communities in managing visits to their tourism attractions for their maximum
benefit, while ensuring the least negative impacts on and risks for their traditions, culture
and environment, with the support of the World Tourism Organization and other relevant
organizations;
(e) Promote the diversification of economic activities, including through the facilitation of
access to markets and commercial information, and participation of emerging local
enterprises, especially small and medium-sized enterprises".
14. Further references to tourism can be found in the Plan of Implementation related to energy and
biodiversity conservation, Small Island Developing States and African issues. Paragraph 44. (b)
underlines the need to "Promote the ongoing work under the Convention on Biological Diversity on
the sustainable use on biological diversity, including on sustainable tourism, as a cross-cutting issue
relevant to different ecosystems, sectors and thematic areas".
15.
Paragraph 64 of the WSSD Plan of Implementation specifically calls on countries to "Support
Africa's efforts to attain sustainable tourism that contributes to social, economic and infrastructure
development", including the implementation of projects at the local, national and sub-regional levels,
with specific emphasis on marketing tourism products such as adventure tourism, eco-tourism and
cultural tourism, and by assisting host communities in managing their tourism projects for maximum
benefit, while limiting negative impact on their traditions, culture and environment.
16.
The UNEP Global Program of Action for the Protection of the Marine Environment from
Land Based Activities (UNEP GPA/LBA) recognizes that the main cause of degradation of the marine
environment is due to land-based activities including urbanization and coastal development and
provides a framework for action, that invites governments to assess their respective problems, identify
6
priorities for action, develop strategies, monitor implementation and set common goals and sustained
and effective actions to deal with all land-based impacts upon the marine environment (sewage,
persistent organic pollutants, radioactive substances, heavy metals, oils (hydrocarbons), nutrients,
sediment mobilization, litter, and the physical alteration and destruction of habitats). The proposed
Project builds on the recognized priorities for action proposed in the regional approach to
implementing the GPA/LBA, which include the strengthening of regional cooperative arrangements.
17.
In recognition of the importance of the tourism sector for socio-economic development and the
potential impacts on the environment UNEP has developed a strategy for sustainable tourism
development. The UNEP Division of Trade, Industry and Economic (UNEP/DTIE) has been
appointed by the Commission on Sustainable Development (CSD) as the Interagency Coordinator or
lead agency responsible for implementation of Agenda 21 issues on tourism. Together with the World
Tourism Organization (UN-WTO), UNEP is the main focal point on sustainable tourism for CSD and
the Convention on Biological Diversity. This Project is fully consistent with the UNEP strategy for
sustainable tourism development which has the following objectives:
· To promote sustainable tourism among government agencies and the industry.
· To develop sustainable tourism tools for protected/sensitive area management.
· To support implementation of multilateral environmental agreements related to tourism (such
as CSD, Biological Diversity, Climate Change, Regional Seas, Marine Impacts from Land-
Based Activities, Migratory Species, CITES, Ramsar, World Heritage and others).
18.
UNIDO has conducted several analyses on the tourism sector through the Organization's two
Branches (Private Sector Development and Trade Capacity-building) who offer tailor made services
(notably policy and capacity building activities, developing standards and quality, certification,
enhancing private sector participation and building public-private partnerships etc) to industries
including the tourism sector (mostly SMEs). UNIDO has two other Branches with activities that
directly support this project notably:
· Investment and Technology Promotion Branch (supporting innovation, technology needs
assessment, technology management and transfer including development of appropriate tools and
methodologies in industrial sectors);
· Energy and Cleaner Production Branch (promote cleaner and environmentally sound technologies,
support sound management of water resources and introduction of pollution control and waste-
management systems, awareness raising in private sector on benefits of cleaner and sustainable
production, implementing environmental management systems and certification schemes in
industries, corporate social responsibility, etc).
19.
UNIDO, through its International Centre for Science and High Technology (ICS), Trieste,
Italy, is also able to provide high-level technical training to developing countries on topics related to
environmental management systems, eco-certification and labelling schemes and integrated coastal
zone management. Components of UNIDO's regular programmes relevant to the project include:
Ecologically Sustainable Industrial Development (ESID); Biodiversity conservation; Small and
Medium enterprises support systems and institutions; Quality for International Competitiveness;
Environmental Management Systems in Industry, Transfer of Environmentally Sound Technologies
(TEST), and Rural industrial development (handicrafts). Commercialization of research results, with a
view to local consumption and for export can be accelerated using the experience of UNIDO. This is
in keeping with the objective of developing the industrial base of developing countries by
strengthening the institutional capacity and human resource development.
20.
The proposed Project described below will contribute to the realization of the commitments
listed above in nine countries in sub-Saharan Africa. The countries involved in the Project includes a
diverse yet representative selection of countries from mainland West Africa (Cameroon, Gambia,
Ghana and Senegal), East Africa (Kenya, Tanzania and Mozambique) and one island state
(Seychelles), as shown in Figure 2. Tourism is an important and growing sector in these nine sub-
Saharan African nations, and all countries identified tourism as one of the main sectors that is or could
imminently have negative impacts on the marine and coastal environment.
7
21.
National reports prepared both during the GEF/UNEP MSP on the Protection and
Development of the Coastal and Marine Environment of sub-Saharan Africa (the African Process) and
PDF-B phase of this Project in addition to the transboundary diagnostic analysis (TDA) documents of
the GEF/UNDP/UNEP/UNIDO Guinea Current Large Marine Ecosystem project (GCLME) and the
GEF/UNEP Western Indian Ocean Land Based Activities project (WIO-Lab) acknowledged the
impacts of tourism, and significant impacts were recognised by those countries where coastal/beach
tourism is already well established, such as The Gambia, Ghana, Kenya, Tanzania and Seychelles. The
specific threats to the coastal and marine environment resulting from tourism related activities that
were recognised during the GEF /UNEP MSP included: (i) pollution (including solid waste), (ii) loss
and modification of habitats and, (iii) over-extraction or misuse of coastal and marine resources (see
Table 1 and see section on threats and causes below). The TDA analyses also recognized that further
degradation of the marine and coastal ecosystems could threaten the potential sustainability of the
tourism sector.
22.
Coastal tourism in these countries has thus far developed at different rates, but typically
development has progressed in an ad hoc, un-planned and uncontrolled manner. The national reports
prepared during the PDF-B phase consistently identified problems such as the inadequate provision of
the necessary related infrastructure (e.g. sewage treatment facilities, water supply, roads, etc) and
limited site management, lack of effective procedures and infrastructure to dispose of liquid waste,
including sewage treatment and disposal, excessive production of solid waste and poor solid waste
management and lack of capacity to design and manage effective waste management systems,
uncontrolled water consumption, excessive use of non-renewable energy resources.
23.
Little attention has been paid to the positioning of tourism developments with respect to their
proximity to sensitive biological areas, which has resulted in the damage, removal or complete loss of
critical habitats (e.g. mangroves and wetlands), and in terms of appropriate coastal construction set-
back limits and land reclamation, and hence their subsequent impacts on the coastal and marine
environment, shoreline stability and water quality. Erosion of coastal areas is occurring both by
tourism development and by other uses such as sand mining to provide building materials for use in
construction, and through direct coastal alteration (e.g. ports, seawalls). There is generally an inability
to control visitor numbers and activities in environmentally sensitive areas and scant attention has
been paid to regulating and/or controlling the impacts of other tourism-related activities based on the
coastal and marine environment, such as diving, snorkelling, fishing and yachting (e.g. anchor damage
and physical breakages by divers / snorkellers).
24.
During the PDF-B process all participating countries identified the need for a more integrated
approach to planning for coastal tourism, with appreciation of the need to protect biodiversity
alongside socio-economic and cultural sensitivities, and the need for a comprehensive and effective
regulatory framework to ensure the long term sustainability of tourism sector. Even those countries
that have already started to develop a policy and strategy framework for sustainable tourism, (such as
Seychelles and Senegal) identified the need to strengthen such polices and strategies as a key priority,
particularly with regards to eco-tourism. The current lack of mid to long term planning of tourism
developments and regulation of tourism activities is impacting directly on the health and well-being of
the marine and coastal environment and the quality of life of people who live there.
25.
From a socio-cultural perspective the expansion of the tourism sector has resulted in often
uncontrolled migration into areas. Local communities often lack adequate business skills to cope and
this restricts their ability to participate in the benefits from tourism, which results in resentment of
tourists and the tourism sector by locals. The lack of planning and integration in the management of
activities within the coastal zone leads to encroachment of tourist facilities on protected zones and
overcrowding of tourists in sensitive areas with the related high volume of waste and litter. The lack of
local community participation leads conflicts of interest between resource users restricted public
access to beaches for recreation and loss of livelihoods through loss of convenient fish landing sites.
Polluted beaches and general degradation of coastal zones reduces the "attractiveness" of affected
areas as a tourist destinations and results in declining visitor arrivals and revenues. The general lack of
a comprehensive and coordinated participatory approach to the development of the coastal tourism
sector is ultimately threatening the sustainability of the sector in sub-Saharan Africa where tourism is
largely "nature-based" and dependent on a clean environment.
8
26.
The proposed Project thereby responds to an urgent need to initiate proactive, integrated and
interdisciplinary measures to demonstrate strategies to alleviate/mitigate for the negative impacts of
tourism sector on the coastal and marine environment of transboundary significance, and at the same
time leverage support from the sector to prevent the physical destruction of critical habitats, the
overexploitation of living resources, the loss of marine biological diversity, threatened and endangered
species that are in themselves critical factors for the successful development of sustainable tourism16 in
Africa.
TABLE 1: NEGATIVE IMPACTS OF COASTAL TOURISM IN SUB-SAHARAN AFRICA
Problem
Source
Type of Activity
Pollution/
Hotels
Sewage disposal into coastal waters
Contamination
Cruise ships
Sewage disposal into coastal wetlands
Yachts/boats
Sub-surface disposal and irrigation using sewage
Marinas
effluent
Restaurants
Solid waste disposal in coastal garbage dumps
Laundries
Solid waste disposal in unauthorized areas
Shops
Disposal of used oils in drains and sewage systems
Merchants/ vendors Boat/engine operation and repair
Inadequate sourcing of materials (food, products.)
Air pollution (e.g. road traffic and diesel fumes etc.)
Noise pollution (e.g. nightlife, generators, road traffic
etc.)
Light pollution on beaches
Mechanical/
Hotels
Coastal construction activities
Physical
Beaches
Dredging for ports, harbours and boat channels
Damage
Clubs
Land filling / reclamation
Individual
Anchor damage and groundings
operators Marinas
Beach infrastructure construction
Piers/jetties/wharfs
Construction of protective structures
Groynes/
Recreational activities (water sports, snorkelling/
breakwaters
diving)
Airports
Removal of dune vegetation
Roads / seawalls
Raking (grading) of beaches
Boats
Removal of sea grasses
Sand mining
Resource-
Hotels
Over-fishing and other food products
use/ Misuse
Public beaches
Over extraction of water
Building materials
Electricity
Beach modification Sand mining
Boat production
Thatch harvesting
Coral mining (for building materials)
Over-crowding of beaches
Collection of curios & souvenirs
GEF PROGRAMMING CONTEXT
27.
The proposed Project conforms to the GEF Operational Strategy and Operational Programmes,
in particular with OP 10 - Contaminant-Based Operational Program. The proposed Project is wholly
consistent with the long term objective of OP10 to "demonstrate ways of overcoming barriers to the
use of best practices for limiting releases of contaminants causing priority concerns in the
International Waters focal area, and to involve the private sector in utilizing technological advances
16 Sustainable Tourism refers to a level of tourism activity that can be maintained over the long term because it results
in a net benefit for the social, economic, natural and cultural environments of the area in which it takes place, (ICOMOS,
ICTC, 2002) and, socio-cultural and environmental impacts are neither permanent nor irreversible.
9
for resolving these transboundary priority concerns" (para 10.3). Annex I provides details of
conformity with the OP 10 requirements.
28.
The Project will also have relevance to OP 9 which focuses on an integrated management
approach to the sustainable use of [land and] water resources on an area-wide basis and OP2
Biodiversity in coastal and marine ecosystems, specifically to aspects of ecosystem management
including elements of information sharing, training, institutional-strengthening, demonstrations, and
outreach.
29.
The Project conforms specifically to the short term objective of OP10 to: "demonstrate
strategies for addressing land-based activities that degrade marine waters..." (para 10.4) and the GEF
International Waters Focal Area- Strategic Priorities in Support of WSSD Outcomes for FY 2003-
2006, in particular Strategic Priority IW3: Innovative demonstrations for reducing contaminants and
addressing water scarcity issues. The present project will assist in meeting the targets for this priority
by demonstrating innovative technologies, methodologies, and financial mechanism and involving the
private sector in utilising technological advances and methods, for addressing the impacts of land-
based activities on the marine and coastal environment and resolving transboundary priority concerns.
30.
An important and successful element of the IW Portfolio and Strategy has always been the
financing of demonstration projects within different sectors related to transboundary issues and
threats. Such demonstrations are designed to test the local application and feasibility of innovative
technologies and to reduce barriers to their utilisation, and to the adoption of appropriate management
strategies in general. The current Project proposal will aim to demonstrate the feasibility and
application of specific sustainable tourism strategies at the local level at recognised national hotspots
of impact from tourism and tourist-related activities. The Project will fast-track strategies, techniques,
institutional arrangements and innovative demonstrations involving public-private partnerships, to
reduce coastal and marine environmental stresses from tourism and contribute to sustainable coastal
livelihoods and poverty alleviation based upon globally accepted Best Available Practice and
Technologies within participating sub-Saharan African countries. Particular emphasis will be placed
on identifying suitable mechanisms to implement successful public-private partnerships and capturing
long-term financial mechanisms in support of sustainable tourism practices and reforms (including
alternative livelihoods and community practices).
31.
The outcomes of these demonstrations will include innovative reforms, new technologies, and
tested on-the-ground measures that will secure ecosystem functions and services and mitigate the
impacts from tourism-related contaminants and pollutants. This geographically and thematically
specific capture of Best Available Practices and Technologies will be further enhanced through the
capture of applicable case studies and lessons from all over the world (including other scenarios within
the participating countries). The overall aim of this exercise will be to identify sustainable tourism
practices and activities that are specifically suited to each country and to actual localised situations
within the countries with a view to replicating those practices and activities. So while the direct, short-
term benefits of the specific demonstration activities will be at specific site levels (i.e. of the
participating hotels and tourism sites/facilities). The demonstrations will deliver value at the national
and regional levels by providing both the impetus and the opportunity to implement the models and
guidelines of Best Available Technology and Best Available Practice, which can also be used for the
wider application of sustainable coastal tourism within the region and elsewhere.
32.
The International Waters (IW) focal area is currently poised to scale up its activities to go
beyond testing and demonstration of sustainable alternatives and better practices to a more operational
scenarios which will support the incremental cost of implementing the reforms, investments and
management programmes that are necessary to underpin the transition to the sustainable development
of transboundary resources and the sustainable utilisation of ecosystem functions and services. In this
respect, the current Project aims to deliver both phases within one project cycle by capturing best
available practices and technologies (both from existing case studies and examples and through
customised and targeted in-country demonstrations), elaborating appropriate national sustainable
tourism mechanisms, and then implementing those agreed mechanisms through adopted strategies and
work-plans at the national and local level. It is the intention that this Project will thereby provide a
sympathetic response to the current modest funding resources available though a sequence of
demonstration and identification of best lessons and technologies followed by the dissemination and
10
implementation of sustainable tourism practices as operational management and policy outputs within
a single project.
33.
It is worthwhile noting that the proposed demonstration activities were identified by the
countries that participated in the GEF/UNEP MSP "African Process" as priority issues that require
suitable management options, the demonstration projects would, thus, provide these countries with a
demonstrated clear management strategy. In this way, the chance of replicating the projects in other
countries in sub-Saharan Africa and even in other regions is high.
34.
One critical barrier to effective policy and legislation for sustainable tourism is the absence of
effective and comprehensive data and information capture and handling within all of the participating
countries. This severely constrains management decisions and realistic policy development as a result
of insufficient guidance, and the constant uncertainty regarding the status of the environment and
ecosystem services and how this relates to socio-economic conditions and drivers. The Project aims to
address this through the development of model information management systems that not only focus
on capturing the relevant information but identify effective packaging for deliver to management and
policy makers, and incorporating a feedback mechanism that will ensure that managers and policy-
makers can identify their information needs in order to arrive at well-justified decisions. Technical
information sharing, capacity building, training opportunities, awareness and outreach are important
aspects of the project. The technical support will assist participating countries in making the necessary
national legal, regulatory or sectoral reforms, and will deliver technological and information system
outputs to assist the participating countries to deal with the root causes of transboundary
environmental degradation related to a lack of information or capacity.
35.
Actions in response to local pressures to reduce local impact will often serve to reduce
transboundary impact. However other actions at national levels, if not integrated with actions of
neighbouring countries, may merely displace the problem and even increase the overall transboundary
impact. Other transboundary threats are more widely distributed and may be of a cumulative nature.
The regional approach will help increase understanding on how to jointly address coastal and marine
tourism environmental problems, share experiences and help participating countries sort through
complex decision making for dealing with root causes of transboundary environmental degradation.
The Project's regional approach will cost-effectively build tools and models that can be shared
amongst the participant countries, which would otherwise have been too costly for each country to
implement by itself (e.g. EMS, eco-certification and eco-labelling schemes within the tourism sector,
improved reef recreation management, and eco-tourism that promote sustainable alternative
livelihoods and/or generate revenues for environmental conservation).
36.
The implementation of this project and the demonstrations, capture and transfer of best
practice lessons will accrue further regional and by extension global environmental benefits. By
providing a framework for the reduction and elimination of tourism facilities in sensitive sites of
global significance, the proposed project will contribute towards improvements in quality of the global
marine environment and the living resources that depend on "clean" waters and sustainable
management practices for their survival. Implementation of the project will assist in the conservation
of marine and coastal biodiversity and assist the countries in complying with their national and
regional obligations under various international legal agreements. In this manner, the coordinated
national and regional activities, the lessons and best practices will also significantly contribute towards
the global environmental protection effort, which is fully consistent with the GEF strategic priorities in
the international waters area. Additional transboundary concerns will be addressed through the project.
Coastal habitats are important to a number of species that are transboundary in nature either though
migration or breeding and feeding patterns. This includes a number of fish species whose stocks are
shared but which are dependent on certain coastal formations and habitat types as well as marine
turtles with nesting grounds in some of the countries. Migratory bird species are also highly dependent
on the African coastline for over-wintering.
37.
The IW strategy now recognises the need for international collaboration among sovereign
nations to reverse the decline of multi-country marine systems and to resolve conflicts over their use
where it leads to depletion, degradation and social unrest. Within this context it further recognises that
special enabling activity and capacity building are necessary to engage sovereign states to cooperate
and coordinate in addressing transboundary concerns related to increasing pollution loads, over-
11
harvesting and over-utilisation of aquatic resources, and loss of aquatic habitats. The current project
will encourage such collaboration between neighbours and sub-Saharan countries with similar issues
and concerns through a regional approach to problem resolution, sharing and transfer of experiences
and practices, better shared access to pertinent information and an understanding of the benefits to
peace and stability that can be gained both from such cooperation and from the security to be gained
from the sustainable management of resources and within economically-vital development sectors.
38.
The IW strategy further recognises the importance of the ecosystem-based approach to water
systems, coastal areas and aquatic resources that are of transboundary importance, in order to secure
full global benefits. The current Project proposal aims to adopt an ecosystem-based approach by
focusing on the definition and valuation of ecosystem functions and services as part of the justification
for more sustainable tourism. A cost-benefit analysis, associated with sensitisation through appropriate
awareness packages, will target senior management and policy makers within the public and private
sector with a view to securing their support for better maintenance and protection of said ecosystems
and their services in support of the economic and social welfare of the communities and the countries
as a whole. A logical component of the ecosystem approach is the inclusion of the coastal
communities, and their involvement in sustainable management of resources through appropriate
livelihoods and through the equitable sharing of benefits as well as management responsibilities.
39.
The proposed Project will enable the states to improve existing regional cooperative
frameworks, adhere to international conventions, national laws, regulations, and management regimes,
plus and where necessary design new and additional collaborative regional mechanisms to improve the
sustainability of resource use and reduce existing and potential degradation. The formalization of the
inter-country consultative and co-ordination mechanisms, initiated during the PDF-B process and to be
consolidated under the proposed project will ensure joint policies and actions on sustainable tourism
and environmental management and contribute to the avoidance of potential conflicts and instability in
the region. Furthermore, the proposed demonstration projects/activities on eco-tourism will provide
alternative livelihoods for local communities that will lead to improved food security and promotion of
greater socio-economic stability in the region.
40.
The Project aims to secure ministerial agreement within each country on the appropriate
strategies for sustainable tourism, along with their associated policy, legal and institutional
requirements and reforms, as well as the need to invest in pollution-reduction measures to secure
longer term benefits. Once such an agreement has been reached, the appropriate strategies will be
adopted and implemented in accordance with an accepted work-plan and delivery schedule.
41.
This project represents a strong partnership between the sub-Saharan African countries,
UNEP, GPA, UNIDO, and the GEF. The sources of co-financing are identified in the Incremental Cost
Assessment (Annex A). The implementation of the project will contribute towards the sustainable
management of coastal and marine resources in Africa waters. These actions will lead to improved
food security, water quality, and environmental security and thereby contribute to the eradication of
poverty and hunger on the African continent.
42.
The principal human beneficiaries of the project will include the users of the marine, and
coastal water resources, and those whose livelihood depends on the coastal wetlands, the mangroves,
beaches, reefs, seagrasses and seas. National Environmental Agencies and Tourism Ministries will
play a key role in the implementation of project activities thus enhancing capacity within the
institutions as well as complementing and strengthening existing national efforts to address
environmental issues.
REGIONAL CONTEXT
43.
The countries have demonstrated their commitment to managing their natural resources
through various regional conventions starting with the African Convention on the Conservation of
Nature and Natural Resources (Algiers, 1968); the Nairobi Convention for the Protection,
Management and Development of Marine and Coastal Environment of the Eastern African Region
(Nairobi, 1985); the Abidjan Convention for Cooperation in the Protection and Development of the
Marine and Coastal Environment of the West and Central African region (Abidjan, 1981), the Bamako
Convention on the Ban of the Import into Africa and the Control of Transboundary Movement and
12
Management of Hazardous Wastes Within Africa (Bamako 1991); the Arusha Resolution on
Integrated Coastal Zone Management (ICZM) in Eastern Africa including the Island States (April,
1993); the Seychelles Conference on ICZM (October, 1996); the Pan-African Conference on
Sustainable Integrated Coastal Management (Mozambique, July 1998) and; the Cape Town
Declaration on an African Process for the Development and Protection of the Coastal and Marine
Environment (December 1998).
44.
The origins of the proposed Project relate back to the Cape Town Declaration which affirmed
the commitments of African leaders to strengthen cooperation through the relevant existing global and
regional agreements, programmes and institutional mechanisms, including the UNEP Global Program
of Action for the Protection of the Marine Environment from Land Based Activities GPA/LBA, and
through the coordinating framework of the Abidjan and Nairobi Conventions. This resulted in a GEF
/UNEP Medium Sized Project entitled "Development and Protection of the Coastal and Marine
Environment in Sub-Saharan Africa", referred to as the African Process, which aimed to develop a
common coastal policy to ensure that coastal and marine resources are conserved and sustainably
used, and that coastal development is equitable, sustainable and optimizes the use of valuable coastal
resources.
45.
During the GEF/UNEP -MSP eleven countries worked collaboratively to identify priority
areas for intervention: (a) Sustainable use of living resources; (b) Coastal erosion; (c) Pollution; (d)
Management of key habitats and ecosystems; and (e) Coastal and marine tourism. Working groups
prepared project proposals to address each issue, and resulted in the development of a portfolio of
nineteen Framework Proposals that address a broad range of priority issues for sub-Saharan Africa,
including four inter-related proposals that addressed coastal tourism:
· TOU01 Development of Sustainable Coastal Tourism Policies & Strategies;
· TOU02 Promoting environmental sustainability within the tourism industry through implementation
of an eco-certification and labelling pilot programme for hotels;
· TOU03 Preparation of National Ecotourism Policies / Strategies and Identification of Pilot Projects
for Implementation;
· TOU04 Pilot Measures to demonstrate best practice in Mitigating Environmental Impacts of
Tourism: -Reef Recreation Management.
46.
These proposals, which formed the basis of the PDF-B phase of the present Project were
endorsed at The African Process Super Preparatory Committee meeting in Abuja, Nigeria in June 2002
and the Ministerial and Heads of State meeting in Johannesburg, held at the sidelines of the WSSD,
and by the NEPAD Thematic Group on Coastal, Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems meeting hosted
by the Government of Nigeria in February 2003 in Abuja. The high level political support
strengthened the process, and demonstrated the strong regional commitment to addressing these
concerns and generating enhanced opportunities for sustainable development in Africa.
47.
The proposed Project fully complements the commitments and priorities identified within the
integrated development plan or `vision' and strategic action plan17 for sustainable development in
Africa of the New Partnership for Africa's Development (NEPAD), thus further strengthening the
institutional capacities of existing regional structures. The policy includes initiatives to improve
economic and corporate governance within Africa and highlights the need for sub-regional and
regional approaches to development. The strategy identifies six sectoral priority areas (infrastructure,
human resources, agriculture, the environment, culture, science and technology).
48.
The proposed Project supports the NEPAD Environment Initiative, which recognizes that "a
healthy and productive environment as a prerequisite for sustainable development" and one of core
objectives is "to combat poverty and contribute to socio-economic development in Africa". The
Environment Initiative has targeted eight sub-themes for priority interventions. The coastal
management sub-theme recognizes the "need to protect and utilise coastal resources to optimal
effect". The environmental governance sub-theme recognize the need to secure institutional, legal,
planning, training and capacity-building requirements that underpin the other sub-themes. While the
financing sub-theme relates to the requirements for a carefully structured and fair system for
financing.
17 http://www.nepad.org.ng/PDF/About%20Nepad/nepadEngversion.pdf
13
49.
The Project will also support the NEPAD Market Access Initiative which includes a Tourism
sub-theme. With respect to Tourism sub-theme the objectives are to:
·
To identify key "anchor" projects at the national and subregional levels, which will generate
significant spin-offs and assist in promoting interregional economic integration;
·
To develop a regional marketing strategy;
·
To develop research capacity in tourism;
·
To promote partnerships such as those formed via subregional bodies (e.g. Regional Tourism
Organisation of Southern Africa (RETOSA), the Economic Community of West African States
(ECOWAS) and the SADC)
Recommended actions under this initiative:
·
Forge cooperative partnerships to capture the benefits of shared knowledge, as well as providing
a base for other countries for entering into tourist-related activities;
·
Provide the African people with the capacity to be actively involved in sustainable tourism
projects at the community level;
·
Prioritise consumer safety and security issues;
·
Market African tourism products, especially in adventure tourism, ecotourism and cultural
tourism;
·
Increase regional coordination of tourism initiatives in Africa for the expansion and increased
diversity of products;
·
Maximise the benefits from the strong interregional demand for tourism activities, by developing
specialised consumer-targeted marketing campaigns.
50.
The proposed Project will help meet the specific objectives of the NEPAD Environment
initiative and the objectives of the regional Nairobi and Abidjan Convention, as well as assisting the
region in meeting their obligations to the various regional and global priorities identified under
Agenda 21 (Chapter 17) and WSSD.
51.
Several other initiatives are being undertaken by various agencies and organizations in the
field of sustainable tourism in Africa, including UNEP, UNESCO, WTO, UNIDO, UNDP, UNCTAD,
the GPA, the Secretariat of the Convention of Biological Diversity (CBD) and the World Bank. At the
regional and sub-regional levels a number of organizations are also active (to a greater or lesser extent)
in the area of sustainable tourism, including the New Partnership for Africa's Development (NEPAD),
UN-Economic Commission for Africa (ECA), the African Union (AU), the Southern Africa
Development Community (SADC), the Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS) and
the Indian Ocean Commission (IOC), as well as some regional financial institutions such as the
African Development Bank (AfDB).
52.
Some of the above initiatives are already assisting to promote the implementation of relevant
sections of the WSSD Plan of Implementation. UNIDO has an ongoing programme within the Country
Integrated Programmes in Africa that is promoting the adoption of environmental management
systems (EMS), environmental auditing and eco-certification/eco-labelling schemes in industrial
sectors in developing countries. UNIDO has also undertaken studies on tourism in some developing
countries producing tourism investment profile to assist the countries forge public-private
partnerships, formulate appropriate policies and strategies and build institutional capacity for
sustainable development of the tourism industry. UNEP has launched a number of initiatives to
promote the use of environmental technologies by tourism enterprises and through the Regional Seas
Programme, and through the UNEP GPA/LBA.
53.
The World Tourism Organisation (UN-WTO) has a special programme area on Sustainable
Development of Tourism, in which a wide range of manuals, guidelines and good practice
compilations have been published and a series of capacity building seminars and workshops have been
conducted to promote a more sustainable tourism sector through the definition of adequate tourism
policies and the application of tourism planning and management techniques. Recognizing the specific
needs of African countries, WTO created a Special Programme for Sub-Saharan Africa, in which
poverty reduction through sustainable tourism is a top priority. Currently there is a growing portfolio
of ST-EP projects where technical expertise and assistance is provided for selected destinations and
communities in developing countries where tourism has been identified as a key opportunity for
poverty reduction.
14
54.
The UNEP GPA/LBA is also involved in several other complementary regional projects
within the African region including "Addressing Land-based Activities in the Western Indian Ocean"
(WIO-LaB) in Eastern Africa, and "Combating Living Resources Depletion and Coastal Area
Degradation in the Guinea Current LME through Ecosystem-based Regional Actions" (GCLME)
project in western Africa. Linkages were established with these projects during the PDF-B of the
coastal tourism project and this will be further strengthened during full project implementation.
55.
In particular, the WIO-Lab project will be addressing land-based sources of pollution. This is
particularly important in the context of water and sediment quality flowing into the coastal areas from
watershed and highlands. The potential impact of these freshwater inputs on coastal environments
(both from the point-of-view of sediment load and maintaining environmental flow through wetlands
and estuaries) is critical to maintaining marine ecosystems and their functions. The Broad
Development Goal of WIO-Lab is to contribute to the environmentally-sustainable management and
development of the West Indian Ocean region, by reducing land-based activities that harm rivers,
estuaries, and coastal waters, as well as their biological resources. In particular WIO-Lab will be
establishing common methods for assessing water and sediment quality, estimating the carrying
capacity of the coastal waters, establishing regional Environmental Quality Objectives and
Environmental Quality Standards (EQO/EQS) for water and sediment quality, and implementing
demonstration projects for major land-based activities and pollutant sources (building on the African
Process results which identified specific hot spots requiring intervention). The WIO-Lab Project
evolved out of the same process as the current Project whereby a number of priority impacts were
defined (The African Process) and in this respect, the proposed Sustainable Tourism project and the
WIO-Lab project are (in a very real sense) complementary sister-projects addressing different but
inter-linked priority areas. As such, close partnership and coordination will be developed both between
the main regional Projects and between the various demonstration projects for each initiative.
56.
Other ongoing, or planned, regional GEF interventions include The World Bank which is
implementing a GEF-funded open sea fisheries project (Southwest Indian Ocean Fisheries SIOFP),
while the UNDP has a GEF project under the title An Ecosystem Approach to the Sustainable Use of
the Resources of the Agulhas and Somali Current Large Marine Ecosystems (ASCLME Programme),
which is a coastal biodiversity project (see Annex G for other related GEF initiatives).
57.
The Indian Ocean Commission (COI) has also been involved in various projects throughout
the region including Regional Environment Program of the Indian Ocean Commission (PRE-COI)
which established monitoring sites around the South West Indian Ocean islands and, Appui Régional à
la Promotion d'une Education pour la Gestion de l'Environnement au sein des pays (ARPEGE / COI):
which developed and validated an environmental education methodology and tool, and has been
supporting primary education system in Comoros, Mauritius, Madagascar, and Seychelles through
training teachers and providing materials for schools The COI is implementing an EU funded project
this year entitled Regional Programme for the Sustainable Management of the Coastal Zones of
Countries in the Indian Ocean to help support the development of ICM in the countries edging the
Indian Ocean. This project will involve Comoros, Madagascar, Mauritius, Seychelles, Tanzania,
Kenya and Somalia and will focus on the following initiatives: the over-exploitation of marine and
coastal resources in the SWIO countries; the scarcity of information and weak "information-sharing
regional linkages" on existing marine and coastal resources of the South Western Indian Ocean; the
lack of awareness, local funding and appropriate local structures for coastal communities as regards
their coastal natural resources, in particular fisheries; insufficient national/regional human resources to
implement integrated coastal management zone (ICZM) strategies; lack of institutional capacity in and
understanding of marine and coastal resources problems reflected during international negotiations on
environment-related issues; and lack of inter-sectoral approach.
58.
UNDP-GEF is assisting the Seychelles through a Biodiversity project aimed at Mainstreaming
Biodiversity Management into Production Sector Activities. In the case of this initiative, an agreement
has been specifically reached between the two Projects and this has been endorsed by the Government
of the Seychelles. This agreement addresses the relative scope of activities within the two Projects to
ensure compatibility and a complementary balance of efforts. The Seychelles Biodiversity project aims
at addressing the threats posed by key production sectors to biodiversity, and directly targets the
tourism sector. Activities include (amongst others) strengthening the framework for land-use planning
to reduce the negative impacts of physical construction in environmentally sensitive areas; addressing
15
the risks of introduction of invasive alien species from travel and trade as linked to the tourism
industry or otherwise; developing an environmental management system, data base, code of practice
and certification scheme and other industry led measures to promote good practice in the tourism
industry; and developing incentives to cultivate such practice. The project will be implemented
through a public--NGO-private partnership. It has been agreed that the Seychelles will not undertake
national demonstration activities under the Regional IW project so as to avoid overlap with the above
undertakings, consequently no demonstration site and activities have been identified and included in
the IW Project. However, Seychelles will participate in regional activities undertaken by the IW
project, including training and knowledge management. Funding for these activities is not provided in
the UNDP-GEF BD project. Furthermore, it has been agreed that the results of the demonstration work
under the Seychelles BD project will be made available through the regional IW project (contributing
to the determination of BATs and BAPs), and conversely, the lessons and best practices arising from
the IW Demonstrations will be made available to the Seychelles BD Project. The two projects will
work closely during annual work planning to ensure that their efforts are fully complementary.
59.
The proposed Project is complementary with minimal overlap with these existing initiatives.
Coordination with these regional projects will be ensured at (i) political and policy level and (ii) at
technical level. The Project will make sure that all the decision-makers, the other implementation
agencies and the concerned stakeholders are informed and that all possible effort will be made to
develop suitable synergies and avoid disruptive duplication and confusion over the programmes'
specific roles and contribution. Coordination with these projects will avoid overlap in demonstration
activities and will ensure that both the existing initiatives and the proposed Project will benefit through
complementary activities on capacity building and institutional strengthening, and through exchange
of best practices arising from the demonstrations. Ensuring this coordination will be part of the Project
approach, for the benefit of the recipient countries and for the effectiveness of the allocated human,
technical and financial resources
NATIONAL CONTEXT
60.
The project will be implemented in nine sub-Saharan African countries (Cameroon, The
Gambia, Ghana, Kenya, Mozambique, Nigeria Senegal, Seychelles, and Tanzania), eight of which
participated in the development of the project through during the `African process' (except
Cameroon). During the UNEP/GEF-MSP the sub-Saharan African countries collaborated with a wide
range of regional and international partners and donors who worked jointly with local stakeholders to
design projects that build upon research and are endowed with a high degree of national ownership.
Each of these countries individually endorsed the African Process Portfolio of Project Proposals as
national priorities in keeping with their respective national policies. During the GEF PDF-B process,
each participating country held national stakeholder consultation processes and produced national
reports providing situation analyses with respect to coastal tourism and environmental impacts. The
findings of the national reports are summarised in Annex F (and can be accessed in detail on
www.fastspread.net/tourism/index.htm).
61.
The participating countries are at various stages of industrialization and various levels of
socioeconomic development. Development activities in the coastal environments over the last few
decades have in most countries, been driven by short-term economic gains, at the expense of the living
marine resources and the environment. All nine countries have recognized the need to plan and
manage their coastal and marine environment and resources, are party to relevant regional and
international conventions (notably the Abidjan and Nairobi conventions on the development and
protection of the coastal and marine environment) - see Tables 2 and 3. The participating countries all
report having attractive and varied coastal resources that support high levels of biodiversity, such as
coral reefs and mangroves, and have great tourism potential and the sector is of growing importance in
the region.
62.
Although the tourism industry in each of the participating countries has unique characteristics
and is at different levels and stages of development, the growth of hotels and associated tourism
infrastructure in each of the participating countries is generating negative environmental impacts on
sensitive coastal and marine environments, which will be further exacerbated in the absence of
improved environmental management practices by hotels. At the same time, while the sustainability of
the tourism industry itself depends on a clean and attractive environment, in the absence of legally
16
enforceable environmental standards there is a tendency for many hotel developers to focus on
profitability in the short term. In some regions of the world, notably in Europe and North America, the
tourism industry has started to address environmental concerns, partly as a result of stricter
environmental laws and partly is response to consumer demands. However, in sub-Saharan Africa,
tourism development is generally taking place in the absence of such controls and consumer pressures.
63.
Several of the countries have developed or are just formulating their draft National
Programmes of Action (NPA) to address land-based sources of coastal and marine pollution with
UNEP GPA. The NPA's help create a national enabling environment for the GPA, through
strengthening institutional capacities and identifying national priorities and key activities. National
level inter-ministerial multi-stakeholders committee guides the NPA development process. The
proposed Project will, where possible, build further on this initiative. Most of the countries have either
developed or are considering revising national policies and regulations and are developing National
Environmental Action Plans (NEAP), regulatory regimes for fisheries and mangrove management.
Some of the countries are in the process of developing integrated coastal management plans with the
assistance of UNIDO (e.g. Cameroon, Ghana and Nigeria). The majority of the countries are in the
process of developing national tourism development plans (e.g. Seychelles, Senegal, Ghana).
64.
Other national level initiatives that promote cooperation and integration in sustainable
development, tourism and/or environment currently ongoing or planned, through NEPAD and
National Agencies and International Organizations include: Gambia with AfDB for the
implementation of Tourism Masterplan; Ghana, Mozambique, Tanzania and Nigeria with UNIDO for
integrated waste management; Gambia's Sustainable Development Project with UNDP with special
attention to ecotourism; Nigeria's national policy framework using World Bank indicators; RAMSAR
in Gambia and Ghana for wetlands protection; WTO is implementing Integrated Tourism
Development Programme (ITDP) in Ghana and assisting Nigeria to refine tourism policy. In addition
there is increasing recognition and support for ecotourism within the region (e.g. ecotourism
development and support strategy is launched in Gambia; trials to implement community based
ecotourism in Senegal; support to voluntary organizations for coastal areas beautification issues in
Ghana).
65.
The implementation of this Project will complement ongoing national efforts to address
concerns in the coastal and marine environment. Countries however also reported common challenges
associated with both the impacts on the marine and coastal environment resulting from existing
tourism developments and the threats to the environment and tourism potential due to the lost
opportunity to create environmentally sound practice. The national activities that have been
implemented thus far have not been coordinated or harmonized within the region and do not address
transboundary issues. The regional approach proposed by the Project will facilitate a common
understanding and learning to develop sustainable coastal tourism, and will also address common and
transboundary issues. These common challenges related to coastal tourism development within the
participant countries, are discussed below:
17
TABLE 2:
NATIONAL LEGISLATION, POLICIES AND STRATEGIES IN THE PARTICIPATING SUB-
SAHARAN AFRICAN COUNTRIES
ia
n
nza
Kenya
Mozambique
Seychelles
Ta
Gambia
Ghana
Nigeria
Senegal
Cameroon
NATIONAL LEGISLATION
Tourism Authority Act
Tourism Act / Hotel Act
D
D
National Environmental Management Plan / Code
Environmental Assessment Regulation / Standards
D
Wildlife Conservation / Preservation Act
Wildlife Conservation (and Hunting) Regulation / Code
Marine Parks and Reserves Act / RAMSAR sites
D
National Museum Decree / Monuments & Antiquities
Physical Planning and Development Control Act
Land Planning and soil Conservation Ordinance/Act
D
National Buildings regulations
Ports Act / Maritime zones Law / Shipping Act
Minerals (and Mining) Act
Fisheries Act / Law / Code
Public Health Act (or equivalent)
Forest Act (or equivalent)
Water Resources Act / Code / Rivers Ordinance
Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides Control Act
D
Beaches Obstruction Ordinance
-
Decentralisation Law / Local communities code
Local Government Act
D
Petroleum/Oil Exploration/Production law / Code
Free Zones Act / Exclusive Economic Zone Act
Investment Promotion Centre Act / Law
Companies Code
D
Hotel Regulations & Tourist Agents Licensing Act
D
NATIONAL POLICIES, STRATEGIES, &
PROGRAMS
National Tourism Policy
D
Strategic Tourism Plan / National Masterplan
D
D
National Tourism Development Programme / Strategy
Ecotourism Development and Support Strategy / Plan
N
Guidelines on Tourism, CZM and Construction
N
Integrated Coastal Area Management Program / Strategy
D
National Policy for Sustainable Development
Poverty Reduction / Eradication Strategy
Environmental Action Plan / Master Plan
National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan
National Policy on Environment / Biodiversity
National Plan for the Fight Against Desertification
Forestry and Wildlife Policy and Strategy
Proposed Land Use Policy
D
Private Sector Restoration with the State
-
National Policy on Water Resources Management
Industrial Transformation / Wealth and Employment
District / Regional Development Plans
D
18
TABLE 3 INSTITUTIONAL STRUCTURES (NOT INCLUDING PRIVATE SECTOR/NGOS) IN THE
PARTICIPATING COUNTRIES
eroon
Kenya
Mozambique
Seychelles
Tanzania
Gambia
Ghana
Nigeria
Senegal
Cam
Ministry of Tourism
Department / Division of Tourism
Tourism Authority/ Board/Federation /
Development Corporation / Working Group
Ministry of Environment
National Environmental (Management) Agency
(or equivalent)
Department of Parks and Wildlife Management
(or equivalent)
Department of Physical Planning and Housing /
Planning Commission / Town and Country
Planning
Ministry of Energy
Ministry / Department of Fisheries
Ministry of Mines / Minerals / Geological
Department
Ministry of Trade, Industries and PSI
Ministry of Communication and Transport
Ministry of Water and Livestock Development
Water / Rivers / Hydrological Department (or
equivalent)
Ministry of Works
Ministry of Agriculture
Ministry of Land and Human Settlement
Development (or equivalent)
Meteorological Service Department
Ports Authority (or equivalent)
National Commission for Culture (or equivalent)
Museums and Monument board (or equivalent)
Local government / District Assemblies
Traditional rulers
Forestry Commission / Department (or equivalent)
Sustainable Development Commission / Council
-
Coastal Management Partnership / Coastal Zone
Development Program
(Site specific) Delta Development Commission
-
Marine Parks and Reserves Unit
Solid Waste and Cleaning Agency
Hospitality and Tourism Training College
Public Utilities Cooperation
National Ecotourism Committee
NEPAD Coastal and Marine Secretariat
Tourism Trust Fund
19
THREATS, CAUSES & KEY BARRIERS
66.
Identification of the key issues and logical definition of the objectives of the Full Project have
been developed in collaboration with the participating countries in two stages: 1. GEF/UNEP MSP
entitled "Development and Protection of the Marine and Coastal Environment in sub-Saharan
Africa", also referred to as the "African Process" and 2. The PDF-B Phase on the "Reduction of
Environmental Impact from Coastal Tourism through Introduction of Policy Changes and
Strengthening Public Private Partnerships" and the review of the transboundary diagnostic analysis
(TDA) documents of the GEF/UNDP/UNEP/UNIDO Guinea Current Large Marine Ecosystem project
(GCLME) and the GEF/UNEP Western Indian Ocean Land Based Activities project (WIO-Lab). The
proposed objectives of the Project have therefore evolved through this process, and through an
associated causal chain analysis, that has identified threats and impacts, root causes, management
issues and associated key barriers, possible interventions for barrier removal (see Annex D). Many of
the other high-priority issues relating to coastal impacts (e.g. sediment levels from land-based source,
and constraints to environmental flow) are being addressed by project like WIO-Lab that were
developed in parallel with the current SCTSSA project. The importance of addressing such issues has
been well-document18.
67.
Coastal tourism in the participating sub-Saharan African countries is largely nature-based and
given the potential growth of this sector it is also recognized as a major economic development force.
The fragile marine and coastal habitats that support the globally significant marine and coastal
diversity in this region, also attract beach-based recreational tourists (sun, sea, sand and culture) and
those interested in the natural resources or "ecotourists" (coral reefs, wetlands, mangroves, charismatic
and endangered species, etc). Tourism in the participating countries thereby creates a conflict of
interest between the need to conserve and protect the coastal biodiversity and the demand to exploit it
for socio-economic benefit. While the current level of tourism development in each of the countries is
at different stages, the sector is already generating negative environmental impacts on sensitive coastal
and marine habitats, as the development of this sector is generally taking place in the absence of
proper controls and legally enforceable environmental standards, and these threats are likely to
increase with further development. So at present there is a tendency to focus on short term profitability
in the absence of regulation and inadequate planning is thereby posing a serious threat to the
environment as well as the long term sustainability of the tourism sector.
68.
Tourism-related impacts in the participating countries are threatening those marine and coastal
ecosystems of transboundary significance within the participating countries. Annex D provides a
threats and root causes analysis based on country reports and stakeholder consultations.
The main threats have been categorised as follows:
1. Damage from Tourism Related Pollution and Contamination
69.
The first major threat from tourism that was identified by the countries is the decline in quality
of coastal and marine ecosystems due to pollution with airborne, liquid and solid wastes. The majority
of pollution / contamination in the coastal and marine environment is derived from land-based
activities. While a proportion of these will be associated with general development related activities
(i.e. urban, agricultural, and industrial), tourism development can greatly increase the level of land-
based activities, and hence the amount of waste products released into the environment. Pollution from
the marine sector can also increase as a result of tourism due to the increased traffic of commercial
vessels providing supplies or from the increased number of recreational vessels. The types of pollution
that may result from land-based activities associated with tourism developments may include point and
non-point source discharges of brown- and grey water from tourism sewage, increased hydrocarbon
emissions from tourism related vessels (cars and boats), solid wastes such as plastics and metals and
general rubbish, an increased level of sediments in land run off due to construction activities,
deforestation, protection/filtration functions provided by wetlands and mangroves. The types of
18 Wolanski E. (2001). Oceanographic Processes on Coral Reefs: Physical and Biological Links in the Great
Barrier Reef. CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida, 356 pp.
Wolanski, E., L.A. Boorman, L. Chicharo, E. Langlois-Saliou, R. Lara, A.J. Plater, R.J. Uncles, M. Zalewski.
(2004). Ecohydrology as a new tool for sustainable management of estuaries and coastal waters. Wetlands
Ecology and Management 12, 235-276
20
pollution that may occur from marine sources include oil, ballast water or bilge discharges as well as
rubbish dumped overboard. Noise pollution as a result of tourism related activities in coastal habitats
can disrupt sensitive groups such as seabirds and may result in their displacement from critical feeding
/ breeding / nesting habitats. Coastal or marine construction activities that require the use of dynamite
can threaten cetaceans. Light pollution can pose a serious concern on turtle nesting beaches due to the
influence it may have on female turtles during the laying seasons and disorientation of new hatchling.
70.
The environmental impacts associated with pollution/contamination in the marine and coastal
environment includes the following:
· Deterioration of air quality;
· Deterioration of fresh & coastal water quality;
· Deterioration of general environmental quality;
· Increase of mortality in marine organisms (due to smothering /eutrophication);
· Displacement of sensitive coastal species (due to noise / light pollution);
· Changes in ecosystem community structure (e.g. Increase in macroalgae);
· Loss of biodiversity through degradation of genetic diversity;
· Changes in coastal ecosystems; and
· Loss of aesthetic value of a pristine environment.
71.
The socio-economic impacts associated with pollution/contamination in the marine and coastal
environment includes the following:
· Contaminated beaches;
· Contaminated seafood;
· Increase of waterborne diseases;
· Increased risk to human health;
· Loss of seafood market;
· Reduce income from fisheries;
· Changes in employment;
· Loss of recreational value;
· Reduced availability of potable water; and
· Population migration.
72.
The perception of pristine environment is crucial in maintaining ecosystem health and
ensuring the continued success of beach hotels in attracting tourists, and the associated income.
73. The
identified causes of these threats can be summarized as follows:
· Appropriate treatment technologies (method and price) for potential pollutants and contaminants
unavailable or unknown to developers and private sector;
· Limited use of Environmental Management System and Accounting within the tourism sector and
lack of incentives;
· Appropriate mass treatment facilities not provided by government or by private sector;
· Inappropriate allocation or approval of lands for development in sensitive areas; and
· Absence of formal guidelines for developers and for tourist activities.
2. Direct Destruction and Degradation of Coastal and Marine Ecosystems
74.
The second major threat from tourism that was identified by the countries is the direct
destruction and degradation of coastal and marine ecosystem that can result from poorly planned, or
improperly managed coastal tourism developments in sensitive / critical habitats. Land-based activities
associated with tourism, when they occur in proximity to sensitive biological areas, can result in the
damage, removal or complete loss of critical habitats (e.g. mangroves and wetlands), and this has
impacts both on the species they support and the local community who depend on primary resources
for income or food. Land clearance or land reclamation for tourism or tourism related infrastructural
developments can result in direct impacts on coastal habitats and construction activities in themselves
may increase the amount of sediment in run-off that eventually reaches coastal waters and contribute
to a decline in water clarity. Marine-based recreational activities can also damage marine and coastal
21
habitats (snorkeller or diver impacts and anchor and boat related damage). Other impacts include the
dredging and or clearance of shallow marine habitats such as seagrass beds, in proximity of tourism
recreational beaches to create safer swimming areas, and the dredging or blasting of coral reefs to
improve access for recreational or commercial boats. Inappropriate design of coastal structures (ports,
seawalls, groynes, wharfs, jetties etc), and the direct extraction of sands for building materials can
contribute towards the erosion shoreline. Few of the participating countries have legislation to control
appropriate coastal construction set-back limits hence their subsequent impacts on the coastal and
marine environment, shoreline stability and water quality.
75.
The environmental impacts associated with a loss or degradation of marine and coastal
ecosystem includes the following:
· Changes in coastal and marine ecosystems;
· Loss or decline of natural productivity;
· Displacement or loss of resident species and loss of diversity;
· Displacement or loss of migratory species;
· Loss of mangroves / natural filtration system;
· Changes of the hydrological regimes;
· Decline in coastal water clarity;
· Degradation / damage to coral reefs (direct or sediment related);
· Degradation / damage to seagrass beds (direct or sediment related);
· Reduction in ecological value of marine resources; and
· Degradation of coastal landscapes.
76.
The loss of and damage to critical habitats that can result from unplanned settlements and
poorly sited tourist facilities can have socio-economic impacts as well and lead to coastal land and
marine use conflicts, including the following:
· Loss of public access and restrictions on traditional uses (e.g. fish landing sites);
· Loss of coastal land for other economic purposes or residential use;
· Loss of aesthetic value coastal landscapes;
· Reduction of income from fisheries;
· Changes in employment;
· Increased population density due to immigration;
· Cultural impacts and sensitivities; and
· Increased shoreline vulnerability and threats to hinterlands.
77. The
identified
causes of these threats can be summarized as follows:
· Inadequate or absent legislation and policy relating to zoning of coastal areas for development,
management or protection;
· Perception that certain coastal habitats are valueless and expendable;
· No accountability among tourism operators; and
· Inadequate protection of habitats and species coupled with inadequate monitoring and
enforcement.
3. Unsustainable Use of Natural Resources by the Tourism Sector
78.
The third major threat that was identified by the countries is the unsustainable use of natural
resources that can result from coastal tourism and the increased demands such developments place on
natural resources. The demand for living resources for both consumption and trade increases with the
number tourists and in the absence of proper controls this can contribute to over-harvesting of fish
resources, as well as other resources such as shells and corals as curio and memorabilia. The increase
in demand can also increase the use of inappropriate harvesting techniques that damage habitats and
species such as dynamite fishing, sand-mining and coral-mining. An increase in number of hotel
establishments and number of tourists visiting an area greatly increases the demand for potable
freshwater (for personal hygiene, laundry, cooking, cleaning, etc). Excessive abstraction of water from
aquifers or ground water supplies may decrease the availability of water and deprive associated
ecosystems of a vital life-support commodity. Other conflicts arise relating to the specific needs for
22
land may create further competition between human demands and ecosystem requirements (e.g.
agricultural land, beach access, fish landing sites)
79.
The environmental impacts associated with unsustainable extraction or misuse of natural
resources as a result of tourism includes the following:
· Disruption of the trophic linkages and decline in marine productivity;
· Decreased availability of natural resources required for ecosystem function and maintenance of
diversity;
· Loss or decline of endangers and commercial species and overall loss of diversity;
· Changes of the hydrological regimes;
· Degradation / damage to coral reefs (fishing and curio collection related tourism);
· Degradation / damage to seagrass beds (fishing and curio-collection related);
· Degradation / damage to mangroves (fuel / timber and fishing related); and
· Degradation of coastal landscapes.
80.
The over-extraction and unsustainable or improper use of natural resources for tourism related
purposes can have socio-economic impacts and lead to coastal land and marine use conflicts, including
the following:
· Loss of income from traditional livelihoods;
· Increased costs associated with obtain required natural resources (distance travelled to fish, collect
water);
· Reduction of fisheries potential for future generations;
· Loss of public access and restrictions on traditional uses (e.g. fish landing sites);
· Loss of coastal land for other economic purposes or residential use;
· Loss of traditional livelihoods and forced changes in employment; and
· Increased erosion, shoreline vulnerability and threats to hinterlands.
81. The
identified causes of these threats are as follows:
· Inadequate or absent legislation and policy relating to fisheries (zoning, resource rights, quotas,
catch size limits, methods and allowable gear, etc) coupled with inadequate monitoring and
enforcement of said legislation;
· Unethical/unsustainable demand for living-resource curios;
· Inadequate or absent legislation and policy relating to exploitation of natural resources coupled
with inadequate monitoring and enforcement of said legislation;
· Limited or no control over water allocation, management and use as a result of ineffective policy,
legislation and/or enforcement and limited self-regulation by the sector for water re-use or
conservation;
· Inadequate or absent sectoral zoning for land-use and limited protection of critical or sensitive
areas; and
· Absence of effective legislation protecting rights of free and innocent access or recognising
common lands.
Overall Transboundary Concerns
82.
There are transboundary issues associated with all of the above impacts. The decline in
environmental quality due to pollution/contamination, the physical damage and loss of habitats, and
the over-exploitation of natural resources relative to the coastal areas of the participating countries all
create the following transboundary-related threats and concerns:
· Degradation and loss of marine and coastal habitats and overall decline of regional and global
biodiversity;
· Loss of integrity of marine and coastal ecosystems that support trophic levels in the food chain;
· Habitat fragmentation / loss of connectivity due to loss of critical habitats (feeding and nursery
grounds) for resident and migratory species;
· Effects of pollution on human health;
· Loss of recreational areas; and
· Sedimentation problems frequently cross both land and marine boundaries.
23
83.
The socio-economic issues associated with the transboundary concerns are:
· Loss of tourism income potential; and
· Increased poverty and loss of traditional livelihoods (distance travelled to fish, collect water).
84. The
key barriers / management issues that are preventing the countries from developing
sustainable tourism are listed as follows:
85.
Weak policy frameworks, inadequate legislation, regulation and enforcement: The
countries identified key problems relating to their existing legislation (e.g. Tanzania, Mozambique,
Kenya, Mozambique, Nigeria, Senegal). Gaps in legislation and institutional arrangements identified
by the participating countries include:
· Need for a shared vision and coordination between departments on coastal tourism development19;
· Inadequate provision for public-private-partnerships and policies to improve the investment
climate, encourage diversification and involve local communities20;
· Lack of integrated coastal management frameworks21;
· Poor enforcement of existing legislation (environmental protection/resource use/land tenure)22;
and
· Lack of policies to help resolve coastal land and marine use conflicts from different industries
(e.g. mining, petroleum, fishing, agriculture, cultural practices and access)23.
86.
One of the main factors identified as having negative impacts on the coastal and marine
environment, and limiting the tourism sector from achieving positive impacts, is the lack of an
adequate policy framework to guide and regulate tourism development. There is a limited focus on
coastal ecotourism and /or sustainable coastal tourism development in the existing policy instruments
(e.g. gaps in policy regarding ecotourism / coastal tourism; overlapping policies on tourism and
environment; limited coordination between different policies tourism / environment; absence of clear
policy to guide ecotourism development). The countries also reported problems associated with the
enforcement of existing legislation for environmental protection /resource use / land tenure (e.g.
Seychelles, Nigeria, Senegal, Ghana and Gambia), and policy implementation in terms of how tourism
is dealt with in environmental or other ministries rather than tourism ministries.
87.
The gaps in policy/regulatory implementation, and poor enforcement/compliance of existing
legislation are linked to the institutional frameworks (e.g. inadequate representation of tourism in
planning process, planning of infrastructure undertaken by agencies not sensitive to needs of tourism)
and human capacity limitations (e.g. a lack of law enforcement capacity/staff and techniques).
88.
Lack of Appropriate Institutional Framework: The National Reports highlight the fact that
these countries rarely have suitable institutional framework to support a fully integrated sustainable
tourism / environmental protection agenda. The division of responsibility between the key agencies
involved in tourism and the environment is often complex and poorly defined with overlapping
mandates / roles. The tourism agencies are often mandated with inspection and licensing process that
only address quality aspects and not environmental issues. Meanwhile the tourism agencies often do
not have their own planning capacity and mandate. The structure also currently does not permit
sufficient community participation in tourism related planning and management issues. The overall
lack of a coordinating mechanism to improve inter-sectoral and stakeholder collaboration and
integration is a key issue (e.g. Tanzania, Mozambique, Kenya, Seychelles, Mozambique and Senegal).
The absence of integrated mechanism has increased the gap between policy makers and implementing
agencies, and limited or prevented the interaction between public and private sector.
89.
Limited or Poor Spatial and Infrastructural Planning: The lack of planning and resultant
ad hoc development of tourism, overcrowding of tourists in sensitive areas with limited infrastructure
(and resulting high volumes of waste and litter), have been identified by the countries as a major factor
19 Tanzania, Mozambique, Kenya, Seychelles, Mozambique, Senegal
20 Kenya, Tanzania, Seychelles, Senegal, Gambia
21 Gambia
22 Seychelles, Nigeria, Senegal, Ghana, Gambia
23 Kenya, Seychelles, Mozambique, Tanzania, Nigeria, Senegal, Ghana, Gambia
24
that is preventing the development of sustainable tourism in sub-Saharan Africa. Conflicts regularly
arise between local communities and the tourism sector due this lack of planning, as a result of
privatization and loss of access to beaches, traditional fish landing sites and resources, illegal tourist
facilities, violation and encroachment into protected areas, squatter communities, and with other
sectors (e.g. mining, petroleum, and agriculture). These issues often relate to a lack of baseline data on
sensitive/ critical habitats and integrated coastal management, that is needed for planning and limited
participation of local stakeholders in the planning and management of resources.
90.
Limited Human Resources and Capacity: All the countries identified limited human
resources, lack of training and / or technical capacities as a constraining factor. Key constraints posed
by limited human resources and capacity identified by the participating countries include:
· Lack of capacity amongst the local authorities, agencies, enforcement bodies well as amongst the
tourism enterprises and their representation associations, to monitor environmental concerns and
trends as well as related socio-economic issues;
· Lack of capacity amongst the local authorities, agencies, enforcement bodies well as amongst the
tourism enterprises and their representation associations, to monitor compliance to guidelines and
regulations and enforcement;
· Lack of trained personnel capable of promoting sustainable tourism, through developing more
ecologically and culturally sensitive tourism and ecotourism products;
· Limited understanding and often insufficient knowledge of key tools and techniques to build
sustainability into new development (e.g. knowledge and capacity on EIA and EMS options,
planning tools, suitable technologies and mitigation procedures, environmentally sensitive
infrastructure design), amongst public and private sector;
· Lack of trained personal able to undertake outreach and awareness raising activities amongst the
local community and tourists, and hence knowledge (in public and private sector) on sustainable
coastal tourism issues, and over-reliance on external consultants for technical advice (instead of
building internal capacity);
· No research and training programmes related to tourism planning and management (particularly
including sustainable tourism issues and strategies) and as a result there is a lack of access to
appropriate models and techniques in training programs and educational institutions; and
· Lack of appropriate training institutions and programmes to build capacity / raise awareness in
coastal tourism and coastal management (especially for local communities).
91.
Understanding, Awareness and Outreach: All the countries identified a lack of
understanding and limited awareness of the need for sustainable tourism. There is therefore a need to
raise awareness and understanding across all sectors of the significance of limiting damage to sensitive
habitats, for maintaining ecosystem functions and services in order to support sustainable tourism.
There is also a need to improve awareness of the importance of the environment and ecosystem
functions to support the livelihoods of all stakeholders. The need for enhanced awareness extends to
the tourist clients as well. The tourism sector within sub-Saharan Africa appears to exhibit a limited
understanding and awareness of the potentially substantial economic benefits that can be accrued
through adopting environmental management systems. Policy and decision makers currently have a
limited understanding of the long term costs associated with poorly planned and managed tourism
developments in terms of actual lost revenues, as well as the associated costs of losses related to the
essential goods and services the coastal and marine environment provides. Further information is
required to be able to demonstrate the true economic value of sustainable tourism approaches and
maintaining landscape values and ecosystem functions to aid decision makers in planning.
92.
Limited Data / Information on Tourism: Countries identified a lack of accessible
information for sustainable tourism development and limited capacity to obtain and share key
information on tourism at both the national and regional level. There is increasing awareness of the
need to acquire and share up-to-date relevant data on both the environment and on tourism to aid
policy level decision-making and to inform stakeholders. Decision making requires an appropriate
level of information (properly collected, analysed, stored and shared) and very few of the participating
countries (e.g. Seychelles, Senegal, Kenya) have the human capacities and technical resources to meet
this very important need. There is a general lack of national baseline information about the
distribution, value and status of critical / sensitive habitats or the information is not accessible, and this
25
equates to a lack of appreciation and understanding of the need to protect these coastal and marine
habitats. While some countries have prepared coastal habitat maps and sensitivity maps, and there are
several regional mapping projects that have collated various datasets, these datasets are often not made
available in a form that is accessible to the tourism agencies or the private sector at either the national
or regional level. There is also no effective regional body to provide guidance or disseminate case
studies on tourism related issues and best practices, or to provide a forum for the various national and
regional stakeholders to share experiences and discuss further development and standards related to
sustainable tourism within the participating countries.
93.
Insufficient effective participation by private sector: The private sector is not currently
involved in planning and management process of tourism and key environmental assets. Private sector
organisations in the region are also not encouraged to implement self-regulation of their own
properties and activities via processes such EMS and certification. The use of EMS within hotels and
the tourism supply chain in the region is very limited. In general the institutional framework do not
encourage public-private-partnerships in most countries and there are limited incentives for
investment, or inclusion of local communities and industry diversification including alternative
technologies or voluntary self regulatory mechanisms (e.g. Kenya, Tanzania, Seychelles, Senegal,
Nigeria, Ghana and Gambia ). Indeed, the planning and review of applications for new developments
as well as strategies such as EIA and SEA are seen as barriers to investment and by investors.
94.
Insufficient participation of local communities: Local communities are rarely consulted or
participate in the planning of tourism developments and this can create problems such as loss of
traditional livelihoods, and restriction in access to public beaches for recreation or livelihood
activities. Similarly, local participation in tourism and ownership of tourism assets is minimal, and as a
result local benefits from tourism are insufficient in nearly all of the countries. This can lead to
resentment by local communities of tourism establishments and tourists, and create further problems
(harassment etc). The local communities tend to lack the core business skills (management expertise,
marketing, sales and customer care expertise) needed to effectively establish eco-tourism.
95.
Lack of Basic Infrastructure and Appropriate Technology: Often the existing
infrastructure is not adequate to cope with tourism along with other users of coastal environments i.e.
in protected areas, transportation systems, roads, international airports, waste water and solid waste
management and disposal (e.g. Senegal, Ghana and Nigeria).
96.
Limited Finances and Inadequate Economic Support: The countries identified that the lack
of access to finance for basic tourism infrastructure, monitoring, project development, enforcement,
SMEs capacity building, and for outreach activities to raise awareness amongst local communities and
other agencies about tourism concerns. There is a critical need for more appropriate sustainable
financing for environmentally sensitive and protected areas.
BASELINE
97.
In the absence of GEF assistance it is expected that the nine participating countries will pursue
independent programmes of coastal tourism and biodiversity management in relation to their domestic
development objectives. Their activities would proceed with other donor support and some would be
implemented with their own limited financial resources. Closely related Projects such as WIO-Lab
(that have arisen from the same African Process for the Development and Protection of the Marine and
Coastal Environment in Sub-Saharan Africa would continue to address issues such as sedimentation
but without the critical linkages to this other priority issue (sustainable tourism). Environmental
impacts on the marine and coastal environment, that are resulting from the existing level of tourism
activities include most notably, pollution (especially from liquid and solid waste), loss and
modification of habitats, unsustainable of natural resources (leading to destruction of marine and
wetland habitat, coastal erosion, contributing to over-fishing with inevitable transboundary species
management problems) would continue and increase if actions are not under taken to address the key
barriers and management issues to sustainable tourism development in sub-Saharan Africa.
98.
All of the various governments are engaged in the collection of baseline information related to
tourism, ecotourism, and to some extent, sustainable tourism. There is at present a lack of information
26
on the extent of sensitive coastal and marine habitats or this information is not available to agencies
involved tourism due to the lack of integration and collaboration between the key agencies. Unless
there is an improvement in the availability of this type of information spatial planning will not
improve and the conflicts of interest that arise will continue to occur. If this type of information is not
in place, it will be very difficult for the countries to implement medium or long term planning of
tourism development and management practices. There will be limited allocation of lands that would
be suitable location of hotels, set apart from sensitive areas. The resulting impact will contribute to a
the further degradation and loss of marine and coastal habitats and overall decline of regional and
global biodiversity (impacts on sensitive areas, increased run-off, sedimentation and decline of coastal
water quality etc). Ecosystem functions provided by the critical transboundary habitats and globally
significant biodiversity will be lost, and habitats fragmentation will result in a loss of connectivity for
resident and migratory species between key feeding and nursery grounds, and an overall loss of
integrity of marine and coastal ecosystems that support trophic levels in the food chain thereby
threatening local food security.
99.
The current uncoordinated ad hoc approach to tourism development would continue in the
absence of the an integrated tourism development policy framework (through the building and
strengthening of partnerships between the governments, private sector, NGOs and communities in
formulation and implementation of policies, regulations and strategies guiding coastal tourism
development) and the baseline situation can be expected to prevail. Tourism development would
continue uncontrolled, there would be little regulation on such developments or monitoring of the
impacts. Best practices in environmental management systems for such tourism enterprises would not
be implemented without encouragement, or a clear demonstration of the benefits and incentives the
tourism sector will be reluctant to participate in voluntary initiatives in environmental management.
As a result the consumption of resources (water, electricity, building materials, food stuffs etc) and
production of wastes (solid and liquid wastes) by the tourism industry would escalate. The excessive
demands put upon the environment by the expansion of the sector will conflict with the needs of the
local community, and contribute to the degradation of the environment especially in the absence of the
necessary municipal infrastructure being properly installed and maintained by the local governments,
and the increasing number of visitors.
100. The increased exploitation of resources especially fisheries, coral, and fragile wetlands
(coupled with damage and destruction to fish breeding and feeding grounds) will contribute to
collapses in resource populations with both national and transboundary effects. The loss of natural
resources has serious implication for the local communities, many of whom remain dependent on
primary resources as their main livelihood. This may lead to an increase in poverty through the loss of
traditional livelihoods due to the need to travel further to fish for example. Uncontrolled water
consumption, and lack of water conservation and recycling strategies in this region where water
resources are often scarce and droughts are common, will inevitably impact on the availability of
water resources to local communities both in the mid to long term. Over extraction of water will also
have inevitable impacts on wetlands and other coastal habitats and associated species. The further
increase in energy usage will put pressure on national supplies with potential impacts on availability of
resources to local communities, pollution and net contribution to climate change. The poor or non-
existent wastewater and solid waste management will have affects on the environment and human
health due to polluted bathing waters, marshes, underground water and surface waters and all other
water resources. The aesthetic value of natural landscapes will be lost, as will recreational areas and
present and future tourism income potential and alternative livelihoods.
101.
The adoption of self regulation and certification schemes that would help reverse or even halt
the negative impacts of the tourism sector on the marine and coastal diversity and socio-cultural
environment would probably only be implemented in a few hotels within the region. Such schemes
almost certainly would not be implemented on a regional scale and the true benefit of these types of
schemes therefore would not be fully realised. The identified impacts will more than probably
continue to contribute to chronic degradation in the coastal and marine environment. At the same time,
with rapid pace of growth of tourism and new development, the opportunity to create environmentally
sound planning and management practice, sustainable alternative livelihoods and revenues, thereby
helping contribute towards poverty alleviation whilst also mitigating for the impacts on the
environment in these destinations is being lost.
27
102.
As the tourism industry expands, so does the number of visitors to any one site as well as the
number of sites visited. Areas of high diversity of coastal and marine life attract bird, watchers, divers
and snorkellers, making habitats such as mangroves and coral reefs important tourist destinations. As
marine resources are considered common resources, and activities by the diving industry and
fishermen are not closely regulated by government, there are conflicts of interest and significant reef
damage is occurring in some locations through boat anchoring, pollution and through direct contact
(particularly in the case of snorkellers, divers with cameras and fishing). Reefs and their associated
species diversity (which were once described as pristine) are under increasing pressure due to a range
of threats including global warming/coral bleaching, pollution, coral mining, blast/poison fishing are
now becoming seriously environmentally degraded. Increasing number of tourists and hotels with
inadequate waste water disposal systems are adding to these existing threats (e.g. through nitrification
from sewage, from fertilisers applied to golf courses etc.). The inevitable outcome of this situation,
with no intervention, will be that reefs will be further degraded and species and habitat lost (as will
globally significant biodiversity). Fisheries will collapse and the quality of diving areas will become
poorer with an inevitable knock-on effect of increased poverty within local communities.
103. There is a need to ensure that sustainable tourism projects are implemented. There is also a
need to capture more experiences and examples of how tourism activities can be made more
ecosystem-friendly with less pollution and impact, and how tourism can be better managed in this
sense (particularly through Private-Public partnerships. Although some stakeholders are aware of the
concept of ecotourism and some business ventures are even trying to establish ecotourism related
activities, the execution of ecotourism is complex and dynamic and requires guidance and expertise if
such enterprises are to avoid having the reverse effect (further pressure and impact on the
environment) to their intended aim. There is a need to ensure that eco-tourism projects are
implemented in a manner that is genuinely sustainable, and to provide the requisite training and
capacity building and local community involvement, along with models and best practices in order to
achieve such sustainability. In part this includes developing a consistent understanding of what
ecotourism is, and is not24. The baseline does not have such provisions and the inevitable expectation,
in the absence of any such intervention, would be a false sense of sustainable resource management in
the face of actual long-term damage, and the lost opportunity to establish schemes that truly benefit
both the local community and the environment through generating revenues for conservation activities
and through the provision of sustainable alternative livelihoods.
104.
It can be concluded that, in the absence of a GEF Alternative initiative that would consolidate
sustainable tourism practices and policies within the 9 countries, the following declining situation can
be expected to prevail:
· Failure at the national level to adapt and adopt policies, legislation and associated
management and institutional capacity and infrastructure that reflects the need to sustain
coastal resources and to conserve vital national biodiversity.
· Continued degradation of the coastline, with associated negative impacts on global significant
transboundary biodiversity through loss of critical habitats and species.
· Inevitable loss of livelihoods, local and national economic depression, increased poverty and
reduced quality of life and general human well-being.
· Increasing friction between stakeholders, resource users and exploiters, polluters and
beneficiaries with an associated potential for social and political unbalance and upheaval
24 WTO definition of Ecotourism: The Quebec Declaration on Ecotourism defines ecotourism as tourism that "embraces the
principles of sustainable tourism, concerning the economic, social and environmental impacts of tourism. It also embraces
the following specific principles which distinguish it from the wider concept of sustainable tourism: (i) contributes actively to
the conservation of natural and cultural heritage; (ii) includes local and indigenous communities in its planning,
development and operation, and contributing to their well-being; (iii) interprets the natural and cultural heritage of the
destination to visitors;(iv) lends itself better to independent travellers, as well as to organized tours for small size groups"
(WTO, 2002)". World Tourism Organization (WTO) (2002) The World Ecotourism Summit, Final report, World Tourism
Organization and United Nations Environment Program
28
RATIONAL AND OBJECTIVE (ALTERNATIVE)
105.
The global environmental Goal of this Project is to support and enhance the conservation of
globally significant coastal and marine ecosystems and associated biodiversity in sub-Saharan Africa,
through the reduction of the negative environmental impacts which they receive as a result of coastal
tourism.
106. The
Objective of the Project is to demonstrate best practice strategies for sustainable tourism
to reduce the degradation of marine and coastal environments of transboundary significance.
107.
The proposed Project will aim to primarily to ameliorate coastal pollution and contaminants
arising from the land-based and coastal activities associated with tourism facilities, and which impact
on significant transboundary waters and associated ecosystems. Activities undertaken to achieve these
aims will inevitably result in secondary benefits including the reduction of human-induced physical
alteration of critical habitats (e.g. reduction of sediment contamination through reforms to coastal
development approaches and policies, protection of critical coastal ecosystems such as mangroves
which act as filters, designation of sensitive areas to ensure effective legislation and enforcement
against land-based impacts and tourism-related contaminants). These activities will therefore provide
further incidental global biodiversity benefits in conformity with the GPA/LBA and with NEPAD. An
important element of this Project will be the active involvement of the private sector in resolving these
transboundary concerns. Specifically the full Project will demonstrate best practices/ strategies for
addressing the key issues and concerns identified in the four tourism project proposals included in the
Portfolio of Project Proposals25, which arose from the "African Process". These strategies will
illustrate how tourism can provide a sustainable solution that has the capacity to act as a catalyst for
development while adding to the conservation and protection of the coastal environment and fostering
benefits for host communities. The Governments of the eight of these countries were among the eleven
governments that initiated and participated in the African Process. The present project arose from the
follow up to the Africa Process Super Preparatory Committee meeting in Abuja, Nigeria in June 2002
and the Ministerial and Heads of State meeting in Johannesburg, held at the sidelines of the World
Summit on Sustainable Development (WSSD), at which the governments endorsed the project
proposal. In addition, the NEPAD Thematic Group on Coastal, Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems
meeting hosted by the Government of Nigeria in February 2003 in Abuja with the participation of the
countries also endorsed the tourism project proposal.
108.
Through the preparatory processes, including national reports prepared during the PDF phase,
the countries have identified the threats and root causes associated with land-based impacts and
contamination from coastal tourism activities. They have also defined the management issues
precluding mitigation or removal of the threats, and therefore acting as barriers to achieving this
objective. The primary barriers to the adoption of a more sustainable approach to tourism that will
mitigate land-based impacts and contaminants have been identified by the countries through the
Threats and Root Causes Analysis (Annex D) and are discussed in detail under the Threats, Root
Causes and Key Barriers section (above). These barriers can be summarised as:
i) Inadequate institutional arrangements and poor sectoral coordination
ii) Fragmented and uncoordinated legislation, policy and management approaches
iii) Absence of comprehensive baselines data on which to form policy and management decisions
iv) Inadequately trained and insufficient human resources
v) Limited access to information and case studies on best available practices and technologies for
sustainable tourism
vi) Limited or absent awareness of value of ecosystem functions and services to tourism and to all
sectors of governance and society
25 http://www.acops.org/ACOPS/tourism.htm
TOU1: Development of Sustainable Coastal Tourism Policies and Strategies;
TOU2: Promoting Environmental Sustainability within the Tourism Industry through Implementation of an Eco-certification and Labelling Pilot Programme for Hotels;
TOU3: Preparation of National Ecotourism Policies/Strategies and Identification of Pilot Projects for implementation;
TOU4: Pilot Measures to Demonstrate the Best Practices in Mitigating Environmental Impacts of Tourism: Reef Recreation Management.
29
vii) Lack of effective protection or effective management of environmentally sensitive areas and
landscapes
109.
The Project aims to address these barriers through a set of sequential interventions that will
lead to the adoption of sustainable tourism practices and strategies within each country that have been
designed and elaborated to suit each specific country's needs at the national and local level. A primary
focus of the Project will be toward on-the-ground demonstration activities addressing issues pertinent
to identified national hotspots that can then be transferred and replicated to other sites within the
Project system boundary and beyond.
110. The GEF intervention will initiate and implement an Alternative course of action that i)
undertakes a detailed assessment of national needs to achieve sustainable tourism in relation to land-
based impacts and contaminants through requisite reforms to legislation, policy and institutional
mechanisms along with supportive training and capacity building requirements, ii) identifies the most
appropriate practices and technologies to address each country's needs, and iii) assist the countries to
adopt and implement these practices and technologies through a scheduled work-plan of deliverables.
111. The project responds to an urgent need to initiate proactive, integrated and interdisciplinary
measures to prevent further degradation of the coastal and marine environment from impacts arising
from tourism. These include actions to mitigate and reduce land-based impacts and tourism-associated
contaminants. As well as more obvious and direct activities related to reductions in waste discharges
and chemical pollutants, these actions will also include measures to redress indirect contaminants
arising from the physical destruction of critical habitats (sedimentation and the increased threats
arising from the loss of ecosystem functions that act as filters and buffers to discharges and pollutants)
and to set aside more sensitive and representative coastal areas through a zoning process and allocate
stricter regulations and legislation addressing allowable levels of contaminants and other chronic and
synergistic tourism-related impacts within such areas. Incidentally, at the level of global benefits, the
sustainable management of coastal and marine resources for improved food security, water quality,
and environmental security will contribute to the eradication of poverty and hunger on the African
continent.
112. It is also important to recognize the significant transboundary benefits accruable from this
Project. Coastal habitats are important to a number of species that are transboundary in nature either
though migration or breeding and feeding patterns. This includes a number of fish species whose
stocks are shared but which are dependent on certain coastal formations and habitat types as well as
marine turtles with nesting grounds in some of the countries. Migratory bird species are also highly
dependent on the African coastline for over-wintering. Any improved level of protection and
mitigation of deleterious impacts will have positive feedback through transboundary benefits.
113.
One major contribution to both project sustainability and the transferable sustainability of the
GEF contribution will be the demonstration activities to be implemented and their replication
throughout and beyond the region. While the direct, short-term benefits of the demonstration activities
will be at specific site levels (i.e. of the participating hotels and tourism sites/facilities), these
demonstration have an important value at the national and regional levels in providing an impetus
along with models and guidelines (based on best practices) for the wider application of sustainable
coastal tourism (including ecotourism) development policies and strategies, including eco-certification
and eco-labeling schemes within the tourism sector, improved reef recreation management, and eco-
tourism ventures that promote sustainable alternative livelihoods and/or generate revenues for
environmental conservation. All of these models and guidelines will provide positive benefits in the
reduction and mitigation of impacts from contaminants and land-based sources of pollution. The
specific pilot demonstration projects within each country have been designed during the PDF-B phase
of the project to directly address one of the priorities in a recognised Hotspot / Sensitive area. The
process by which these pilot demonstration projects were designed is explained in more detail in
Appendix A - The Demonstrations. In summary, the sites were identified as Hotspots / Sensitive Areas
during Phase II of the GEF/UNEP MSP or during the PDF-B. The Hotspots / Sensitive area were
reviewed with respect to a second set of criteria relating specifically to the existing or tourism
potential. A list of identified hotspots and sensitive areas against countries and their demonstration
activities is given in Appendix A - The Demonstrations. The sites vary in scale (local or regional)
according to the strategy being implemented and the national need. As the demonstration activities
30
have been identified by the countries that participated in the African Process as priority issues that
require suitable management options, the demonstration projects would, thus, provide these countries
with a demonstrated clear management strategy. In this way, the chances of replicating the projects in
other countries in sub-Saharan Africa and even in other regions are high.
114. The formalization of the inter-country consultative and co-ordination mechanisms, initiated
during the PDF-B process and to be consolidated under the proposed project will ensure joint policies
and actions on sustainable tourism and environmental management and contribute to the avoidance of
potential conflicts and instability in the region. Furthermore, the proposed demonstration
projects/activities on eco-tourism will provide alternative livelihoods for local communities that will
lead to improved food security and promotion of greater socio-economic stability in the region.
PROJECT COMPONENTS AND OUTPUTS
115. To address the listed barriers and management concerns through the appropriate GEF
programming approach, in line with the Operational Programme requirements, the Project therefore
aims to deliver a series of logical Outcomes and Outputs through the following Components:
1
Capture of Best Available Practices and Technologies;
Development and Implementation of Mechanisms for Sustainable Tourism Governance and
2
Management;
Assessment and Delivery of Training and Capacity Requirements emphasising an
3
Integrated Approach to Sustainable Tourism;
4
Information Capture, Management and Dissemination; and
5
Project Management Coordination, Monitoring and Evaluation.
COMPONENT 1:
CAPTURE OF BEST AVAILABLE PRACTICES & TECHNOLOGIES
OUTCOME: Demonstrated reductions in Sewage and Wastewater Discharges and Damage to
Critical Habitats in the Coastal and Marine Environment from Tourism
BASELINE: Limited access to, and understanding of, available practices and technologies which
support sustainable tourism. No mechanism for identifying these BAT/BAPs or for developing model
guidelines for the adoption and implementation. No regionally applicable models for tourism
partnerships, and no clear benefits and incentives available. Limited number of national models and
demonstrations of sustainable tourism BATs/BAPs currently available within the participating
countries. No facilities or plans for regional synthesis and dissemination.
GEF Financing: US$2,850,000 Co-Financing: US$11,232,470
116.
This component will focus on identifying existing examples, lessons and practices, including
those involving voluntary tri-sector partnerships (private, community and public), that may be
applicable to tourism within the sub-Saharan African situation and proactively developing and testing
new approaches, processes, practices and the application of technologies at identified `hotspots' of
tourism impact. The captured products will then be transferred to Component 2 for packaging and
assembly as national strategies for implementation.
Output
1.A: Identification of Best Available Practices (BAPs) and Best Available
Technologies (BATs) (on a global scale) applicable to sustainable tourism within the sub-
Saharan African situation
117.
The Project will undertake a comprehensive and global review of all possible case studies and
initiatives that may provide BAPs and BATs that could be applicable to the sub-Saharan country
situation as well as more specific localised scenarios within individual countries. The most appropriate
lessons, practices and technologies arising from this highly detailed review and assessment will be
31
captured and pooled with the information arising from Output 1.B below and fed into Component 2
for review by the national and regional coordination bodies. The most appropriate BATs/BAPs for
individual national and local sustainable tourism strategies will then be selected by the countries for
adoption and implementation (see Outputs 2.B and 2.C.). In undertaking the detailed assessment and
review specific attention will be given to capturing appropriate policy, legislative and institutional
mechanisms and fiscal and revenue measures that could be applied as reforms in line with sustainable
tourism, especially as they relate to public-private partnership arrangements..
118. In identifying BAPs one of the key issues that will be addressed will be approaches and
models for establishing successful partnership for sustainable tourism (defined as a level of tourism
activity that can be maintained over the long term because it results in a net benefit for the social,
economic, natural and cultural environments of the area in which it takes place, and, socio-cultural
and environmental impacts are neither permanent nor irreversible). While conventional stakeholder
consultation and participation can improve the image of a company it does not necessarily lead to
collaborative action. Public-private partnerships, joint ventures and most notably tri-sector
partnerships (defined as voluntary collaborations between business, civil society and government to
promote sustainable development based on an efficient allocation of complementary resources) go
beyond the consultation process and provide the opportunity to `pool' resources between the three key
groups to achieve on the ground activities to best effect. Such activities would include the
development of more appropriate water resource management and conservation mechanisms and
technologies, wastewater treatment and handling processes, construction standards and set-backs, etc.
119.
As part of this review the Project will undertake a regional Partnership Incentives and Benefits
Analysis that will demonstrate the value of developing partnership models for the tourism sector in
sub-Saharan Africa. The analysis will use case studies from the tourism sector in the region and
beyond to identify the direct and indirect benefits and incentives of such arrangements to all parties
(i.e. business interests, community development and public sector governance), and will draw upon
examples of best practice models in the development of public-private and tri-sector partnerships from
other sectors that have successfully implemented such an approach26,27, (e.g. oil, gas and mining) as
appropriate. The analysis will also establish processes by which to identify the incremental
contribution of such an approach over and above alternatives that could be achieved through other
approaches (e.g. private sector implementing measures to address social issues in-house, corporate
foundations or NGOs or governments / international donors implementing national programmes
alone). The incentives and benefits for businesses may include direct financial benefits, such as cost-
savings associated with increased efficiency and reduced use of resources (e.g. electricity and water),
local suppliers and supply chains etc., reduced business / investment risk., and indirect benefits, such
as enhanced local / regional/ global corporate reputation and competitiveness. The incentives and
benefits to local communities may be improved access to alternative livelihood opportunities, creation
of consistent market demand for local produce, improvement in local infrastructure (roads, water
supply, sanitation) associated with a development etc, capacity building and community participation.
The incentives for public sector involvement may include improved visibility of public offices in
charge of civil responsibilities (transparency, accountability, and effectiveness of social programmes),
increased capacity and effectiveness in management of resources (through overseeing environmental
management systems etc), improved adherence to laws designed to protect public and environment
interests. The incentives and `net benefits' for all parties including the Private Sector, will be
presented at the national multi-stakeholder meetings (Output 5.C) to demonstrate how it would be to
their advantage to engage with and sustain their involvement in the Project.
Output
1.B: Implementation of National Demonstrations to elaborate Best Available
Practices (BAPs) and Best Available Technologies (BAPs) for Sustainable
Tourism
120.
One of the main aims throughout the development of this regional project has been to address
the need to deliver real, `on-the-ground' benefits to the participating countries, which, while realising
the `global benefit' requirements of GEF, also recognise the need to change the adverse conditions
26 http://www.bpd-naturalresources.org/html/pub_working.html#
27 http://www.bpd-naturalresources.org/media/pdf/working/work10.pdf
32
existing in the countries with respect to coastal tourism. The GEF/UNEP MSP process, identified the
requirement for the Project to focus on targeted demonstrations at the national level to show how the
actual on-the-ground threats (such as water contamination and overuse, and wastewater discharges)
might be addressed by different strategies, and how the results of these demonstration activities could
then be captured, transferred and replicated.
121.
This Output therefore represents the major component of the Project, delivering ground-level
demonstrations of activities that aim to minimize and mitigate the impacts of tourism development in
coastal areas by resolving barriers to sustainable tourism at specific hotspots / sensitive areas. The
Output will demonstrate a suite of strategies to address the issues identified in tourism proposals
included in the Portfolio of Project Proposals 28 prepared during the GEF/UNEP African Process.
These strategies were fully endorsed by the countries at the Final Super Preparatory Committee
meeting of the African Process in Abuja (June 2002), the Ministerial and Heads of State meeting
during the WSSD in Johannesburg (Sept, 2002), and the meeting of NEPAD Thematic Group on
Coastal, Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems in Abuja (Feb, 2003).
122.
Broadly the strategies are designed to engage the private sector and enhance appropriate tri-
partite partnerships to enable formulation and implementation of appropriate national and regional
policies and strategies for sustainable tourism development in coastal and marine areas, including a
policy and strategy framework to guide and promote ecotourism development. More specifically the
demonstration strategies include:
1. Establishment and Implementation of Environmental Management Systems and voluntary
Eco-certification and Labelling schemes,
2. Development of eco-tourism to alleviate poverty through sustainable alternative livelihoods
and generate revenues for conservation of biodiversity and the benefit of the local community,
and,
3. Sustainable reef recreation management for the conservation of coastal and marine
biodiversity.
123. Each demonstration strategy is summarised below, and in more detail (including individual
logical frameworks) in Appendix A - The Demonstrations.
1. Establishment and Implementation of Environmental Management Systems and voluntary
Eco-certification and Labelling schemes,
124.
The specific objective of this demonstration project is to promote public-private partnerships
through the voluntary introduction of environmental management systems (EMS) by coastal hotels in
each participating country, with the aim of reducing and minimising negative environmental impacts
of tourism development in coastal areas and enhancing sustainable planning and management of the
sector. The project will result in a significant reduction of the negative impacts of coastal tourism by
building national institutional capacities in all the countries and creating an enabling environment for
the coastal tourism industry to plan and implement effective EMS in their operations. Hotels will be
encouraged in their efforts at introducing improved environmental management practices. In addition
to reducing the pressures upon the sensitive environments upon which they rely, hotel establishments
will benefit economically and technically from improved management in the form of energy savings,
better resource use and less wastage. Local communities will benefit from increased purchases of
local commodities by hotels and also by lower demands by the tourism industry on scarce shared
resources such as water and energy. The local tourism industry supply sectors, including planners,
designers and engineers will have enhanced environmental awareness and technical capabilities for
integrating environmental considerations in designing and building tourism facilities. The project will
integrate coastal tourism specific requirements into local environmental impact assessment and
environmental auditing frameworks; stronger links with existing coastal planning processes will be
28
TOU1- Development of Sustainable Coastal Tourism Policies and Strategies;
TOU2-Promoting Environmental Sustainability within the Tourism Industry through Implementation of an
Eco-certification and Labeling Pilot Programme for Hotels;
TOU3-Preparation of National Ecotourism Policies/Strategies and Identification of Pilot Projects for
Implementation;
TOU4-Pilot Measures to Demonstrate the Best Practices in Mitigating Environmental Impacts of Tourism:-
Reef Recreation Management.
33
built; and specific guidelines, standards and codes of conduct will be developed. Regulatory
authorities, local authorities and environmental professionals will be strengthened in their capabilities
to manage, guide and review coastal tourism specific EIAs and audits. Capacities will be built in
appropriate and sustained ways of monitoring environmental quality parameters. The use of economic
instruments and public-private partnerships shall be explored in order to assist local authorities and the
tourism industry to pay for or to leverage additional financing for environmental improvements and
environmental infrastructure. The possibility of establishing a regional eco-certification scheme will
be explored.
2. Development of eco-tourism to alleviate poverty through sustainable alternative livelihoods
and generate revenues for conservation of biodiversity and the benefit of the local community.
125. The
specific
objective of the demonstration is to (a) alleviate poverty and provide alternative
livelihoods to local communities through the development of eco-tourism and coastal use zonation
schemes which will then result in reductions in land-based impacts and mitigation of the threat from
contaminants; (b) generate revenues for environmental conservation and contaminant monitoring and
control through eco-tourism; and (c) promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of
tourism while conserving globally significant biodiversity through such actions as improved mangrove
conservation management (which will help to reduce the widespread effects of land-based sources of
sedimentation whilst also maintaining an important ecosystem function i.e. the filtration properties of
wetlands and mangroves). The project will promote ecotourism development that minimises and
prevents negative impacts on the natural and socio-cultural environment and contributes to the
conservation of coastal biological diversity by jointly mitigation impacts from discharges and
contaminants while generating benefits for host communities, organisations and authorities managing
natural areas for conservation purposes providing sustainable alternative livelihood and income
opportunities for local communities; and increasing awareness of natural and cultural assets among
local people and tourists. The main problems to be directly addressed by the project are: (a)
uncontrolled and unregulated development of "ecotourism", particularly in sensitive areas and areas of
environmental significance; (b) negative environmental impacts as a result of the above; and (c)
negative environmental impacts as a result of poverty and the lack of alternative livelihoods other than
those that exploit environmental resources in an unsustainable manner. The demonstration pilot
projects (Table 3) have been identified in part for their potential financial viability as sustainable
ecotourism ventures, the Project will ensure that local decision-makers and communities are involved
in project design, business planning and implementation. Detailed business plans will be formulated to
ensure community ownership and benefits adequate capacity building and skills development.
3. Sustainable reef recreation management for the conservation of coastal and marine
biodiversity.
126. The specific objective of this demonstration is to implement projects for sustainable reef
recreation management, focusing on the relationship between recreation development in sensitive or
affected coral areas and the associated impacts of increases sedimentation and pollution from
discharges, etc related to tourist activities.. The main tourism activity that will be addressed in this
project is the diving, snorkeling, boating and fishing industry, which will require the active
involvement of and partnership with private sector companies, tour operators and boat operators. The
implementation will also require cooperation and coordination with non-tourism reef users, such as
local fishermen and residents. The specific objective of this component is the conservation of coral
reefs, through the coordination and regulation of reef use, and in appropriate locations the installation
of mooring buoys. Mooring buoys can help to protect coral reefs against the direct impacts of anchor
damage by diving and other recreational and industrial activities, and can also provide a level of
protection against increased sedimentation associated with anchoring and help to focus diver activities
which can help to provide protection to more sensitive areas of the reef. Participatory management and
co-management plans will be developed and will include zonation, buoy installation (i.e. location,
density and usage guidelines) and scheduling of reef use by boat operators. Building on the
opportunity for a regional dimension, these activities will demonstrate and share best practices in
mitigation measures to protect globally significant coral reefs, breeding grounds for transboundary
migratory species, endangered species, and will have a clear demonstrative value. For sustainability
34
purposes, the collection of fees and or donations for reef use will be included in the management plan
as a way of raising funds to ensure maintenance and meeting recurrent costs in the long term.
Monitoring of the implementation of reef-use guidelines and regulations would preferably be
undertaken by local stakeholders in conjunction with conservation authorities. This encourages local
ownership, buy-in and application of guidelines. An adequate proportion of revenues will be used for
the local installation and maintenance of mooring buoys, and for management and monitoring costs of
the reefs in general. This will ensure for the sustainability of the project in terms of its financial
requirements.
127. During the PDFB phase countries identified potential national level demonstration pilot
projects29 to address priority issues using the above strategies at recognised hotspots or sensitive areas,
as identified during the MSP or other regional GIWA analyses. The pilot projects were also
specifically aimed at reducing the coastal pollution from the land-based activities (notably tourism
activities) in conformity with the GPA/LBA
128. These pilot projects were developed through extensive multi-stakeholder consultations
between the private sector, civil society, NGOs, CBOs and CSOs, and the public sector at the national
level and through sub-regional and regional workshops. Members from each of these stakeholder
groups were involved throughout the development of project proposals and were represented on PDFB
National Steering Committees and National Stakeholder Meetings (see Appendix A - The
Demonstrations2 for a list of private and community based partner organisations).. The resulting
national demonstration projects were subject to a rigorous selection process as described in Appendix
A - The Demonstrations, and associated Appendix A - The Demonstrations1.
129. The suite of national demonstration projects to be implemented through the Project are
presented below in Table 4 and described individually in full in Appendix A - The Demonstrations.
While each national project was designed to focus on one of the specific priorities, several projects
address more than one of these priorities, and three projects address all three priorities in a fully
integrated manner within one destination (e.g. Kenya, Tanzania and Senegal). During the
implementation of these projects databases of tourism professionals and tourism partners will be
compiled and networks will be established that will encourage knowledge transfer and sharing of
experiences and lessons at a national level. The lessons, best practices and proven technologies
established through this demonstration process will feed into the overall regional review BATs/BAPs
and thence into Component 2 for the elaboration of national sustainable tourism strategies.
130. On-going information on Project activities and achievements, especially relating to best
lessons and practices from the Demonstrations, and overall BAPs and BATS arising from Component
1 will be shared with IW:LEARN and made available to other stakeholders and interested parties
through a website that is consistent with IW:LEARN guidelines (see also Replication section below).
29 see national tourism reports www.fastspread.net/tourism/index.htm.
35
TABLE 4: NATIONAL DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF BEST
AVAILABLE PRACTICES AND BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGIES FOR SUSTAINABLE
TOURISM
OUTPUT
PRIORITY
COUNTRY
TITLE OF DEMONSTRATION
OP 10 Issues
PROJECT
Covered
1B.1
Solid wastes,
Environmental Management
Sewage and
Ghana 1
Systems for the Budget Hotel
wastewater
Sector
discharges, water
use efficiency
Solid, waste,
Sewage and
Establishment and Implementation
Coastal Use Zonation and
wastewater
of Environmental Management
Integrated Coastal Management in
Nigeria 1
discharges, water
Systems and Voluntary Eco-
the Niger Delta Coastal Area of use efficiency,
certification and Labelling Schemes
Nigeria
critical habitat
destruction
Solid waste,
Sewage and
Environmental Management
Senegal 1
wastewater
Systems for Petite Cote
discharges, water
use efficiency
1B.2
Integrated Eco-tourism
Habitat
Destination Planning and
destruction, solid
Ghana 2
Management: Elmina-Cape
waste and sewage
Coast, Ada Estuary, Volta
Development of eco-tourism to
Estuary, Western Stilt Villages
alleviate poverty through
Habitat
sustainable alternative livelihoods
Tourism Master Planning in an
Nigeria 2
destruction, solid
and generate revenues for
Ecologically Fragile Environment waste and sewage
conservation of biodiversity and the
benefit of the local community.
Habitat
Ecotourism development on Cote
Cameroon
destruction, solid
Sur (Kribi to Campo)
waste and sewage
Strengthening community-based Habitat
Gambia
ecotourism and joint-venture
destruction, solid
partnerships
waste and sewage
1B.3
Habitat
Promote best practices in mitigating
Community-based ecotourism,
destruction, solid
environmental impacts of tourism
reef management and
waste, wastewater
and conserve globally significant Mozambique environmental management
and sewage,
biodiversity through improved reef
systems, Inhambane district
water use
recreation management
coastline
efficiency
Integrated Planning and
Habitat
Integrated Sustainable Tourism
Management of Sustainable
destruction, solid
Destination Planning
Kenya
Tourism at the Mombassa Coastal waste, waste
Area
water and sewage
Habitat
Petite Cote Integrated Ecotourism
Senegal 2
destruction, solid
Tourism Planning
waste and sewage
36
Habitat
destruction, solid
Integrated Planning and
waste, wastewater
Tanzania
Management of Sustainable
and sewage,
Tourism in Tanzania
water use
efficiency
N.B. Kenya, Tanzania and Senegal are undertaking multiple integrated demonstrations that capture all 3 of the
demonstration strategy approaches. It should also be noted that elements of each demonstration strategy will
overlap into others at the country site level so no single national demonstration ever focuses purely on one
strategy to the exclusion of elements of the other two strategies.
131. Each Demonstration clearly defines its objectives, activities and deliverables. However, in
order to provide direct guidance and measurable benchmarks for progress, sequential work-plans for
each of the proposed demonstrations will be presented to the Steering Committee at the Inception
Phase for formal adoption.
COMPONENT 2:
DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF MECHANISMS FOR
SUSTAINABLE TOURISM GOVERNANCE AND MANAGEMENT
OUTCOME: Enhanced National Policies, Regulatory and Economic Incentives Supporting
Sustainable Tourism Governance and Management
BASELINE: Poor institutional capacity for sustainable and cross-sectoral coastal tourism
management. Overlapping, repetitive and ineffective regulatory or legislative instruments.
Inappropriate policies. Absence of fiscal options to sustain reforms in favour of sustainable tourism
approaches. Insufficient guidance and best practices available to countries for sustainable coastal
tourism. Various case studies and lessons exist but not yet examined for applicability to the needs of
the participating countries. Limited or absent management and governance within participating
countries related to sustainable tourism needs
GEF Financing: US$ 300,000 Co-Financing: US$ 3,376,409
132. In general, tourism development in sub-Saharan African countries (and more so in the nine
project countries) has taken place in an ad-hoc way without proper planning. The result has invariably
had the effect of exerting pressure on the coastal and marine environment, to the extent that in many
cases the very resource that is responsible for income generation through tourism is already at stake,
rendering the activity unsustainable. These countries have a series of policies, strategies, programmes
and related legislation that relate to coastal tourism, and these have been presented in tabular form in
the Background section (Table 2). The PDFB national reports (summarised in Annex F and accessible
in full at www.fastspread.net/tourism/index.htm) identified legislation gaps and overlaps as a barrier to
sustainable tourism. Other issues included a lack of shared vision and conflicts between different
resource users (e.g. mining, petroleum, fishing, agriculture, cultural practices and access)30.
133. This component aims to address the urgent need for each of the participating countries to
develop an appropriate policy and strategy framework to guide the development of tourism in coastal
areas. This component will assist countries to amend, revise and streamline their legislation, policy
and regulatory framework alongside institutional needs in relation to coastal tourism and consistent
with an integrated approach to coastal ecosystem management.
134. It will also address the need for each country to identify appropriate fiscal and revenue
measures, and sustainable funding mechanisms in support of such reforms and realignment.
30 Kenya, Seychelles, Mozambique, Tanzania, Nigeria, Senegal, Ghana and Gambia
37
135. Component 2 will (through its various sequential Outputs) capture the national needs and
balance these against BAPs, lessons and experiences, and proven demonstrations of working practices
(through delivery as an outcome of Component 1) to produce appropriate and applicable national and
localised strategies and implementation plans for sustainable development .
Output
2.A: National reviews and assessments of policy, legislation, institutional
arrangements and financial mechanisms to identify needs and requirements
136.
All countries have identified the need for revision and enforcement of existing legislation and
regulations, and the need to improve institutional arrangements and financing mechanisms pertaining
to coastal tourism. The first step within this Component will be the preparation of individual country
review and assessment documents to identify the gaps and weaknesses. These will outline the existing
national (and localised) constraints to sustainability within the tourism sector in relation to policy,
legislation institutional arrangements for management, and supportive funding and revenue measures.
These national assessment reports will also include any specific recommendations on improvements
such as revisions to the regulatory framework in order to ensure compliance and the need to establish
mandatory legal requirements for all new tourism developments (e.g. to provide adequate means of
sewage and solid waste treatment and/or disposal) which would be subject to monitoring.
137. Tourism stakeholders will work in a participatory process to assist in identifying gaps,
strengths and weaknesses of the existing environmental and tourism policy frameworks. The reviews
undertaken through this participatory stakeholder process will include (but not be restricted to)
consideration of some of the following issues:
· Institutional and inter-sectoral linkages and division of responsibility;
· Coordination, cooperation and conflict management between stakeholders;
· Land use and integrated coastal management plans;
· Tourism destination planning processes and participation;
· Cost benefit analysis to consider total economic values of maintaining biodiversity and
ecosystem function with respect to planning sustainable tourism developments;
· Regulation and enforcement of liquid and solid waste disposal;
· Infrastructural arrangements and responsibilities;
· Licensing and planning procedures, permission processes and enforcement;
· Requirements for impact assessments during tender and planning permission processes;
· Participatory processes in planning, management and enforcement;
· Frameworks for Public-private partnerships, joint ventures, and community-based tourism
enterprises;
· Financing biodiversity conservation and corporate social responsibility;
· Resource use patterns and management and appropriate authority for natural resources;
· Decentralization of natural resource management, co-management and monitoring; and
· Protection of intellectual property (e.g. indigenous resources / medicinal plants etc.).
138. Revisions will be proposed and a `needs' assessment will be undertaken to assess the
requirements to strengthen institutional arrangements to meet these revisions. Further assessment of
institutional strengthening requirements within this output will focus on building frameworks for
integrated cross-sectoral management approaches (notably ICM), and including more managerial
training, as well as more specialised training courses for institutions on planning and management of
tourism. This information will be coordinated with and transferred to Component 3 on Training and
Capacity Building. Sustainability mechanisms will be introduced for regular review, evaluation and
improvement.
Output 2.B: Development of model guidelines and individual national strategies and work-
plans for Sustainable Tourism based on 2.A and the Outputs from Component 1
139.
The countries have been involved in the development of the Brief and agree there is need to
develop model guidelines for their use in developing appropriate legislation and policies for
sustainable coastal tourism development. This Output will initially prepare regional model guidelines
based upon the best practices and strategies (from Output 1A) to promote sustainable coastal tourism.
The guidelines will include the preparation of comprehensive guidance to govern the development of
38
tourism infrastructure, including the preparation of standards and design guidelines for tourist facility
site planning. This would further include standards relating to setbacks from the high water mark,
carrying capacity and landscape plans (within an overall integrated coastal management plan). These
model guidelines will be developed early in the Project, through the regional coordination mechanism
in participation with National Stakeholder Committees, and will provide initial direction for the
participating countries in the context of improving their own approaches to sustainable tourism.
140. Examples of some of the Regional Guidelines that will be developed and disseminated
throughout the participating countries include:
· Tourism (including ecotourism and community-based tourism) planning, development,
operation and activities, codes of conduct;
· Infrastructure and design recommendations including coastal set backs;
· Establishment, functionality, appropriateness and operation of public-private and tri-sector
partnerships and joint ventures;
· Environmental quality standards for coastal tourism and monitoring;
· Planning and Management of Ecotourism, coastal use zonation;
· Assessing Carrying Capacity;
· EIA, HSDA, environmental auditing and the use of SEA in coastal tourism;
· Economic and other instruments as incentives for tourism enterprises;
· EMS, compliance and voluntary regulation; and
· Monitoring socio-economic impacts of tourism.
141. The primary focus of this Output will be the preparation of individual national policy
frameworks for environmental management in the coastal tourism industry (with associated
realignment of legislation, revised institutional arrangements and supportive fiscal, revenue and other
sustainable funding mechanisms).
142.
The Project will work closely with stakeholders in each participating country to compare and
contrast the information made available through Component 1 (on BAPs and BATs, both by global
review and from the Demonstrations) with national and local/district requirements so as to identify the
most appropriate structure and delivery for a long-term National Sustainable Tourism Management
Strategy. The involvement of National Stakeholder Committees in the initial development of the
model guidelines is expected to generate buy-in and ownership to enable the translation/adaptation of
the guidelines into policy changes at the national level. These Strategies will each have their own
work-plan and schedule for implementation along with built-in stakeholder monitoring, evaluation and
review procedures. An essential requirement for the implementation of these strategies will be their
formal endorsement and adoption by the relevant governments (see Output 2.C).
143. The countries consider sustainable tourism and eco-tourism as a potential alternative
livelihood for local communities currently dependent on primary resource use that could also assist in
poverty alleviation and revenue generation for the benefit of the local community and the
environment. It will be an essential that these Strategies ensure that the private sector is actively
involved in sustainable coastal tourism management. It will be a further priority requirement that they
explore alternative livelihood options and community practices that are more aligned to sustainable
tourism needs.
144.
To address this several countries will need to make changes their institutional framework and
capacities to improve and encourage private sector involvement, at the same time as improving
outreach work to encourage local community involvement and active participation in sustainable
tourism31. One particular priority consideration within the development of these Strategies and their
implementation will therefore be the need to identify and evolve strategies that accommodate, support
and encourage voluntary partnerships through partnership networking.
145.
It should be noted that the implementation of this Project will complement ongoing national
and regional efforts to address concerns in the coastal and marine environment. All National Strategies
31 Kenya, Tanzania, Seychelles, Senegal, Gambia
39
will be crafted in such a manner as to capture and coordinate with existing or planned National
Programmes of Action (NPA) that aim to address land-based sources of coastal and marine pollution
through the UNEP GPA Further coordination will be necessary with National Environmental Action
Plans to ensure integration and complementary design, and to avoid duplication. Furthermore, the
majority of the countries are in the process of developing national tourism development plans (e.g.
Seychelles, Senegal, Ghana) and these would need to be closely coordinated and integrated with any
National Sustainable Tourism Management Strategy. In developing the National Strategies the Porject
will need to work closely with other sub-regional GEF projects (e.g. WIO-Lab and GCLME) to avoid
duplication of effort and overlap.
146.
The preparation of the individual National Strategies will inevitably be a drawn-out process in
view of the time required to undertake i) national needs assessment, ii) global case study and lesson
review exercises, and iii) to capture the best practices and experiences from the national
demonstrations. The initial preparation and distribution of regional guidelines will act as an interim
measure to assist and guide the countries prior to the negotiation and delivery of the final National
Strategies.
Output 2.C: Implementation of individual national strategies and work-plans for Sustainable
Tourism
147.
Once the participatory stakeholder process for development of National Sustainable Tourism
Management Strategies has been completed, the final drafts will be formally presented to each
country's governments for formal endorsement and adoption. Given that each country has already
demonstrated a high level political support and commitment for the project throughout the MSP and
PDF-B, and will have been involved in the development of model guidelines, and used these to
develop their own specific national strategies, it is expected that proposed revisions will be considered
favourably and adopted. This process will however also be supported by high-level awareness raising
activities (through Component 4) on the importance of the proposed policy changes to help realise
these changes. Each country, with the assistance of the Project, will then move into an implementation
phase governed by the approved work-plan and schedule. The complete implementation process with
all the associated policy and legislative reforms and institutional realignments (and associated training
and capacity building needs as per Component 3) will, in many cases, extend beyond the lifetime of
this Project. But the Project will leave in place a suitable structure for overseeing the implementation
processes and for evaluating and monitoring the long-term efficacy of the Strategies (and providing
guidance and recommendations for any re-focusing or improvements). Such a structure will evolve
from the Project Coordination Unit (see Component 5) with close links to the Regional Information
Clearing and Coordination House (RICH) as discussed under Component 4.
COMPONENT 3:
ASSESSMENT AND DELIVERY OF TRAINING AND CAPACITY
REQUIREMENTS EMPHASISING AN INTEGRATED APPROACH
TO SUSTAINABLE TOURISM
OUTCOME : Enhanced Institutional Capacities Supporting Sustainable Coastal Tourism
management
BASELINE: Current training and capacity inadequate to support sustainable tourism or to successfully
embrace proposed reforms and improvements. Limited training and capacity building assistance
available to date that targets the needs of individual countries in relation to sustainable tourism.
Limited or no T&CB programmes operating within countries
GEF Financing: US$ 150,000 Co-Financing: US$ 900,334
148.
The purpose of this Component is to develop a regional programme to provide national cross-
sectoral training to enhance the capacity of government agencies, tourism enterprises, the
environmental service sector, and communities to be able to respond to the environmental challenges
posed and faced by the tourism sector. In this context, specific capacity building and training packages
40
will be elaborated for individual stakeholder needs so as to differentiate between the requirements of
the various sectors (including public and private). Tourism enterprises will improve their capacity to
identify, evaluate, prioritise and establish responsible environmental management activities. Local
government will improve their capacity to plan and manage tourism developments and improve their
understanding of what tourism enterprises can realistically achieve and what should be the
responsibility of national governments (i.e. in terms of municipal services and infrastructure). These
activities will also increase the pool of trained professionals capable of advising on sustainable tourism
strategies in the region.
Output 3.A:
Assessment of national baselines and requirements within various sectors
149. All the countries identified the need for training, capacity building and institutional
strengthening in coastal tourism planning, management and operational issues in their National PDFB
reports. Many of the participating countries recognised the shortage of qualified and / or experienced
personnel with the skills and necessary expertise as a key barrier to achieving sustainable tourism
development.
150.
A needs and resource assessment at the outset of the project will identify the existing capacity
within different stakeholder groups, institutions and agencies, their specific training and capacity
requirements and those pertaining to the demonstration pilot projects within each country. This will
allow for the development of specific curriculum for sustainable tourism (e.g. awareness, guiding,
community tourism, site planning and management, tourism management and coastal tourism).
National multi-stakeholder training workshops and courses that would be developed during the course
of the project include:
A. Tools in use for EMS in the tourism sector:
· An introduction to eco-certification;
· Introduction to Blue Flag certification for beach destinations;
· Fundamentals of implementing EMS in a tourism enterprise;
· Supply chain management in tour operations;
· Environmental and energy auditing;
· Management of energy systems in a hotel;
· Design, operation and maintenance of water re-use and waste water treatment systems;
· Environmental quality monitoring; and
· Environmental design of new tourism developments (e.g. building, utilities, landscaping).
B. Planning and management of tourism developments / activities in the coastal zone:
· Formulation and implementation of integrated coastal management plans, coastal use
zonation, environmental sensitivity index mapping, hotspot diagnostic analysis (HSDA),
etc;
· Participatory planning involving relevant stakeholders, including local communities,
private sector, NGOs, government officials. Ecotourism and tourism planning process
(including impact assessment processes; permits; documentation; consultation; licenses);
· Planning, land tenure and operational mechanisms to promote socio-economic benefits
through tourism (existing and new operations);
· Role of different tourism and conservation stakeholders and institutional frameworks; and
· Coastal zone planning and conservation management, rehabilitation and monitoring with
particular respect to tourism developments, particularly in relation to globally significant
biodiversity on coral reefs and mangroves.
C. Monitoring and Enforcement mechanisms:
· Monitoring processes, feedback and dissemination;
· Enforcement mechanisms and how to finance and enhance regulation effectiveness; and
· Programmes to train enforcement personnel (tourism, resources, licensing, environment,
co-management, voluntary regulation).
D. Sustainable Financing, Alternative Livelihoods, Public Private Partnerships etc.
· Establishment and operation of public-private-partnerships, Joint ventures and
Community Based Tourism enterprises, including development of agreements;
41
· Sustainable tourism and related activities as alternative and complementary livelihood
options;
· Funding, microfinance and capital finance for tourism and Small, Medium and Micro
Enterprises (SMMEs); and
· Community-based tourism and SMME operation (business planning and management,
hospitality, planning, quality, tourism activities, product development, marketing,
interpretation, coordination etc.).
Output
3.B: Development of sectoral model packages and guidelines for national
dissemination
151. Training
materials32 will be produced and a work-plan will be developed regionally and
implemented, nationally through the Regional Project Coordination Unit in coordination with
appropriate national agencies and stakeholders. Training materials will be based on current best
practice within and beyond the region and will later incorporate specific examples from the
demonstration projects implemented during the course of the project. These training materials or
`packages' will be specifically tailored to meet the differentiated needs of various stakeholder groups.
The materials will be designed to support the model guidelines that will be developed and distributed
under Output 2.B. above. The training programme will include a regional training of trainers
programme on the key subjects above which will expand the pool of qualified personnel able to assist
countries in implementing national programmes. At the end of the project training curriculum and
courses developed during the course of the project will be embedded in appropriate local institutions
responsible for the supply of personnel to the tourism industry, such as schools of hotel management
or universities offering tourism and environmental courses. Due consideration will also be given to the
need for such training to specifically address the private sector stakeholders including the need for
national sensitisation programmes for tourism operators, strengthening the role of national tourism
administrations, and promoting the role of tourism enterprises in the sustainable tourism development
through public private partnerships.
Output 3.C: Adoption and implementation of national programmes for T&CB (with agreed
work-plans) targeting relevant sector
152.
At the national level of training and at the appropriate stage of the Project, due consideration
will be given to the specific country needs relating to the specific National (and local) Sustainable
Management Strategies that have been developed for adoption by the countries. More specialised
training and focused capacity building will be provided at this point for each country and its specific
needs. Wherever possible the work-plans and scheduling for such training will be closely coordinated
with the implementation work-plans and scheduling for the National Sustainable Tourism
Management Strategies. It is at this more focused national implementation stage that greater emphasis
will be given to targeted capacity building needs, particularly those that may require capital support.
COMPONENT 4: INFORMATION CAPTURE, MANAGEMENT AND DISSEMINATION
OUTCOME : Widespread Public Knowledge and Information Availability about Tourism Impacts
on the Coastal and Marine Ecosystems
BASELINE: No specific coordination centre within the region dealing with sustainable tourism
information at this level. Lack of access to such information and guidance is severely limiting the
capacity or the participating countries to adopt sustainable tourism approaches and policies. Absence
of such specific reports that address project requirements. Clear presence of needs and gaps identified
within PDF National Reports. Limited or absent capacity currently within participating countries to
address information capture, handling and management needs related to sustainable tourism. Countries
have identified absence of limitations of any such information management bodies or information
32 Materials should be translated into relevant languages for use at the local level.
42
handling and dissemination mechanisms. Limited understanding of concept of sustainable tourism and
need to protect and maintain ecosystem functions and services for the long-term benefit of all
(including the tourism sector)
GEF Financing: US$ 500,000 Co-Financing: US$ 4,624,648
153.
A lack of appropriate baseline information was frequently cited by the participating countries
as a factor that limits the ability of countries to plan and manage coastal developments in such a way
as to minimise impact of tourism activities. This has particular relevance to the need to be able to
measure improvements in relation to contaminant and pollutant levels and to demonstrate reductions in
the impacts of coastal tourism on significant transboundary ecosystems and resources. It also relates
directly to the need to monitor and evaluate Project delivery and success using specified verifiable and
measurable indicators. In this context the Inception Phase (initial 6 months of the Project) will focus
on collecting appropriate baseline data that will allow such measurements and verifications to be
carried out (particularly at the demonstration sites but also developing overall national monitoring
programmes). Tables K-2 to K-5 provide a list of indicators relating to the overall Project Components
and Outputs and to the more specific Demonstration deliverables as defined in Appendix A. This table
will provide the basis upon which the necessary baseline data will be collected (i.e. the baseline
measurements will need to address the same parameters as the M&E indicators). Inevitably most of the
M&E Indicators for the main project deliverables will be at the Process stage until the countries start
to adopt the lessons and practices from the Demonstrations. This allows the countries time to adopt the
listings of baseline data parameters established through the demos and to start collecting this baseline
data through the Project lifetime in readiness to adopt these `indicator' parameters as they adopt their
new Sustainable Tourism strategies. A Regional Information Coordination House (RICH) will be
established which will house a regional GIS-based coastal Environmental Information Management
and Advisory System (EIMS) to store and manage information from existing tourism related
initiatives, and from the demonstration activities in this Project. RICH will also act as an information
handling and dissemination centre for the Project and the participating countries (with possible
agreements being developed to expand this function to other sub-Saharan countries as appropriate).
154.
This component will also use information to develop awareness and sensitisation packages. A
regionally coordinated and nationally implemented awareness and sensitisation programme will
increase the understanding of the environmental impacts that can result from tourism and the response
mechanisms and strategic tools available to minimise these impacts on the marine and coastal
environment (e.g. environmental regulation and voluntary initiatives). Tourism enterprises will learn
about the impacts of tourists and supply chains and how to address these and; how environmental
initiatives employed worldwide can be replicated in their own organisations and offer substantial cost-
savings. Stakeholders will increase their awareness of the range of mechanisms and strategic tools
available. Reference will be made to global initiatives targeted at the tourism industry, such as
UNEP's Tour Operators Initiative and the World Tourism Organisation's VIST. A national needs
assessment at the outset of the project will identify the requirements for the project and pertaining to
the specific demonstrations (i.e. Environmental Management Systems, Ecotourism and Reef
Recreation). A regional `training of trainers' programme will expand the pool of qualified personnel
able to assist countries in implementing national awareness and sensitization programmes. Appropriate
awareness and sensitisation materials will be developed for different stakeholder groups and national a
programme and work-plan will be developed and implemented.
Output 4.A: Establish a Regional Information Coordination House (RICH) and an associated
Environmental Information Management and Advisory System (EIMAS) that
coordinates information and provides guidance and materials for the capture
and analysis and dissemination of data pertinent to Sustainable Tourism.
155.
A lack of access to reliable information on the coastal and marine environment was recognised
as a key barrier to planning and management of coastal tourism related activities. All the countries
identified the need for either more information and / or improved accessibility to information held
both other agencies in their National Reports produced during the PDF-B. Some countries simply lack
43
sufficient current baseline data while other countries with good baseline data often do not have the
capacity to make this data available to the relevant agencies in an appropriate form to assist them in
planning and management tourism.
156. In order to overcome this barrier, the Project will develop a Regional Information
Coordination House (RICH) to handle, store and process information relating to sustainable tourism.
The RICH system will provide the following functions:
a) Coordination and capture of information from the global assessments and reviews of case
studies, best lessons and practices for sustainable tourism (as describe in Output 1.A);
b) Coordination and capture of BAPs and BATs from the national demonstrations (as described
in Output 1.B);
c) Strengthening and/or Development of close linkages between national and regional Projects
dealing with diverse issues related to watershed and coastal management that may affect
sustainable tourism and its relation to ecosystem management and maintenance of ecosystem
functions (including but not limited to those listed in Annex G);
d) Development of a regional Environmental Information Management and Advisory System
(EIMAS);
e) Coordination and liaison with national EIMAS nodes; and
f) Development of awareness and sensitisation materials for dissemination through the national
EIMAS nodes.
157. The
regional
Environmental Information Management and Advisory System (EIMAS)
will be an integrated coastal tourism information and spatial planning tool. The EIMAS will have the
ability to store, manage and query large volumes of data on the coastal and marine environment. The
type of information will include geographically referenced text and numerical information, as well as
vector based and remote sensing raster data types. The system will also allow for the storage of non-
spatially referenced information which will be catalogued and a meta-database created with a search
facility to allow the nine countries easy access to the data. The EIMAS database, will thereby serve as
a management decision-support tool for the appropriate location of sites for tourism facilities,
delineation of critical environmentally sensitive areas, and identification of other sources of
environmental degradation. The `Advisory' part of the EIMAS will be a proactive strategy for
information dissemination to relevant stakeholders and agencies within each country.
158.
The full regional EIMAS developed as part of the Regional Information Coordination House
and hosted within the NEPAD Coastal and Marine Secretariat (COSMAR) in Nairobi with linkages to
the Regional Centre on Integrated Coastal Management in Calabar, established by UNIDO with the
support of the Government of Cross Rivers State Nigeria and the University of Calabar (Institute of
Oceanography), to ensure maximum utility for the duration of the Project and sustainability of
operation at the end of the GEF-financed project. The regional EIMAS will be linked to National
EIMAS nodes will be established within each participating country (see Outputs 4.B to 4D).
159. The structure and content of the RICH and the EIMAS will build upon and make use of
existing regional and national level initiatives and maintain liaison with UNEP Infoterra, GEF IW:
LEARN and Train-Sea-Coast (TSC), the GPA Clearing House, WTO Information system as well as
other GEF and LME projects information management systems (IMS) (e.g. WIO-Lab and GCLME).
The EIMAS database will draw upon existing sources where possible compiled by National Project
Coordinators on existing tourism initiatives, and other coastal and marine programmes. The baseline
information compiled, reviewed and included in the system may include:
· Existing hard or soft copy maps of marine and coastal habitats (where available);
· Administrative districts and land use plans and land tenure issues as relevant to tourism;
· Location of existing and planned tourism developments and activities;
· Assessment of the impacts and lessons learned from existing tourism developments;
· Identification of areas in need of remediation / restoration;
· Advantages and benefits of tourism to local communities; and
· Information from other existing and proposed coastal marine GIS initiatives.
44
160.
Some of this baseline information certainly resides in existing national and regional databases
but it is not necessarily synthesised or formulated into packages applicable and accessible to the needs
of the countries, and the tourism sector. These data are often not appropriate for review and
assessment at the policy level, and may not be currently available for distribution so as to be actively
disseminated to the appropriate target audience and stakeholders for action. The development of direct
linkage and coordination between the RICH and the national EIMAS nodes should help to ensure that
the appropriate information is delivered to the appropriate target stakeholder in an updated and peer-
reviewed condition as well as allowing target stakeholders and national policy makers to specify their
information needs.
161.
Standard data formats will be agreed and a database structure will be developed alongside a
metadata database to catalogue existing datasets to meet the needs both of the project and to ensure its
compatibility and its utility in the long term. Data ownership rights and copyright issues will be
resolved where necessary. The regional EIMAS will be accessible online and distributed on CD to
National Project Offices. The activities to be implemented under this sub-component are also linked
directly to the activities on database/information management in the demonstration projects under
Component 1 and the need to assess and review other case studies and BAPs/BATs.
162.
Each country will identify and strengthen a national EIMAS node to cooperate with RICH and
to provide (and access) information relating to the regional EIMAS. Training and Capacity building
for these nodes will be addressed through Component 3, following and assessment exercise carried out
as part of Output 4.B.
163.
The RICH will also fulfil an important regional and national function in developing awareness
materials for all sectors, as well as very specific policy level sensitisation briefings. These materials
would be circulated to the EIMAS nodes in each country for effective targeting and distribution.
Information on the project will also be widely disseminated through the GEF IW:LEARN, the GPA
Clearing House, WTO Information system as well as other GEF and LME projects information
management systems (IMS) (e.g. WIO-Lab and GCLME). In addition, project information will be
disseminated at various international fora (international waters and tourism-related and the partnership
with UN-WTO will enable this dissemination in global tourism fora).
164. Countries will be asked to sign a formal agreement to provide specified information to the
RICH and the EIMAS in support of the development and long-term maintenance of sustainable
tourism approaches within the region.
Output 4.B:
Identify national data capture and management needs (including GIS, mapping,
zoning, monitoring, presentation, etc)
165. The training and capacity needs assessment (Component 3) will help to identify national
requirements (trained personnel, hardware and software). However, the EIMAS will coordinate with
each country to identify specifics in relation to national data capture and management needs. A
regional `training of trainers' programme will create a pool of qualified personnel able to assist
individual countries in using the EIMAS. Appropriate EIMAS training materials will be developed
through Component 3 (in coordination with the RICH) for different stakeholder groups and a
programme and work-plan will be developed and implemented as part of Component 3, nationally
through the Regional Project Coordination Unit with the technical support of the NEPAD COSMAR
and the Regional Activity Centre in Calabar. NEPAD COSMAR will play a lead role in the capacity
building activities.
Output 4.C: Develop national models for Environmental Information Management and
Advisory Systems (including feedbacks between data gathering and policy-
making needs).
166. RICH will also work closely with the regional EIMAS to develop standard models and
guidelines for national EIMAS that would become part of the overall National Sustainable Tourism
Management Strategies. These models will be specifically designed to provide a two-way information
flow so that a) appropriate data captured at the `field' level is packaged effectively and delivered to the
45
relevant policy- and decision-makers, and b) these same policy- and decision-makers can request
specific information and supportive date on pertinent and topical issues or concerns requiring their
urgent (or long-term) attention. One critical need that must be addressed though this Output is the
identification of sustainable funding mechanisms and support for these national EIMAS. It is
imperative that the countries realise the value and the national benefits of such agencies within their
decision-making process. If the national EIMAS models are properly designed and functional then
they should become self-justifying politically in that management decision makers and policy level
stakeholders will realise their value and the need to ensure their continued function. Meanwhile, the
need to identify specific funding would be a responsibility under Output 2.B.
Output 4.D:
Implement national work-plans for EIMAS adoption and institutionalisation
167.
The EIMAS would be established initially at the nationally selected nodes in each country and
would receive training and capacity building (as identified though under Output 4.B and delivered
through Component 3) to fulfil their ultimate role as information management systems that advise (and
respond to the needs of) senior national sectoral managers and policy makers. The full adoption and
institutionalisation of this integrated EIMAS within each country would be included as part of the
overall adopted National Sustainable Tourism Management Strategy,
Output 4.E: Develop and implement national delivery programmes for targeted awareness
raising packages and policy level sensitisation
168.
The RICH will develop strategies for targeting and delivery of its awareness and sensitisation
information at the national level. The information packages would be delivered to the national EIMAS
nodes and support and training would be provided for the effective dissemination and delivery of such
materials. Close attention would be paid here to the valuable role that can be played by national and
regional NGOs in successful awareness delivery, particularly at the public level (communities, media,
educational establishments, etc). Very specific packages would be developed targeting senior
management and policy-makers and careful consideration will need to given to the design of delivery
vehicles for this information to this level of stakeholders.
COMPONENT 5: PROJECT MANAGEMENT COORDINATION, MONITORING AND
EVALUATION
OUTCOME: Established Project Management Capacity and Institutional Mechanisms
BASELINE: No Project Coordination Unit in absence of Project so not effective. No specific regional
coordination body appropriate to the project objectives and deliverables. Limited or absent national
coordination mechanisms for sustainable tourism issue. Limited participation of private sector
partnerships, joint ventures etc. IW indicators not a requirement until Project under implementation.
No Project M&E plan adopted until project adopted. No comparable M&E plan for sustainable
tourism exists outside of Project. Limited or absent sustainable tourism
GEF Financing: US$ 1,588,200 Co-Financing: US$ 3,222,955
169. This Component addresses the overall project management, steering, reporting, monitoring
and evaluation processes. This component will establish effective project implementation and
coordination at both the regional and national level to ensure that the proposed Outputs are delivered
and the overall objective is achieved. Project management will be orientated through the Project
Coordination Unit (PCU) which will handle the day-to-day project issues and requirements. Reducing
the impact of tourism in sub-Saharan countries will benefit by a region-wide mechanism to enhance
participation, coordination and knowledge-sharing between the range of stakeholders (local
communities, agencies and private businesses) involved in tourism related activities. There is also a
need to coordinate and cooperate with other existing initiatives dealing with different aspects of
46
coastal and marine management to establish a truly integrated approach, and this will be a further
responsibility of the PCU.
Output 5.A:
Establish Project Coordination Unit
170. A PCU will be established and staffed as defined in the Implementation Arrangements
(below). The Project Coordination Unit has overall responsibility and accountability to the Regional
Steering Committee (which includes the EA and IA). The PCU will play an important role in
coordination and integration of needs and deliveries throughout the Project lifetime. However, some of
the functions of the PCU will extend beyond the Project life and there is a need within the Project to
identify responsibility for this function post-project as part of the assessment and development of
objective sustainability. As noted under Output 2.C, the complete implementation process for the
National Sustainable Tourism Management Strategies (with all their associated policy and legislative
reforms and institutional realignments, training and capacity building needs, etc) will almost certainly
extend beyond the lifetime of the Project funding for a number of countries. In this context it is vital
that the Project leaves in place a suitable mechanism for overseeing the implementation processes and
for evaluating and monitoring the long-term efficacy of the Strategies. As part of this output, the PCU
must assess its own role (as well as that of the RICH) in the light of other regional organisations and
decide on a long-term strategy for maintaining these functions. Options would include vesting
responsibility under another regional organisation at an appropriate point toward the end of the
Project, or creating a `role-over' regional body that is effectively the PCU under a different regional
guise and with an alternative source of funding (possible from national contributions).
Output
5.B: Establish Regional Coordination Mechanisms (Steering Committees and
Technical Advisory Groups)
171. A
Regional Project Steering Committee (RPSC) will be established to provide regional
project ownership and oversight. RPSC membership will consist of all the national Project Focal
Points, two representatives from each country (from Ministries of Environment and Tourism), UNEP,
UNIDO, UN-WTO, one or two representatives from the private sector (for the region) and one or two
representatives from NGOs/CBOs (for the region). Overall project decision making at the policy level
will be the responsibility of the RPSC which will function as the primary policy body for the
participating countries. The RPSC will be advised by the Regional Technical Advisory Group (see
below) which will consist of regional and/or international experts with particular specialist knowledge.
172. A
Regional Technical Advisory Group (RTAG) will be established consisting of suitably
qualified regional or international specialists to provide specific technical advice to the Regional
Project Steering Committee (RPSC) on all project-related issues on an `as needed' basis. Members of
the RTAG may include representatives from partner agencies (UNIDO, UNEP, WTO, GPA, AU-
STRC, etc) but may also include technical and scientific experts, such as experts in EMS or coral reef
ecology, or coastal zone management planning experts. Co-opting of additional experts will be
endorsed by the RPSC at the request of the RTAG, PCU or individual countries and would be for a
specified period.
173. Further details of the functioning and responsibilities of both the RPSC and RTAG are
highlighted under the section on Implementation Arrangements below.
Output 5.C: Establish National Coordination Mechanisms (National Stakeholder Committees
and Technical Advisory Groups)
174.
Partnerships arrangements will need to be addressed early on in the project. Establishing such
arrangements requires careful stakeholder analysis, consultation and risk assessment on the part of the
individual partners and can benefit from impartial advice and assistance in negotiation due to the
47
mistrust that can arise between non-traditional partners, with often conflicting organisational cultures,
and with potentially complex roles.
175.
To accommodate for this, and ensure the establishment of successful partnership arrangements
multi-stakeholder National Partnership Meetings will be held immediately following inception (2-3
meetings in the first 6 months). The specific purpose of these meetings will be three-fold. First they
will present the private sector, community and government agencies with potential incentives and
benefits of tri-sector partnerships, as identified in Output 1.1, so as to encourage and fully engage their
interest and commitment. Second the meetings will provide the opportunity to analyse specific
partnership relationships (at the national and local level) between the private sector, communities and
the public sector to achieve Project aims. The agreed arrangements will be captured through an MoU
or LoA between the Private and Public Partners and the Project. Third, the meetings will agree upon
how the partnerships established through the Project can be monitored both to assess progress and
determine the benefits of partnerships at both the national level and within the region33.
176.
National Stakeholder Committees (NSC) will be established in each country oversee
national implementation and project activities. These NSCs will have a representative membership
from the public and private sectors. Initial Stakeholder Committee membership will include:
Ministries of Environment, Tourism, Economic Planning, Land Use, Industry, Culture & Heritage,
Finance, Coastal State/Provincial Governments, National tourism administrations; Tourism marketing
authorities, Town & country planning authorities, Ministries of Local Government, National Parks
Authorities, Marine Parks Authorities, NGOs, Local Communities, Hotel and Tourism Associations,
Tour operators; Chambers of Commerce & Industry. The NSCs will deal with national policy issues
related to the broader project goals as well as to the demonstration projects. The NSCs will provide
guidance and ensure coordination of a wide range of National institutions and organizations directly
responsible for the implementation of the Project at the National level. The NSCs will meet on an as-
needed basis to promote and give validity to the cross-sectoral approach of the project at the national
level.
177. A
National Technical Advisory Group (NTAG) will be established in each country, with
intersectoral stakeholder membership, to advise the National Steering Committees on all national
technical issues related to the project, including national demonstration activities
178.
Further details of the functioning and responsibilities of both the NSCs and the NTAGs are
highlighted under the section on Implementation Arrangements below.
Output 5.D: Adopt appropriate indicators and necessary M&E procedures (including
assessment and evaluation of post-project sustainability)
179.
Standard M & E practices will be adopted as per Implementing and Executing Agency and
GEF requirements. These are covered through a Project M&E plan (see section on M&E below). In
order for this M&E to be effective the Project will need to identify suitable indicators. The Logical
Framework provides effective measurable indicators of project achievement and delivery. However.
the Project will also need to identify appropriate indicators for monitoring actual improvements in
sustainable tourism at the national and local level as part of the design of the National Sustainable
Tourism Management Strategies and development and adoption of these as a standard throughout the
participating countries would be a necessary deliverable under Component 2. Such indicators should
ideally follow the standard International Waters approach whereby they include Process, Stress
Reduction and Environmental Status Indicators. A specific set of indicators will also be developed for
tri-partite partnerships agreements to assess the value added benefits accrued at both the regional,
national and local level.
180.
It will be important to follow the progress of the Project deliverables and the maintenance and
sustainability of the overall objective beyond the lifetime of the Project as a) a number of the
deliverables may not be completed within the Project lifetime (see explanation under Output 2.C. and
Output 5.A.), and b) the project cannot truly maintain it has achieved its objective unless that objective
33 Warner (2002) Monitoring tri-sector partnerships. Business Partners for Development, Natural Resource
Cluster Working Paper 13. http://www.bpd-naturalresources.org/media/pdf/working/wp13a.pdf
48
is shown to be sustainable beyond the Project lifetime. In this context the Project will need to identify
a mechanism for Post-Project Evaluation. This would be part of the same mechanism (as identified
under Output 5.A) that will be required to replace or consolidate the role of the PCU beyond the
project lifetime.
END-OF PROJECT LANDSCAPE THE PROJECT OUTCOME
181.
By the end of this 5-year project it is expected that each country will have adopted and be
implementing a Sustainable Tourism Management Strategy. This will have captured their needs and
requirements in respect of specific land-based and contaminant related threats and impacts and the
ability to address these with Best Available Practices and Best Available Techniques. The Strategies
will have been specifically customised to the needs of the country in this respect using best lessons
and practices both from within the system boundary and external to it. Every country will also have
received targeted training and capacity building to suit their personal requirements. Each country will
have an active EIMAS that is linked directly to the regional EIMAS at the Regional Information
Coordination House. The RICH will act as a clearing house for sustainable tourism information and
latest technologies, innovative practices and lessons. It will also provide the countries with up-to-date
awareness and political sensitisation packages delivered specifically to the targets for which they are
designed. National and regional awareness and sensitivity will have been significantly raised and
decision makers at the senior management and policy level will be fully familiarised with the cost
benefits of sustainable tourism, the long-term need to manage and maintain coastal ecosystem
functions and services, and the social and economic benefits of such actions, This awareness will also
have grown within the private sector which will have received specific training and capacity building
in more sustainable techniques for tourism including EMS , EMA and other techniques. Communities
and individuals that are dependent on the cost for their livelihoods will have been empowered through
participatory management processes and their quality of life and welfare improved through the
adoption of alternative livelihoods which are not only more sustainable and supportive of ecosystem
functionality but are also more economically viable and rewarding. Globally their will be noticeable
benefits by way of securing the long-term survival and protection of coastal habitats and species of
transboundary significance, reduction in LBS pollution and contamination within the sensitive coastal
zone and marine waters of the participating countries and their neighbours, and the provision of highly
replicable and active demonstrations of Sustainable Tourism Management Strategy implementation
within each country. The major delivery form the Project at the national level will be guidelines and
real mechanisms/strategies for policy and legislative reforms that will reduce land-based and
contaminant related impacts from tourism
182.
The Demonstration Projects will aim to strengthen existing environmental policy, legislation
and institutional arrangements (as appropriate) in order to promote and successfully deliver reductions
in pollutants and general mitigation of coastal degradation arising from tourism-related contaminant
impacts. The Demonstration Projects will further aim to identify and test Best Available Practices and
Best Available Technologies for improving the control and mitigation of the effects of contaminants
and pollutants. The lessons and best practices arising from the Demonstration Projects (as per Output
1.2) will be integrated with identified lessons and best practices from other areas and initiatives around
the world (as per Outcome 1.1) to provide lessons and guidelines for the development of national
legislative and policy models and strategies focussing on the reduction of pollutants and contaminants
arising from the tourism sector (as per Output 2.B and as implemented through Output 2.C).
183. In particular, the 11 national and local level demonstrations will provide lessons and best
practices for the overall strengthening and improvement of policy and regulatory frameworks by
testing and proving the following actions and strategies:
· National Tourism Policies revised and expanded to cover requirement for mitigation and
reduction of tourism-related pollutant and contaminant impacts
· Development and implementation of Responsible Tourism Guidelines)
· Evolution of appropriate institutional mechanisms for stakeholder implementation and
enforcement of tourism plans and particularly ecotourism policies (including involvement and
meaningful participation of coastal communities)
49
· Development of model policies for controlling development and potential contaminants in
ecologically sensitive areas (particularly through the use of zoning and land-use policies, and
designation and establishment of protected areas with stricter controls and regulations on
impacts)
· Development of policies that support community based management of coastal resources
addressing such issues as poorly sited facilities, illegal settlements, land ownership security,
and encouragements of alternative/improved livelihoods directly linked to reduction of
contaminants and mitigating degradation of coastal resources.
· Resolve policy and legislative issues related to overlapping responsibilities and mandates of
authorities
· Development of clearer understanding and sensitisation at the policy level and at the
management/director level within agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcement of
legislation.
· Identify and test mechanisms for effective enforcement of agree national policies and
legislation such as those that relate to water conservation, cumulative impacts from
contaminants, maintaining ecosystem services that prevent sedimentation and erosion, etc.
· Identify and test mechanisms for enforcement of regulations regarding tourism development
and natural resource use and extraction within protected and sensitive areas
· Build capacities and expertise at all levels, and within all sectors to understand and support
legislation and regulations relevant to natural resource use, land designation and establishing
ecotourism businesses
INDICATORS & RISKS
184. The Project Indicators, Risks and Assumptions are listed in the Main Logical Framework
(Annex B) with more specific Indicators for the Demonstrations listed in Appendix A. For the overall
Project, there are three main Indicators. The first indicator would be the adoption by the participating
countries of sustainable tourism management and development policies and strategies that clearly
reflect the objectives of GEF and the aims of Operational Programme 10, with particular focus on
Land-based Sources of Pollution (LBS) and embracing the concepts of the Global Plan of Action for
LBS. These strategies require formal participation by private sector stakeholders in the coastal tourism
hotspots. There are three key assumptions here, that: (i) the participating countries have the political
will to adopt Sustainable Tourism Strategies, (ii) mechanisms can be evolved for private sector
involvement that are acceptable within traditional governance processes, and (iii) willing cooperation
and partnership can be fostered between the public and private sector in the implementation of such
strategies. All of the participating countries are making a commitment, through their formal
endorsement of the project and through co-funding arrangements, to the aims and objectives of this
Project. In signing up to this Agreement between GEF and the Countries they are making a statement
of confirmation that they will endeavour to fulfil these objectives and will cooperate positively in
negotiating and adopting sustainable tourism management processes and policies. The importance of
type 2 voluntary (i.e. not by international or regional treaty) partnerships has been emphasised by a
number of international meetings (e.g. WSSD). The governments of the countries are expected to
actively encourage such partnerships with assistance from GEF in identifying suitable arrangements
and groups. Such partnerships will need to be carefully identified, negotiated and encouraged in order
to strengthen the participation and integration of private and community based organisation into the
planning and management process. Examples and existing partnership models exist for private sector
involvement in sustainable tourism management and other sectors (e.g. mining, oil and gas) and these
models will be reviewed and the incentives and benefits for all tourism stakeholders (public, private
and civil society) will identified. The models implemented through the national demonstration
activities which will serve to confirm and to fine-tune the real potential for this involvement. Reforms
of policy and legislation will focus on encouraging public-private partnerships through incentives, and
the Project will aim to demonstration the clear benefits of such arrangements to both parties and to the
each country's national policies and management strategies for tourism.
185.
The second main indicator would be the noticeable reduction in the stress to the coastal and
offshore environments as a result of unsustainable tourism, which will be confirmed through
measurable target indicators to be defined per country at implementation (e.g. water quality, critical
50
habitat distribution and/or species numbers, energy / water consumption per head, number of tour
operators implementing EMS, visitor awareness etc.). This indicator assumes that there will be
sufficient human resources to be trained in the tools and techniques needed to help monitor the
reduction in the impacts of sustainable tourism. This indicator also assumes that the private sector will
be willing to participate in the training and adopt the measures required (e.g. voluntary self-
regulation). Access to sufficient human resources can be a problem within a GEF project but a lot of
effort has already gone into the region to assist in capacity building and training and there should be
sufficiently trained personnel in most if not all countries to take on the responsibilities required by the
Project. The Project contains a comprehensive training and needs assessment and the development of
targeted capacity building programmes which should address gaps associated with human resource
availability and technical competency. The risks and assumptions associated with the private sector
compliance will be addressed through the Partnership Incentives and Benefits Analysis and National
Partnership Meetings, as well a the awareness raising activities implemented through the project.
186.
The third indicator will be the improvement of benefits from tourism to host communities (e.g.
through enhanced alternative livelihoods, secured access and landing rights, etc). There are three risks
and assumptions here, that: (i) alternative' livelihoods are attractive to individuals, and continue to
generate returns and are sustainable, (ii) there are sufficient opportunities for alternative livelihoods,
and that government legislation protects community rights (access to beaches and landing sites), (iii)
governments are willing to make the necessary institutional and legislative reforms to ensure that the
benefits from key tourism assets are indeed transferred to the local community, OR that the private
sector ensure that the local communities are given such rights (e.g. through public access to beaches
etc). The need to find options for providing attractive alternative livelihoods (to move individuals and
communities away from existing non-sustainable practices) is an in-principle risk but it is more than
likely that there are a number of avenues that can be explored in this context. Eco-tourism is a growing
business and there are plenty of opportunities for attracting tourist revenues that will actively focus on
this aspect of tourism. Furthermore, in many cases where activities are realigned from being non-
sustainable to sustainable there is a saving to be made by way of reductions in wastes or re-use of
excess or previously unused products and materials. The most concerning, and uncontrollable risk
associated with establishing eco-tourism projects would be the occurrence of adverse or unavoidable
climatic (e.g. coral bleaching or droughts) or political influences that either degrade the local tourism
assets and / or result in the loss of tourism potential or viability (e.g. civil war, terrorism threat). This
risk is very difficult to predict, or mitigate for. Countries in both east and west Africa regularly
experience droughts, and the countries in east Africa have been affected by coral bleaching, moreover
several of these countries have been affected by either civil unrest, terrorism or other political
disturbances. The individual Risks and Assumptions are now discussed by Component.
Component 1:
187.
This Component represents the major investment and highest priority delivery-wise within
this Project. The entire Component focuses on capturing global Best Available Practices and Best
Available Technologies (BAPs and BATs) and demonstrating these strategies and capturing regionally
applicable lessons and practices for use in the development of model guidelines and reforms in
Component 2. If this is to be effective then the Component needs to capture the most up-to- date
examples of BATs and BAPs from within and beyond the region, and this will be achieved through the
global review of BATs and BATs to be coordinated through the PCU in coordination with the
National Project Offices. The Project will also need to ensure the active and willing involvement of
tourism stakeholders in the demonstration of the national demonstration of BATs and BAPs.
188.
The success of the Project depends upon the Private sectors willingness to embrace the overall
concept of sustainable tourism and to participate. There needs to be a clear demonstration of the
benefits of such commitment and action, and the disadvantages of not engaging in such a participatory
strategy. This will be addressed through the Partnership Incentives and Benefits Analysis which will
identify this information for all stakeholders including the private sector. The analysis will require
actions on the part of the Project to gather and present such information and a commitment from
private sector representation to review presented information and examples. The Project will expect
some assistance and guidance from its national partners (through the Steering Committee and the
51
national Lead Agency) to access and evolve good working relations with appropriate private sector
partners. The Project will implement National Partnership Workshops to provide the opportunity for
all tourism stakeholders to understand the benefits of such partnerships, and the demonstrations will
allow for the testing of such partnership models. Specific indicators will be developed to assess and
monitor the progress of public-partnership to clarify the benefits of such partnerships in order to
support their widespread replication elsewhere.
189. Finding case studies and applicable lessons for sustainable tourism should not present a
problem for the Project. BAPs and BATs are growing and numerous and there are many examples of
innovative approaches not within the tourism sector that link directly into environmental management
and ecosystem maintenance. The demonstrations themselves are specifically designed to deliver best
practices for sustainable tourism. These demonstrations will need to closely monitored to ensure that
they deliver on time if the Project is to meet its commitments to incorporate lessons and best practices
from the demonstrations into the National Sustainable Tourism Management Strategies.
190.
Given that in most of the participating countries levels of environmental awareness by the
tourism sector is relatively low, there is a potential risk of low implementation levels. For example,
there may be less hotels undertaking EMS by the end of the project. The project intends to mitigate
this risk by building an effective awareness campaign, identifying senior industry champions to push
forward the cause, establishing environmental award schemes and training programmes. The project
management structures are designed to ensure a high level of stakeholder participation in order to
cultivate and develop strong partnerships between the private sector, local communities and
government agencies.
191.
In order to maximise the global, regional and national benefits of the Projects outputs, the
Project will also need to ensure that the lessons and best practices developed and refined through the
national demonstrations are based upon regionally representative and realistic scenarios. The sequence
and criteria for selection of the national demonstration activities is discussed in Appendix A - The
Demonstrations along with the summaries for each national demonstration. From this it is evident that
due process has been followed to ensure that national demonstrations are (a) addressing high priority
regional issues, b. that these are also of national priority, and (b) the sites selected are the most
appropriate sites for such demonstrations (e.g. Hotspots and Sensitive Areas).
Component 2:
192. The review of existing policy and regulatory arrangements governing tourism within the
participating countries, and to seek input from the countries on appropriate reforms will require full
cooperation of the participating governments. This will require open and transparent cooperation by
governments with the Project, and in particular, access to the relevant agencies such as the Attorney
General's offices, Finance Offices, etc. With respect to this arrangement being a condition of Project
endorsement, the Project itself agrees to treat each country's information in confidence and with
sensitivity.
193.
The BATs and BAPs identified through Component 1 will be used to develop best practice
models and guidelines for the region that can be streamlined and fine-tuned to meet specific individual
country needs (and even those of certain localities within a country). Indeed the capture of lessons and
best practices from Component 1 be critical to the delivery of Component 2. The model guidelines
will be of little use unless they are made available on time and to the appropriate agency, and the flow
of information will depend upon the efficient operation of the Regional Information Clearing House
(RICH) and the regional and national level Environmental Information Management and Advisory
System (EIMAS) to be established through Component 4. The utility and applicability of these
guidelines will also require that the governments are willing to accept and act upon the information
provided. This will require two clear and serious commitments: (i) the Project will successfully evolve
suitable models of BATs and BAPs and (ii) governments and private sector business enterprises will
embrace the guidelines and practices being transferred for replication at the national level.
194. National government will be able to draw selectively upon these model guidelines in the
development of their National Sustainable Tourism Management Strategies. However they must be
prepared to reform policy and legislation in order to embrace new practices for sustainable tourism
management and such commitment to cooperate with the project in identifying appropriate measures
and potential reforms is implicit in endorsement of the Project. A primary risk to the success of the
52
overall Project Objective is the uncertainty regarding whether countries will be prepared to adopt the
National Sustainable Tourism Management Strategies. It is difficult to address this risk before
approval and implementation of the Project and much will depend on the success of the BAPs and
BATs an national demonstrations as well as the negotiations under Component 2 to find suitable
strategies, practices and mechanisms appropriate to each country's specific needs. However, in
endorsing the Project the countries are recognising the need to follow this route and the entire and
detailed stakeholder preparation from the early days of the Cape Town Declaration in 1998 (which led
to the African Process for the Development and Protection of the Coastal and Marine Environment)
and then through this current PDF Process have been clearly leading to the intention of making such
reforms. The Background section lists in some detail the level of commitment already displayed by the
countries within the various Conventions and Agreements. The Project has recognised this concern
and will begin the process of negotiation and high level political awareness raising at an early stage
will providing, in parallel, modal regional guidelines for adoption on specific pressing issues. Part of
the success of this process will also depend on an effective information handling and management
system and a detailed cost benefit analysis which will clearly demonstrate the importance of
sustainable tourism at the policy level. It is expected that this process will also help to convince
governments of the need to make appropriate human resources available for training and institutions
for capacity building.
Component 3:
195.
This Component will improve national capacity for managing and implementing sustainable
tourism by delivering targeted training and capacity building packages appropriate for national
implementation, based upon multi-stakeholder assessment of training and capacity requirements. The
emphasis here will be upon addressing the needs in relation to developing a fully integrated approach
to sustainable tourism. The project recognises that multi-stakeholder training and capacity building
will only be effective and sustainable if (a) the appropriate institutions / stakeholders are identified and
agree to cooperate and (b) there is specific support provided to build national institutional capacity as
well as more general training programmes (c) training programmes are embedded within a regional /
national institution to ensure the sustainability of these efforts. Training and capacity building
packages will be developed that are appropriate to meet national and sectoral requirements, alongside
workplans and implementation schedules. There is an assumption here that sufficient expertise will be
available to develop such packages. However the Project is supported by agencies such as UN-WTO
and UNEP, and UNIDO, whose various divisions and branches have specific expertise in these areas,
and existing resources will be utilised and built upon where appropriate.
196.
The successful implementation of the training and capacity building for sustainable tourism
will depend upon governments, agencies and other relevant stakeholders being willing and to undergo
training. Government agencies will be keen for staff to receive training as long as this is done under
conditions of a `Train-and-Retain' program. Stakeholder groups will understand potential benefits of
adopting sustainable practices through awareness raising strategies, and National Partnership
Meetings. Again, government commitment in endorsing this Project must be seen to extend to formal
support for institutional strengthening linked to policy and legislative reforms which will be reflected
in the active development of funding mechanisms and allocations (formally adopted during the project
lifetime) to secure the sustainability of such administrative and technical support to sustainable
tourism management.
Component 4:
197.
The successful establishment of the Regional Information Clearing Mechanism (RICH) and
the Environmental Information Management and Advisory System (EIMAS) will be critical for the
coordinating and disseminating information and for the sustainability and replicability of the Project
outputs within and beyond the region. One essential function of the RICH system will be the capture
and sharing of BATs and BAPs from Component 1 and the demonstration activities, and the packing
of this information into models for dissemination to the countries for implementation through
Component 2. There will therefore need to be a two-way flow of information between the RICH
system, and the regional EIMAS and national EIMAS nodes. It is vitally important therefore that a
53
good working relationship and trust is developed between National Focal Points, national agencies and
the regional coordination system.
198.
Accessing and sharing information is a frequent problem in multi-country regional projects
but GEF has much experience in this field as has UNEP. The Project will aim to get each country to
formally agree on the provision of appropriate information for the EIMAS and the RICH as well as in
support of the various output activities. Countries will be asked to sign a Memorandum of
Understanding or Letter of Agreement, and any reluctance on the part of countries can be discussed by
the policy level stakeholders and resolved at the Regional Project Steering Committee level. Again, it
is important that governments recognise that endorsement of the Project indicates agreement in sharing
such documentation and ensuring that documents are circulated and acted upon as appropriate.
199. The effectiveness of the RICH system and EIMAS will be shown through positive
improvements in the analysis and distribution of information relating to sustainable tourism, and that
this information reaches the intended levels in an appropriate and easily digestible format (i.e. decision
makers). This does however assume that politicians and decision-makers are willing to make use of the
system and request information and moreover that they are willing act on the information and
guidance provided, even if it conflicts with economic and development strategies. High level
awareness raising activities amongst the relevant government agencies should allay suspicions about
the legitimacy of the information provided and lead to a heighten recognition of the potential utility
and power such a system can provide.
200.
In order for the awareness and sensitisation programmes to be effective there would need to be
active national support. The awareness elements will be focussed at educational establishments and the
media within individual countries (although packages would be developed to suit regional
requirements). Sensitisation would be aimed at senior level public and private sector policy-makers
and technical managers and directors. It is important in endorsing this document that governments
realise that they are committing themselves to allowing and supporting such awareness and
sensitisation activities. This will require not only access to senior civil servants but actual positive
cooperation by those individuals, through a government policy, to ensure such access and the
opportunity to address them and seek their feedback. Educational establishments, through their
appropriate Ministry, will need to provide access and time for awareness programmes to be effective.
Component 5:
201.
Risks and Assumptions under Component 5 relate more specifically to Project Management
and its coordination, along with overall monitoring and evaluation of Project performance. It is very
important that appropriate representation is made available from each country for the Inception
Workshop. These workshops are now recognised as being vital to the smooth running of a project.
They provide an opportunity to discuss responsibilities and accountabilities for activities and
deliverables within the Project, and define the timescale as well as the appropriate coordination and
communication mechanisms and pathways. They also provide a clear indication of how Project
monitoring and evaluation will be carried out, who is responsible for this (by way of reporting, etc.)
and what the purpose of the formal Evaluation processes will be. The National Partnership Workshop
will also be essential as they will inform private sector formalise the private partnership arrangements
202.
The Project requires a PCU be set up to serve a multitude of functions as identified in the
Components and Outputs. While support would be given to the functioning and infrastructure of this
PCU during the Project lifetime (e.g. funding support for an EIMAS System) financial sustainability
beyond the GEF assistance would need to be negotiated if the PCU were seen to be a long-term
regional commitment.
203.
One clear risk to Project success and delivery would be inappropriate representation on the
Steering and Technical Advisory groups at both the national and regional level. The Steering
Committees at both levels must be seen to be a senior level policy body guiding and steering project
activities and dealing with sensitive policy and political issues. Without this the Steering Committees
will be unable to make critical decisions without constant referral to a higher body. Technical
Advisory Groups also need to be at the senior Director level (although field scientists have a valuable
input at this level and may be co-opted as required) if they are to be effective in advising the Steering
Committee and if their advice and recommendations are to be treated seriously.
54
204.
The Indicators will be presented to the countries again at the Inception Workshop to impress
on each National Project Focal Point the specific requirements for delivery from the Project. At the
same time the Risks and Assumptions will be addressed individually to further remind countries of the
commitment that has been made in endorsing and signing this Project.
SUSTAINABILITY
205.
Sustainability is a central theme of the proposed project. The national demonstrations of BATs
and BAPS for pollution and contaminant reduction will provide ground-level examples of more
effective sustainable tourism within the countries. Targeted demonstration and capacity building
projects will help build awareness in the participating countries, strengthen inter-sectoral cooperation,
and private and civil society participation, and serve as a means to develop best practices solutions and
formulate policies for innovative inter-sectoral approaches to address the barriers to sustainable
tourism. Information exchanges will be integral to the experience, through which capacity will be built
and lessons learned derived for wider application in the region. Central themes to the project will
contribute towards poverty reduction in rural coastal areas by providing complementary livelihood
strategies through participatory sustainable reef-based tourism development and sustainable natural
resource management. The introduction of mechanisms to secure institutional and financial
sustainability will support efforts by the participating countries to stimulate sustainable growth.
Financial sustainability will be promoted by working with the private sector to design and implement
"user pays" strategies to provide funding for sustaining activities aimed at protecting transboundary
waters and coastal biodiversity of coral reefs. The collection of fees and or donations can be included
in the management plan as a way of raising funds to ensure maintenance and meeting recurrent costs
of the project. Collection of fees can be another opportunity for education and additional donation
collection. Clear communication and cooperation between conservation authorities, the formal and
informal private sector and local reef-users is required. This will ensure for the sustainability of the
project in terms of its financial requirements.
206.
In summary, the project addresses sustainability in the following ways:
·
Targeted capacity building: The project design emphasizes human resource capacity building at
two levels. First, the project will support specific, targeted training activities for leaders in local
communities in the watersheds of the project sites, empowering local communities to participate in
sustainable use of natural resources, and increasing stakeholder capacity to jointly plan, manage and
monitor biodiversity conservation and sustainable use of the coastal zone. This training will provide
much needed empowerment to these communities which tend to fall behind their more urban
counterparts, in terms of capacity. Second, activities will be implemented to build local and national
capacity for coastal zone planning, biodiversity conservation and natural resource management. Both
of these levels of activities will contribute to the long-term sustainable management of natural
resources, including coastal biodiversity of global significance. Embedding training modules into local
tourism and environment training institutions have been in-built into the capacity building elements.
In addition, trainer-of-trainers courses will be provided, to ensure that there is a supply of local trainers
able to continue delivering training.
·
Awareness raising and outreach: The project will commence with an intensive awareness raising
campaign. A significant proportion of the effort will be targeted at senior levels within the tourism
industry which will create an enabling environment for the project and to identify potential
environmental "champions" within the industry. The awareness raising efforts combined with capacity
building elements will also enable the tourism industry to better engage with policy makers on
environmental issues. The project also lays the foundations for establishing a strong regional eco-
certification scheme. The strategy developed for the certification scheme will be based upon the
experiences of all the participating countries, so that it is appropriate to the needs of the African
coastal tourism whilst at the same time achieving good brand recognition and credibility in the
international market place in the long term.
·
Self regulation By strengthening environmental regulation requirements as well as establishing
buy-in for voluntary environmental regulation by the industry, the project will stimulate markets for
55
demand and provision of environmental goods and services. In order to achieve financial
sustainability, it is proposed that a fee system for advisory services on EMS is established. Initially,
these will be nominal fees (for example just covering food and venue expenses in the training courses
or receipt of environmental audit services at highly subsidized rates). The fee levels will increase
during the course of the project as it demonstrates the value of the assistance it can provide.
·
Alternative livelihood options for communities: The project seeks to test and develop alternative
livelihood strategies for local communities to help them establish and maintain a minimum basis from
which to escape the poverty trap that is stifling local development.
·
Multi-sectoral institutional framework: A multi-disciplinary team will be established to bring
together the scientific and technical community with public authorities to share knowledge and
practices for coastal zone conservation and disseminate the results to the country and the world.
·
Participation: The project will adopt participatory planning mechanisms and strategic
partnerships with stakeholders, as well as social assessments and monitoring of conditions, to ensure
sustainability of the approach to biodiversity conservation. The project will ensure strong private
sector participation with private sector associations that are representative of the tourism sector, and
likely to become significant drivers of environmental initiative in the future.
·
Alternative financing: The project will fund studies to determine alternative approaches for
funding coastal management, especially the establishment of protected areas, other than from the
Government budget. The EMS demonstrations project will identify economic instruments to
encourage investment in environmental management systems by hotels. By the end of project
situation, it is expected that viable mechanisms would have been put forward to governments for
adoption. The ecotourism demonstrations once implemented, should be financially self-sustainable as
a result of revenues derived from ecotourism. An effective monitoring process will need to be ensured,
in order to identify any problems that may arise and to ensure that appropriate additional support /
training can be provided as and when required.
STAKEHOLDER PARTICIPATION
207.
The main stakeholders that will participate in the project include governments and parastatal
agencies (including public utilities bodies), participating hotels and other tourism establishments,
environmental and other NGOs, local government authorities and host communities. The Governments
would provide office accommodation for the National Project Offices, organize and constitute the
National Stakeholder Committees and also provide a representative from the Ministry of Environment
to chair the country stakeholders committees. The Governments will participate in discussions for the
harmonization of policy and regulatory frameworks and implement agreed policies and legal reforms.
It is also worth recalling the governments of the eight countries have recognized the implementation of
sustainable coastal tourism development policies and strategies as national priorities and have
committed to the successful implementation of this project. In addition, all the eight countries, through
their GEF Focal Points, have fully endorsed the formulation, submission and implementation of this
project.
208. Stakeholders have participated in the development of the project and their continued
participation will be assured by the consultative arrangements through project implementation, the
multi stakeholder National Partnership meetings, whereby each party stands to benefit from the
implementation of improved environmental management and performances. In addition to national
bodies, local, regional and international private sector tourism operators will participate in the project,
such as major tour operators, airlines and international hotel chains. The initial list of participants that
has agreed to join the project is provided in Appendix A - The Demonstrations2 , however the number
of participants is expected to expand considerably following inception and the multi-stakeholder
National Partnership Meetings. In summary, at the country level, National Stakeholder Committees
will be established to coordinate project activities and ensure that decisions of the Steering Group are
implemented in the countries. Composition of the National Stakeholder Committees will include: -
National tourism administrations;
56
Tourism marketing authorities;
Ministries of Environment;
Ministries of Tourism;
Ministries of Land Use / Planning;
Town & country planning authorities;
Ministries of Industry;
Ministries of Culture & Heritage;
Ministries of Local Government;
National Parks Authorities;
Marine Parks Authorities;
NGOs;
Local Communities and CBOs;
Hotel Associations;
Tour operators; and
Chambers of Commerce & Industry.
209.
The Project is a follow up of the "African Process", and will contribute to the implementation
of the Coastal, Marine and Freshwater Component of the Environment Action Plan of the New
Partnership for Africa's Development (NEPAD), and relevant sections of the WSSD Plan of
Implementation. In addition the project will complement the activities of the Convention on Biological
Diversity (CBD) related to sustainable development, biodiversity conservation and management of
tourism and assist local communities inhabiting tourism sites to develop sustainable livelihoods from
coastal and biological resources of tourism interest. The project also has broad links with international
(and regional) programmes to reduce impacts on the marine and coastal environment, such as the
Global Programme of Activities (GPA) to Protect the Marine Environment from Land-Based
Activities, and the Nairobi and Abidjan Conventions. The project also has direct links with the
Framework Convention on Climate Change (FCCC), by reducing greenhouse gases by reducing
energy consumption and/or utilization of renewable forms of energy.
210. The Project has linkages to the ongoing programme of the World Tourism Organization
(WTO) for sub-Saharan Africa on Ecotourism & Protected Areas and Poverty Reduction through
Sustainable Tourism, which aims at the effective implementation of policies & strategies for
sustainable tourism development policies and strategies", as well as to the "Tour Operators
Initiative", an initiative supported jointly by the World Tourism Organisation (WTO), UNESCO and
UNEP, in collaboration with a number of major tour operators. Wherever relevant and possible, the
project will also seek to create linkages with initiatives being undertaken by NGOs (i.e. the Blue Flag
certification for beaches), as well as initiatives being undertaken by regional and international tour
operators and hotel chains to promote and/or introduce more sustainable management practices. The
project also links directly with activities developed in most of the participating countries in connection
with the International Year of Ecotourism (IYE), which has included the establishment of "ecotourism
committees". The existence of these national ecotourism committees may provide an initial focal point
for the development and mainstreaming of the project. As the project is developed and implemented,
efforts will be made to draw on relevant experiences from within the African region (and beyond), and
in particular to ecotourism projects that have been implemented successfully. An effort will be made
to identify relevant best practices, with the assistance of agencies such as the WTO, WWF and IUCN.
To this end, the project will also build on studies and manuals produced by WTO, e.g. A Worldwide
Inventory and Comparative Analysis of 104 Eco-labels, Awards and Self-Commitments, or the
Guidebooks on Sustainable Tourism Indicators, and on Sustainable Tourism in Protected areas and
Parks.
211. The present Project will also closely liaise and establish links with the other existing and
planed GEF projects in the regions both Western and Eastern Africa. These projects are: GCLME,
CCLME, BCLME, Senegal River, Niger River, Volta River, WIO, and others (see Annex G).
212.
Annex E presents a Stakeholder/Public Participation Plan.
Project Stakeholder Involvement Strategy
57
213.
A key issue identified during project development and design (under PDF-B) is the current
lack of adequate stakeholder involvement, and input into overall decision-making for sustainable
coastal tourism development. Government agencies often fail to take integrated and coordinated action
even when they share the same objectives. A structured modality of working together (e.g.
mechanisms for consultation and the participation of non-government stakeholders such as land users,
communities or NGOs) is often missing and there is tendency towards individualism and competition,
rather than cooperation.
214.
Multi-stakeholder involvement will be a major component in this project at all levels. The
development of integrated management plans for each transboundary project area will form the main
framework by which stakeholders' involvement will be strengthened. Institutional mechanisms for
ensuring the involvement and genuine commitment of various stakeholders will be identified and the
appropriate institutional structures identified. Following initial planning, the following institutional
structures created during the PDF-B will be strengthened:
· A National Stakeholder Committee will ensure overall leadership and coordination, as well as
policy, legislative, and financial support for the project. It will act as a liaison between the
Project and other national and international programmes, organizations and donors at the
country level. This committee will include senior government officials from relevant
government ministries and regional authorities, as well as international agency representatives
with an active role in the project.
· At the demonstration site level, a Multidisciplinary Site Committee (MSC) will be established
consisting of representatives from all stakeholder groups and chaired by the Local
Government Authority Focal Point. The MSC will be an effective advocate, through the
individual authority of its members, to ensure that project implementation is open to
stakeholder participation, and will allow interested parties to participate in overall
management planning and decision-making at the project sites. The MSC will also ensure
public participation, through NGOs and local authorities & associations, in the
implementation of the demonstration projects. Local communities are expected to play an
important role in conservation and protection activities within the demo sites and to participate
in sustainable economic activities (ecotourism, etc).
215.
For these institutions to develop into effective entities, their responsibilities will be gradually
increased and broadened as the project progresses to ensure that they will continue to function and
develop post-project. The project will therefore support training and capacity development for these
new and adapted institutions. Most critically, it will also support a pilot period of management plan
implementation at each site during which the effectiveness of institutions can be tested, real gaps in
design or capacity identified, and remedial action undertaken.
216.
Table 5 below elaborates the role and responsibilities to be undertaken by all the stakeholders
to be involved in the project.
TABLE 5: SUMMARY OF ROLES OF STAKEHOLDERS IN PROJECT
Organization Responsibility
Governments (Local, State, Provide and enforce policy, oversight, guidance; ensure functional
National): all relevant sectoral institutions; implementation of Agreements, Conventions and
ministries and departments
Protocols; participate in project planning, development and
implementation; articulate project line with national policies and
priorities; mobilize project funding and M & E.
Private
sector
Compliance with regulations; co-financing and resource
mobilization; capacity building; R & D and M & E; participate in
project development and implementation; Use project outputs
Communities (fishermen,
As primary natural resource managers, they will adopt environment-
pastoralists, etc)
friendly and sustainable NRM; participate in project preparation and
development, and M & E and resource (human and financial)
58
mobilization at local level
NGOs and Media organizations Promote public awareness/sensitization, community and resource
mobilization, capacity building and skill sharing; act as pressure
group, research and advocacy; networking; M & E
Donor Agencies (bilateral and Complement national and sub-regional efforts; co-financing and
multilateral)
resource mobilization; capacity building; participate in project
development and implementation and M & E
217. The project will also liaise and establish links with the other existing and planned GEF
projects in the regions.
REPLICATION
218.
The Project addresses its own replication of lessons and practices within the internal structure
of the Components and Outputs. Component 1, the most critical component in terms of providing
lessons and practices for replication, captures Best Available Practices and Technologies from other
projects, initiatives (including GEF and non-GEF), country experiences, etc from all over the world. It
also undertakes the specific development of BAPs and BATs at selected tourism hotspots with
identified threats and impacts, and captures the best lessons and practices from these demonstrations.
These BAPs and BATs are captured and made available for replication through the Regional
Information Clearing House. The Project then assesses these BAPs and BATs against identified
national and local needs (from Output 2.A) and marries the appropriate lessons and best practices with
these country and local requirements. These are then elaborated into specific National Sustainable
Tourism Management Strategies with their own work-plan and monitoring procedures, and these are
transferred to the individual countries for formal endorsement and implementation (Output 2.C). This
fairly straightforward mechanism ensures that lessons best practices and best technologies are captured
both from within and external to Project activities and are replicated within the system boundary in the
most appropriate manner and in the most appropriate places.
219.
The lessons and best practices from the overall Project experience will be captured through the
Mid-Term and Terminal Evaluation for further use by GEF and other IAs and EAs in similar
circumstances. It is also intended that the countries will maintain the Regional Information
Coordination House beyond the lifetime of the Project and that this will become a Clearing House of
BAPS and BATS for the region and indeed for all countries globally. This information will be
accessible also to regional and global organisation such as NEPAD, UN-WTO, GPA and all UN
agencies for transfer and replication as appropriate. Lessons will also be made available and promoted
beyond the regions of the project through the GEF IW:LEARN, the GPA Clearing House, WTO
Information system as well as other GEF projects (e.g. WIO-Lab and GCLME). In addition, project
information will be disseminated at various international meeting and conferences related to
International Waters and Tourism. The partnership with UN-WTO will enable this dissemination in
global tourism fora.
220.
In order to more appropriately capture and disseminate best lessons and practices (as well as to
provide on-going and up-to-date information on project activities and deliverables) the Project will
create a website consistent with IW:LEARN guidelines, and will participate in IW:LEARN activities.
Funding will be available for 2 country officials to fully participate in 2 GEF IW portfolio
Conferences and for the Project an exhibition booth at said Conferences.
IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENTS
221.
The project will be implemented by UNEP, which has undertaken a number of sustainable
tourism and eco-tourism development initiatives globally (http://www.uneptie.org/pc/tourism/) and
which currently has a large number of GEF International Waters projects under implementation. As
Implementing Agency (IA), UNEP's role in GEF is detailed in the Action Plan on Complementarity
Between the Activities Undertaken by UNEP under the GEF and its Programme of Work (1999). This
59
Project addresses the Action Plan's strategic objective of "promoting multi-country cooperation
directed to achieving global environmental benefits". It will do this by establishing international
cooperation mechanisms and the sharing of knowledge of good practice between countries. UNEP has
various branches and divisions that will provide value added contributions to the Project, such as the
Division of Technology, Industry and Economics (UNEP-DTIE) and Global Program for Action for
the Protection of the Marine Environment from Land Based Activities (GPA/LBA).
222.
UNIDO is the sole Executing Agency, but will develop an Inter-Agency Agreement (IAA)
with the World Tourism Organization (UN-WTO), the United Nations Specialized Agency in
Tourism, for sub-contracting of some the project activities, where appropriate so as to strengthen
existing partnership for the implementation of the project. This will be further defined on project
approval following consultations between UNIDO and UN-WTO. 34 UNIDO in cooperation with the
UN-WTO and other partners (NEPAD, AU-STRC) will seek to build capacity of countries to work
jointly and in concert with the regions' other GEF projects, as well as bilateral and multilateral donors
to define and address transboundary priority environmental issues within the framework of their
existing responsibilities under the Abidjan and Nairobi Convention and within the framework of the
NEPAD Environmental Action Plan.
223.
UNIDO through the PCU and project partners will ensure the identification and briefing of
suitable sustainable tourism and ecotourism experts with vast technical expertise in issues of coastal
tourism environmental impact reduction to work in the project, supervise their work, and establish the
necessary links with the tourism business sector in Africa and in tourist-generating markets.
224.
UN-WTO has been a partner in this project, as Associated Agency to UNIDO, the Executing
Agency. UN-WTO will provide support and assistance to the project through its Sustainable
Development of Tourism Department, the Technical Cooperation Service and the Regional
Representation for Africa, also involving other relevant Departments (e.g. Knowledge Management
and Education, Marketing, etc.). The contributions of UN-WTO will be defined in the Inter-Agency
Agreement for the subcontracting some of the project activities for which the organization has
comparative advantage.
225. UN-WTO will ensure the active participation in the project of the National Tourism
Authorities of the participating countries and will ensure linkages with tourism-related programmes of
other UN Agencies, through the UN Tourism Exchange Network, currently under development, and it
will also ensure linkages with international initiatives in the field of sustainable tourism, such as the
Blue Flag certification, the Tour Operators Initiative, or the Sustainable Tourism Eliminating
Poverty (ST-EP) Initiative.
226.
UNIDO through its countries offices/UNIDO Desks in the countries and UNEP through its
Tourism Programme, specialized units and its Regional Offices, will provide outreach to Ministries of
Environment and related agencies, ensure technical assistance to industry, NGOs and public partners
in environmental management and training systems and technologies, natural resources assessment,
and identify environmental experts as required. Private Sector participation is crucial to the successful
execution of this project. Representatives of National and Regional Tourism and Hotel Associations,
the African Business Roundtable (ABR) and Chambers of Commerce and Industry will contribute to
discussions on project design and implementation in the National Stakeholder (Inter-Ministerial)
and/or Regional Steering Committees.
227. A consultative ad-hoc inter-agency management committee consisting of UNIDO, UNEP,
WTO, NEPAD, AU-STRC, key donors and the Regional Coordinator would be constituted to ensure
regular consultation, briefing and adequate feedback on project implementation and management.
Most of the consultations of this committee will be done via teleconference/live internet chat using
free software such as Yahoo Messenger or ICQ. It must be stressed that this is a management group
and will not take decisions on the nature and content of the substantial outputs of the project.
228.
The composition and functioning of the regional and national Scientific/Technical Task teams
is judged crucial to the success of the project, as they will be responsible for preparing detailed design
and costed proposals for regional and national ecotourism demonstration projects, scheduled for
34 This is the same format as was used for other GEF projects notably the GCLME where UNIDO and IMO
signed an IAA on collaboration and execution of specific activities.
60
implementation during the full project phase to rapidly address immediate transboundary priorities or
threats to living resources and the globally significant biodiversity from tourism.
229. Implementation of the national demonstration projects will be undertaken by the countries
under the active supervision of the UNIDO Country Offices/Desks in the countries for effective
monitoring of project execution and reporting. Project funds for the execution of the national
demonstrations will be decentralized to the countries Lead Agencies (Ministries of Environment) by
UNIDO with the UNIDO Country Offices/Desks overseeing and monitoring the execution of the
project activities for ease of reporting. Project partners including UN-WTO, AU-STRC, NEPAD,
Private Sector, Bilateral donors and NGOs/CBOs will also provide support in the implementation of
the demo projects.
230.
The Staff of the Project Coordination Unit (PCU) will backstop the implementation of all
activities and will be responsible for maintaining a "regional perspective" in all country level
demonstration projects.
231.
The Project will open with a Project Inception Phase, the requirements and outcomes of which
are defined in the section on Monitoring, Evaluation and Dissemination (below).
INCREMENTAL COST AND PROJECT FINANCING
232. The full detailed Incremental Cost Analysis and Matrix is presented in Annex A. Table 6
(below) provides a summary of the ICA figures for the 5 Project Components, and Table 7 (below)
shows the full Project Output Budget.
233.
The total co-funding committed to the Project is $23,356,816 while the total GEF funding is
$5,388,200. This represents a balance of 4.4 parts co-funding : 1 part GEF assistance. Approximately
$7,500,000 of this is cash co-funding (i.e. greater than the GEF contribution). 50% of the incremental
cost of this Project is going toward the capture and replication of Best Available Practices and Best
Available Technologies in Sustainable Tourism, primarily through on-the-ground delivery via
demonstrations.
TABLE 6: SUMMARY OF ICA TOTALS BY COMPONENT
ICA RESULTS BY COMPONENT
INCREMEN
ALTERNATIV
OUTCOME TITLE
BASELINE
GEF
CO-FUNDS
T
E
1. CAPTURE OF BEST
AVAILABLE
$43,671,470
$2,850,000
$11,232,470
$14,082,470
$57,753,940
PRACTICES AND
TECHNOLOGIES
2. DEVELOPMENT
&IMPLEMENTATION
OF MECHANISMS FOR
SUSTAINABLE
$13,619,920
$300,000
$3,376,409
$3,676,409
$17,296,329
TOURISM
GOVERNANCE &
ANAGEMENT
3. ASSESSMENT &
DELIVERY OF
TRAINING AND
CAPACITY
REQUIREMENTS
$1,028,870
$150,000
$900,334
$1,050,334
$2,079,204
EMPHASISING AN
INTEGRATED
APPROACH TO
SUSTAINABLE
TOURISM
61
4. INFORMATION
CAPTURE,
$8,469,010
$500,000
$4,624,648
$5,124,648
$13,593,658
MANAGEMENT &
DISSEMINATION
5. PROJECT
MANAGEMENT
COORDINATION,
$2,435,000
$1,588,200
$3,222,955
$4,811,155
$7,246,155
MONITORING &
EVALUATION
$69,224,270
$5,388,200
$23,356,816
$28,745,016
$97,969,286
62
TABLE 7: FULL PROJECT OUTPUT BUDGET
CO-
COMPONENT AND OUTPUT
BASELINE
GEF
FUNDING
1. CAPTURE OF BEST AVAILABLE PRACTICES
$43,671,470
$11,232,470
$2,850,000
AND TECHNOLOGIES
1.A. Identification of Best Available Practices (BAPS) and
Best Available Technologies (BATs) (on a global scale)
applicable to sustainable tourism within the sub-Saharan
African situation
$1,540,000
$828,000
$50,000
1.B. Implementation of National Demonstrations to
elaborate Best Available Practices (BAPs) and Best
Available Technologies (BAPS) for Sustainable Tourism
$42,131,470 $10,404,470 $2,800,000
2. DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF
MECHANISMS FOR SUSTAINABLE TOURISM
$13,619,920
$3,376,409
$300,000
GOVERNANCE AND MANAGEMENT
2.A National reviews and assessments of policy, legislation,
institutional arrangements and financial mechanisms to
identify needs and requirements
$7,207,920 $727,682 $50,000
2.B. Development of model guidelines and individual
national strategies and work-plans for Sustainable Tourism
based on 2.A and the Outputs from Component 1
$2,420,000 $1,381,363 $100,000
2.C Implementation of individual national strategies and
work-plans for Sustainable Tourism
$3,992,000 $1,267,364 $150,000
3. ASSESSMENT AND DELIVERY OF TRAINING &
CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS EMPHASISING AN
$1,028,870
$900,334
$150,000
INTEGRATED APPROACH TO SUSTAINABLE
TOURISM
3.A. Assessment of national baselines and requirements
within various sectors
$308,661 $388,913 $50,000
3.B. Development of sectoral model packages and
guidelines for national dissemination
$205,774 $138,641 $50,000
3.C. Adoption and implementation of national programmes
for T&CB (with agreed work-plans) targeting relevant sector
$514,435 $372,781 $50,000
4. INFORMATION CAPTURE, MANAGEMENT AND
$8,469,010
$4,624,648
$500,000
DISSEMINATION
4.A Establish a Regional Information Coordination House
(RICH) and an associated Environmental Information
Management and Advisory System (EIMAS) that
coordinates information and provides guidance and materials
for the capture and analysis and disseminati
$3,165,393 $1,470,790 $140,000
4.B Identify national data capture and management needs
(including GIS, mapping, zoning, monitoring, presentation,
etc) $905,262
$867,421
$80,000
4.C. Develop national models for Environmental
Information Management and Advisory Systems (including
feedbacks between data gathering and policy-making needs).
$1,810,524 $923,341 $180,000
4.D. Implement national work-plans for EIMAS adoption
and institutionalisation
$452,631 $481,234 $50,000
4.E. Develop and implement national delivery programmes
for targeted awareness packages and policy level
sensitisation $2,135,200
$881,862
$50,000
5. PROJECT MANAGEMENT COORDINATION,
$2,435,000
$3,222,955
$1,588,200
MONITORING AND EVALUATION
5.A. Establish Project Coordination Unit
$625,000 $1,153,456 $723,200
63
5.B. Establish Regional Coordination Mechanisms (Steering
Committees and Technical Advisory Groups)
$457,500 $461,700 $150,000
5.C. Establish National Coordination Mechanisms (National
Stakeholder Committees and Technical Advisory Groups)
$1,142,500 $1,366,526 $350,000
5.D. Adopt appropriate indicators and necessary M&E
procedures (including assessment and evaluation of post-
project sustainability)
$210,000 $241,273 $365,000
TOTALS
$69,224,270
$23,356,816
$5,388,200
Cost-Effectiveness
234.
Due consideration to cost-effectiveness and alternative options has been given within the
PDF and stakeholder consultation process, and it is considered that the proposed intervention is the
only realistic approach for addressing sustainable tourism at a regional level. National interventions by
themselves would not secure the economies of scale for GEF that a regional approach will in
addressing common issues and sharing experiences. However, at the national level, the demonstration
approach focuses on the key issues at the key hotspots and sensitive areas and thus represent the most
cost-effective means of providing real on-the-ground delivery and improvement that can be transferred
and replicated. Best Available Practices and Best Available Technologies will be secured from each
country demonstration and captured from other global case studies. These BAPs and BATs will be
assessed and processed at the regional level and then transferred and replicated back to the national
level through an initial set of guidelines and later through individual national strategies for sustainable
tourism. The Project and its Demonstrations will be closely coordinated with other national and
regional initiatives to ensure complementarity and to develop linkages with other coastal impact
barrier removal exercises (such as those addressing watershed concerns, sedimentation, environmental
flow and freshwater conservation/management).
MONITORING EVALUATION AND DISSEMINATION
235.
Standard Project monitoring and evaluation will be conducted in accordance with established
UNEP and GEF procedures. M&E will be provided by the project team and the responsible UNEP
Task Manager of UNEP/DGEF, or by Independent Evaluators in the case of the Mid-Term and
Terminal Evaluations. The Logical Framework Matrix in Annex B provides performance and impact
indicators for project implementation along with their corresponding means of verification. Further
indicators specific to the demonstrations are provided in the Demonstration LogFrames in Appendix
A. The M&E Plan is presented in Annex K. Specific IW Indicator tables have been appended to this
M&E Plan address Process, Stress Reduction and Environmental Status measurable. The PCU will
develop annual survey and 6-monthly sampling programmes for each country based on these IW
Indicator tables and these will be reviewed and endorsed by the countries. In many cases national
baseline data does not exist with which to compare any on-going monitoring and with which to verify
improvements in critical parameters such as water quality and reduction in land-based pollutant
discharges. These programmes and associated survey and sampling templates will be therefore be used
to collect a first set of baseline data at selected national sites within the initial 6-month Inception Phase
and thereafter will be used as the national M&E strategies in support of the Project. This data
collection will concentrate on the selected demonstration sites (see Appendix A) but will also
constitute part of each country's national data sampling programmes to support the Project. The
Project Workplan and Budget provide delivery and disbursement targets. The budget allocated to the
M&E plan provides funding in support of baseline and on-going M&E data collection for each
country. These elements form the basis on which the project's Monitoring and Evaluation system will
function.
236.
In the monitoring process, half-yearly progress and annual project reports to be submitted to
UNEP will form a key input to the Tripartite Project Review. The PIR is an annual monitoring
process mandated by the GEF, to be conducted by the UNEP Task Manager in consultation with
UNIDO. It has become an essential monitoring tool for project managers and offers the main vehicle
for extracting lessons from ongoing projects. The items in the PIR to be provided by UNEP GEF
includes the following:
64
· An analysis of project performance over the reporting period, including outputs produced and,
where possible, information on the status of the outcome
· The constraints experienced in the progress towards results and the reasons for these
· The three (at most) major constraints to achievement of results
· Annual Work Plans and related expenditure reports
· Lessons learned
· Clear recommendations for future orientation in addressing key problems in lack of progress
237.
The Annex K outlines the principle components of Monitoring and Evaluation. The project's
Monitoring and Evaluation approach will be discussed during the Project's Inception Report so as to
provide a means of verification, and an explanation and full definition of project staff M&E
responsibilities.
65
ANNEX A
Incremental Cost Analysis
Baseline:
The Project baseline describes a landscape in which tourism is a growing market and an increasingly important
factor in economic growth and development. Consequently there is significant national investment in the tourism
sector. Yet this same economically vital sector is creating long-term problems for the countries which see it as a
major solution to poverty and economic deprivation. Tourism in the participating countries varies enormously
with some countries more advanced than others in its development. However, it is the more advance tourist
destinations that are generally suffering the most within the context of impacts to critically important ecosystems
and landscapes. Sustainable tourism, with its emphasis on marrying the needs of the economic and development
sector to the requirements of the environment and resource-orientated sectors, is a critical tool and an urgent
necessity in much of Africa (and indeed in many others around the world, especially many LDCs and SIDS). Yet
sustainable tourism is still only a concept that has little real foundation within the participating countries.
Part of the existing baseline problem focuses on the lack of awareness or access to Best Available Technologies
and Practices (BATs and BAPs). Governments are familiar with the sustainable tourism concept but find it
difficult to implement within the context of their own countries and within a more complex policy and legislative
landscape. Incentives for exploring options and for adopting codes of practices, management strategies and
standard technological approaches in support of sustainable tourism are limited and poorly understood. The
private sector is generally willing to embrace the concepts of sustainable tourism but frequently more in lip-
service to ecotourism which they see as an important expansion of their business strategies and investments.
They do not yet grasp the potential savings that may be available from more effective use of resources, less
production of wastes, better recycling, etc. Nor do they (or many government policy makers) realise the potential
damage being done by tourism to the very ecosystem functions that it requires to survive (access to sustainable
and reliable resources such as fish, agricultural produce, clean water supplies, protected coastlines, good water
quality, high landscape/seascape values, etc). Those that may realise the importance of these issues are unsure
how to address them at the individual or single institutional/operational level.
Clearly there is an urgent need to provide pertinent lessons and appropriate guidance, and to demonstrate the
advantages and benefits (including cost benefits), of adopting a pragmatic management approach in support of
sustainable tourism with associated and supportive polices, legislation and institutional mandates. More advice
on best available technologies will help to reduce the impacts from pollutants and contaminants and to ensure
that coastal development (including infrastructure) is more appropriate and less harmful.
In the context of developing a more coordinated and integrated approach to sustainable tourism, there is an
dearth of examples of working private-public partnerships within the tourism industry as communities are
commonly disenfranchised from the development and implementation of management approaches that directly
impinge on their daily lives and surroundings. Communities are frequently suffering from high levels of poverty
while relatively rich tourists are reaping the benefits of the environment around them with little or no input to
their management or recognition of the role of the communities within the ecosystem.
There is a strong case for better multi-national coordination over these common issues that can assist countries to
address said issues at the national level through a regional approach which will bring with the advantage of
economies of scale.
In order for any effective sustainable tourism strategies and management plans to become operationalised within
these participating countries there is a need for training and capacity building across all sectors as well as
improved awareness of the purpose and meaning of integrated sustainable tourism and the need to protect and
maintain ecosystem functions and associated resources. There is an absence in the sub-Saharan African countries
of applicable and pertinent case studies, models and demonstrations of
Globally, the baseline is unacceptable in the face of serious degradation of the coastal environment and losses of
critically important transboundary ecosystem functions and associated habitats and species. The coastline of
Africa supports high levels of transboundary productivity as well as many habitats that are of transboundary
significance to commercial or threatened and rare species. Such productivity, habitats and species are being
reduced on a global level and need to be managed protected at the national and local level with a high sense of
urgency. Furthermore, proven management techniques and more specific options for pollution reduction and
sustainable tourism development are a regional and global requirement and not just vital to the needs of the
A-1
participating countries. Such demonstrations are also urgently needed. In fact, there is a global absence of good
examples of sustainable tourism linked to policies and strategies for the maintenance and protection of
ecosystem functions.
Within each national government, various agencies and bodies are responsible for the collection of data relate to
tourism, socio-economics, development, and environmental issues. Generally, there is no centralised body that
stores and processes this information and which has an effective distribution mechanism to ensure that the
information is used by a client (e.g. technical managers, policy makers, market analysts, etc). The need for
improved national GIS and data management system is recognised and some progress has been made but
finances and human resources represent constraints. Also there are generally no consistent monitoring systems in
place. Although some information is being collected and collated, there is a general lack of information on the
extent of sensitive coastal and marine habitats, or the existing information is not available to agencies dealing
with tourism directly. Furthermore, none of this information is being processed alongside and integrated with
data on socio-economic trends, long-term development forecasts, etc. This makes it difficult if not impossible to
undertake spatial planning and to avoid conflicts on interest between different sector and the communities.
Inadequate information capture and processing is also constraining effective technical and policy decisions that
are needed for integrated sustainable tourism planning and management
In short, there is a significantly large baseline attributable to tourism and even to ecotourism within the
participating countries but this is insufficiently focused on long-term sustainability related to tourism, socio-
economic needs (e.g. livelihoods and subsistence), and related maintenance and management of ecosystem
functions and associated biological habitats and species. Additional baseline information and stress reduction
indicators will be collected/defined during the first 1 year of project implementation.
Total Baseline attributable to the Project proposal: $69,224,270
Global Environmental Objective:
The global environmental Goal of this Project is to support and enhance the conservation of globally significant
coastal and marine ecosystems and associated biodiversity in sub-Saharan Africa, through the reduction of the
negative environmental impacts which they receive as a result of coastal tourism
The Objective of the Project is to demonstrate best practice strategies for sustainable tourism to reduce the
degradation of marine and coastal environments of transboundary significance.
GEF is requested to provide assistance to achieving these objectives on five fronts.
1.
In order to provide the participating countries with access to the most appropriate and effective
technologies and practices for sustainable tourism, the Project will undertake and global assessment and
review of case studies and lessons. These will be used initially to develop model guidelines for tourism
management. At the local level, more specific `on-the-ground' activities will be undertaken at adopted
hotspot locations which are representative of the key issues relating to the identified constraints and
barriers to sustainable tourism. The lesson and best practices captured from these demonstrations will
be secured through an information coordination process and incorporated both into the model
guidelines and also (where appropriate) into national strategies and work-plans for the adoption and
implementation of sustainable tourism. The outputs from these activities will be transferable and
replicable not only through the participating countries but also globally to any country that wishes to
access them. Strong emphasis will be placed on developing sustainable financing mechanisms as well
as appropriate and lasting cross-sectoral partnerships. The incremental cost for achieving this aim has
been calculated at $14,082,470 of which GEF would provide $2,850,000 (20%).
2.
The Project will assist the countries to undertake national reviews and assessments of policy,
legislation and institutional arrangements (including financial mechanisms) for sustainable tourism, as
well as to capture examples from other areas. Using these reviews and the outputs from 1 (above),
model guidelines for sustainable tourism will be developed and disseminated throughout the
participating countries for their use in revising their approaches to tourism. At a more advanced level,
the outputs from 1 (above) will be developed between the Project and each individual country to
produce independent national strategies and work-plans for sustainable tourism. The aim will be to have
A-2
each of these adopted and implemented at the national level. The incremental cost for achieving this
aim has been calculated at $3,676,409 of which GEF would provide $300,000 (8%).
3.
To support the adoption and operational application of reforms to tourism management, a
review of training needs and capacity building requirements will be undertaken. Mandates and
responsibilities (existing and proposed) of institutions will be considered and recommendations made
regarding practical needs to support realignment and reform for the more effective management of
sustainable tourism. Following this targeted capacity building and training packages will be developed
at the regional level and delivered at the national or sub-regional level (as well as at the local level
where appropriate) with the aim of strengthening the efficacy of certain institutions to carry out their
enhanced or new roles, improving private sector involvement and encouraging community input and
management activities. The incremental cost for achieving this aim has been calculated at $1,050,334 of
which GEF would provide $150,000 (14%).
4.
Information capture, management and dissemination are vital to support policy-makers and
management level decisions. However, this information needs to be comprehensive and pertinent to the
needs of the users. It also needs to be tied into multi-sectoral data if it is to be effective for sustainable
tourism management decisions. In view of the number of participating countries, a regional approach is
most cost-effective, linked to national nodes. The Project will develop an Environmental Information
Management and Advisory System that deals with the entire process of management handling from data
collection through to delivery of concise and targeted information packages appropriate to the client.
This would be a two-way process allowing the client to request and select data requirements in order to
address specific issues. National data capture and management needs will be identified and assistance
provided to address these needs. National models for country level EIMAS will be evolved and
implemented. Finally, information will be packaged at the regional level (and late at the national levels)
that will target specific audiences throughout the countries. The incremental cost for achieving this aim
has been calculated at $5,124,648 of which GEF would provide $500,000 (10%).
5.
In order that effective guidelines, strategies and work-plans for sustainable tourism can be
evolved, adopted and made operational throughout the participating countries, there will need to be a
dedicated task force of administrative and technical personnel to carry the objectives forward, both at
the regional and the national levels. The Project will provide effective coordination and will adopt a
regional inter-ministerial steering mechanism supported by a regional technical advisory body. At the
national level there will be similar national coordination mechanisms at both the policy and technical
levels. Stakeholder partnership meetings will also be a feature at the national and regional level to
encourage better communications and the evolution of public-private partnerships (especially at the
national level) for sustainable tourism management. Indicators of delivery benchmarks and success will
be adopted as will standard UN/GEF monitoring approaches. The incremental cost for achieving this
aim has been calculated at $4,811,155 of which GEF would provide $1,588,200 (33%).
The total co-funding committed to the Project is $23,356,816 while the total GEF funding is $5,388,200. This
represents a balance of 4.4 parts co-funding : 1 part GEF assistance.
Alternative:
The proposed Incremental interventions by GEF are specifically designed to build on existing baseline
commitments and initiatives by the participating governments as well as other donor agencies. The Alternative
end-of project landscape would be, at the minimum, a set of guidelines for sustainable tourism adopted within
each country and, wherever possible, functional and operational Sustainable Tourism Management mechanisms
formally adopted where by institutional responsibility, supported by specifically focused policy and legislation,
is realigned so as to mainstream sustainable tourism and the protection and sustainable management of
ecosystem functions into national governance. Existing individual sectoral efforts would be integrated and
coordinated toward this one goal, which would represent a much more cost-effective approach to overall tourism
governance on the basis of economies of scale, reduction of wastes, and improved opportunities for long-term
tourist attraction. Community welfare and livelihoods would be protected and, where appropriate, provided with
alternative focus which would harmonise better quality of life for communities and individuals along with
reduced impacts to ecosystems and reduced conflicts with the tourism industry. The total Alternative cost
attributable to the SIRM Project proposal would be $97,535,922 of which 71% represent the existing baseline
and 29% represents the joint GEF/Co-funded Increment.
A-3
Systems Boundary:
The system boundary for the Project would be the endorsing countries of sub-Saharan Africa, their land-base
and their territorial waters.
A-4
Incremental Cost Matrix:
Cost/Benefit
Baseline (B)
Alternative (A)
Increment (A-B)
COMPONENT 1:
CAPTURE OF BEST AVAILABLE PRACTICES AND TECHNOLOGIES
Domestic Benefits
Currently there is very limited capture of The Alternative scenario will deliver
The incremental addition that GEF will
BAPs and BATs within any of the
both regional and more specific national
add to the alternative scenario will focus
participating countries. Stakeholders may guidance on best practices and
on two areas. 1. Identifying best
recognise the concept of ecotourism (and technologies along with demonstrations
practices, techniques and technologies to
some business ventures may even be
of these in action. This will provide
support sustainable tourism (capturing
trying to capture this concept in their
essential guidance to Component 2 to
lessons and practices from within and
activities), generally seeking ecotourism
assist the countries in adopting interim
outside the countries and making them
enterprises need guidance and expertise
sustainable tourism measures as well as
applicable to country needs), and 2.
if their activities are not to place further
developing national strategies and work-
Actual on-the-ground demonstrations of
pressure and impact on the environment.
plans for sustainable tourism in the long-
sustainable tourism scenarios are tourism
There is a need to ensure that
term.
impact hotspots (e.g. environmental
sustainable tourism projects are
management systems, strategies and
implemented. There is also a need to
accounting; reef recreation strategies;
capture more experiences and examples
Alleviation of poverty and generation of
of how tourism activities can be made
revenues for sustainability: integrated
more ecosystem-friendly with less
systems for sustainable tourism
pollution and impact, and how tourism
management). This information will
can be better managed in this sense
feed into Component Two as guidance to
(particularly through Private-Public
the development of national strategies
partnerships and through the
and work-plans for sustainable tourism'.
demonstration of incentives. The current
Substantial national co-funding will
baseline will not guarantee this needed
support these activities through such
approach and, in the absence of GEF
developments as public-privates
assistance the participating countries will
partnerships, hotel classification systems,
continue their domestic development
national tourism policies, etc. This
aims in the presence of increasing
national co-funding will be particularly
pollution and impacts leading to further
important at the demonstration level.
degradation of the coastal resource,
UNIDO will be assisting as a co-funder
Understandable, the existing baseline for
in this vital component by helping
combined national efforts to make
countries and individual tourism bodies
tourism sustainable is fairly substantial
(especially at the demonstration level) to
and demonstrates country commitment
identify and employ environmentally
although this varies from country-to-
sound technologies. Likewise, the WTO
country. The participating countries are
will be helping counties to find options
A-1
Cost/Benefit
Baseline (B)
Alternative (A)
Increment (A-B)
attempting to gather best practices and
for best practices in sustainable tourism.
best technologies and to demonstrate
these but are severely constrained by a
lack of regional coordination,
mechanisms for sharing information, and
insufficient funding or incentives to
demonstrate such BAPs and BATS.
Global Benefits
Globally, the productive capacity and
The capture of lessons and best practices
At the global level GEF (as well as co-
ecological integrity of the marine
will provide a database of BAPs and
funding sources) will be investing in the
environment (including estuaries and
BATs for other global LDCs, SIDS and
development of better protective
near-shore waters) are being degraded
developing countries to use in the
measures for coastal resources in areas of
and habitats, species and ecosystem
context of sustainable tourism
high productivity and in the reduction of
functions are being lost. The coastline of
management, ecosystem maintenance,
pollutants, contaminants and other
Africa supports high levels of
reduction of pollution, conservation of
impacts on important transboundary
transboundary productivity in terms of
strategic transboundary biological
resources and ecosystems.
habitats, species and ecosystem functions habitats and species and the promotion of
but these are being lost as the coast if
alternative livelihoods that benefit both
developing fast. More applicable and
the human and biodiversity needs.
sustainable practices and technologies
for tourism are urgently required if these
globally important areas are to be
maintained. But access to such
information and specialisations is poor
within the participating countries as,
indeed, it is in many of the developing
countries of the world.
Costs
Gov'ts: $43,671,470
Baseline:43,671,470
GEF = $2,850,000
Incremental: $14,082,470
TOTAL: $43,671,470
CO-FUNDS = $11,232,470
TOTAL: $57,753,940
Gov'ts: $10,982,470
Intergov/Multilaterals: $225,000
Bilateral Donors: $0
NGOs: $0
Private Sector: $25,000
TOTAL: $14,082,470
A-2
Cost/Benefit
Baseline (B)
Alternative (A)
Increment (A-B)
COMPONENT 2:
DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF MECHANISMS FOR SUSTAINABLE TOURISM GOVERNANCE AND
MANAGEMENT
Domestic Benefits
National baselines for tourism
Some countries are already developing or The Incremental contribution for GEF
governance and management are
have developed National Coastal
and other donors will aim specifically to
addressing tourism as an economic
Tourism Policies and Strategies, but
review and reform national policy,
development requirement without
these are not truly capturing the need to
legislation and institutional
making the link to the need for tourism
conserve and maintain ecosystem
responsibilities related to tourism,
to be sustainable in relation to the
functions and services or to control the
development and the coastal
environment (upon which tourism
harmful impacts of tourism on coastal
environment. This will be achieved
depends) as well as the need to avoid its
and offshore environments. The reforms
initially through interim guidelines
impacts on other socio-economic
proposed as part of the incremental
developed using the outputs form
activities and community requirements.
addition (as an extension of the existing
component1, and then, with more
In the absence of the development of
baseline aimed at developing tourism
knowledge and lessons, the development
integrated tourism development policy
management) will create a more
and adoption of national strategies. Co-
frameworks and strategies, and the
integrated approach. In the long-term this funding will support the GEF
consequent absence of controlled
will aid in the reduction of pollution
contribution through internal national
development and good environmental
impacts within the immediate coastal
activities related to improvements in
management systems, it is most probable areas of each country, as well as the
legislation and institutional arrangements
that the trends leading toward coastal
protection of important ecosystem
to support said reforms. Both the GEF
environmental pollution and degradation
functions, livelihoods and productivity.
and national co-funding commitments
with consequent transboundary impacts
will help to coordinate this process at the
will continue. There is a clear absence of
regional level so that countries can assist
coordination between government
each other and learn from each other's
agencies with responsibilities for
experiences. In relation to the co-funding
tourism, development and the
partners, WTO will be providing co-
environment, as well as between the
funding support for the identification and
public and private sector, and
development of appropriate model
communities feel disenfranchised from
guidelines for sustainable tourism.
the entire management and decision-
Ricerca will be assisting with
making process.
institutional strengthening and capacity
building for eco-cultural tourism. REDO
is an NGO with experience in direct
involvement of communities in
development and implementation of
programmes aimed at sustainable
exploitation and utilisation of coastal
A-3
Cost/Benefit
Baseline (B)
Alternative (A)
Increment (A-B)
resources. They will facilitate
workshops, and seminars, training,
stakeholder conferences, etc.
Global Benefits
Although ecotourism has become a
The partnerships with organisation such
The global incremental benefits of both
popular objective of governments and
as WTO and other NGO groups will
the GEF and co-funding contributions
private enterprises around the world it is
assist in the transfer and replication of
will be realised through the development
seldom truly sustainable and is often
reform practices and lessons. These
of more applicable and appropriate
referred to as a `double-edged' sword
practices and lessons will be highly
options for tourism management
because of the additional impacts that it
replicable across the coastal nations of
manifested through actual working
can create to the ecosystems upon which
the world. The real benefits at the global
demonstrations and proof at national
it depends and purports to support. There level will also be apparent through a
levels of effective reforms to policy,
is a growing and urgent need for more
more effective and sustainable approach
legislation and institutional structures
appropriate national management
to management of coastal resources and
and mandates. These will be available for
approaches and policies for coastal
ecosystems in line with sustainable
other countries to use.
tourism and its supportive activities
development along a substantial stretch
(construction, infrastructure
of African coastline, thus providing
development, fishing, agriculture, etc.).
sustainable protection to important
Current national institutional and
transboundary resources, habitats and
management structures are fragmented
species.
and there capacity to perform individual
institutional mandates is highly
constrained. Proven management
techniques and more specific options for
pollution reduction and sustainable
tourism development are a regional and
global requirement and not just vital to
the needs of the participating countries
Costs
Gov'ts: $13,619,920
Baseline: $13,619,920
GEF = $300,000
Incremental: $3,676,409
TOTAL: $13,619,920
CO-FUNDS = $3,376,409
TOTAL: $17,296,329
Gov'ts $2,796,409
Intergov/Multilaterals: $130,000
Bilateral Donors: $0
NGOs: $450,000
Private Sector: $0
TOTAL: $3,676,409
A-4
Cost/Benefit
Baseline (B)
Alternative (A)
Increment (A-B)
COMPONENT 3:
ASSESSMENT AND DELIVERY OF TRAINING AND CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS EMPHASISING AN INTEGRATED
APPROACH TO SUSTAINABLE TOURISM
Domestic Benefits
All of the participating countries are
The alternative scenario will be an
The incremental interventions under this
receiving assistance to a greater or lesser
extended capacity for better sustainable
component will address this requirement
degree with training and capacity
tourism management within the
for better training and capacity building
building for better governance across a
participating countries and the
firstly by identifying the actual needs at
variety of sectors and through a variety
opportunity to share these experiences
the individual agency and sectoral level
of levels. Once again, these tend to target country to country within the Project.
and then develop appropriate packages
economics development and social needs Existing management and monitoring
and guidelines for training through
with very limited focus on environmental institutions will be provided with better
regional coordination strategies which
requirements and their integration into
tools and skills for ensuring more
will include a programme of training-the
cross-sectoral consideration. If tourism is sustainable tourism is carried out while
trainers. Each country will be assisted in
to become sustainable then requisite
seeking to protect the interests of
the adoption of a national plan for
training and capacity building (along
communities and those more dependent
targeted T&CB with appropriate work-
with local community involvement) is
on ecosystem functions and services
plans. Co-funding for these activities
essential. This will require a consistency
significantly exceeds GEF contributions
in understanding sustainable tourism
and this reflects that fact that this is an
aims such as the concept of what
area of activities that can be well
ecotourism is and should be, and what it
supported by co-funding, especially
should not be. The absence of any
through the NGO communities. Ghana
interventions to raise the baseline to an
Wildlife has experience in wetlands
alternative level is most likely to foster a
management production and the
false sense of sustainable resource
generation of biodiversity values. They
management in the face of actual long-
also have the experience to advise and
term damage.
guide in the legal establishment of
community reserves, maintenance of
ecosystem integrity, coastal ecosystem
management strategies, and principles of
sustainable management. They are keen
to assist in replication of lessons and best
practices and in consolidating gains. The
Natural Conservation Resources Centre
will collaborate in integrated tourism
destination planning (particularly in the
area of tourism service training and
awareness programmes, and advising on
the facilitation and development of basic
A-5
Cost/Benefit
Baseline (B)
Alternative (A)
Increment (A-B)
tourism infrastructure). SNV (The
Netherlands Development Organisation)
is dedicated to sustainable development
through strengthening the capacity of
local organisations. They will provide
advice on the implication of climate
change on coastal tourism, protection of
coastal biodiversity, management of
ecosystems and habitats for coastal
tourism, coastal erosion land degradation
issues and waste management, tourism
development planning, community based
natural resource management, policy
development and poverty alleviation
Global Benefits
At the global level, existing training and
The skills, training and institutional
The incremental interventions under this
capacity for tourism management within
improvements will provide valuable
component will provide improvement to
the system boundary of the Project is
lessons for transfer to other management
national capacities and the level of skills
inadequate to provide the much-needed
scenarios outside of the system
of individuals to manage tourism in the
protection and maintenance of globally
boundary. This will also create a body of same landscape as important ecosystem
important ecosystems and their functions trained personnel and institutes within
functions and environmental needs,
and services. This extends to the
the region which can provide the lessons
which will therefore afford them better
absence of adequate numbers of
and the extended training services to
longer term protection.
sufficiently trained technical staff for
other countries and institutions. On a
monitoring and compliance activities.
wider global level this will help to
Lack of understanding at the country
guarantee better economic development
level of how to deal with tourism and
within African countries while protecting
tourists in the best interests of the
global interests in the environment and
environment and of local community
protection of transboundary ecosystems
needs and livelihoods is a very real
and associated species
constraint.
Costs
Gov'ts: $1,028,870
Baseline: $1,028,870
GEF = $150,000
Incremental: $1,050,334
CO-FUNDS = $900,334
TOTAL: $1,028,870
TOTAL: $2,079,204
Gov'ts: $455,334
Intergov/Multilaterals: $20,000
Bilateral Donors: $15,000
NGOs: $400,000
A-6
Cost/Benefit
Baseline (B)
Alternative (A)
Increment (A-B)
Private Sector: $10,000
TOTAL: $1,050,334
COMPONENT 4: INFORMATION CAPTURE, MANAGEMENT AND DISSEMINATION
Domestic Benefits
All of the various governments are
Incremental activities will support the
engaged in the collection of baseline
development of a regional centre for
information related to tourism,
information management and distribution
ecotourism and (to some extent)
that will also help in developing
sustainable tourism. However, there is a
guidelines and other packages
lack of information on the extent of
(awareness, training, capacity building)
sensitive coastal and marine habitats, or
using lessons and best practices from
the existing information is not available
component 1. This centre will also
to agencies dealing with tourism directly.
provide national guidance on developing
This is frequently due to a lack of
information capture techniques and skills
integration and collaboration between
(e.g. field data collection, selection of
key agencies. If there is no improvement
indicators, etc) and process and delivery
in the availability of such information
(appropriate packaging for all sectors
then spatial planning cannot improve and
and levels including senior policy
conflicts of interest between different
makers. Awareness and sensitisation at
sector and the communities will arise and
all levels will be an objective. Substantial
increase. Inadequate information capture
co-funding again reflects an area where
and processing is constraining effective
donors can provide a lot of support.
technical and policy decisions that are
UNIDO will be assisting in the
needed for integrated sustainable tourism
development of information storage and
planning and management
management mechanisms. Ricera will
assist at the national institutional level
and with databases related to community
involvement and cultural issues within
the tourism and environmental context.
Governments themselves will provide
significant co-funding through the
allocation of resources, including
national EIMAS centres, and through the
development of more effective indicator
monitoring systems.
A-7
Cost/Benefit
Baseline (B)
Alternative (A)
Increment (A-B)
Global Benefits
All over the world, lack of reliable and
The new alternative scenario will make
Information made available from the
sufficient multi-sectoral information
accessible important information to other participating countries will provide
related to the coastal zone is leading to
countries developing their own
valuable insights into coastal trends
poorly planned and managed coastal
information management approaches.
around sub-Saharan Africa. It will also
tourism, coastal development,
Data on such critical global issues as
provide a valuable feedback system to
inappropriate tourism activities,
climate change, sea level rise and
demonstrate how specific sustainable
increased pollution and other impacts.
associated trends in ecosystem variations tourism actions and strategies are having
This is often a result of lack of awareness (such as coral reef growth and mortality)
an effect on the maintenance and
or sensitisation to sustainable tourism
will be of enormous value
conservation of vital ecosystem functions
needs and issues at the senior
and transboundary resources.
management and policy level. This is a
serious concern not just within the
participating countries but throughout the
world's coastal nations
Costs
Gov'ts: $8,469,010
Baseline: $8,469,010
GEF = $500,000
Incremental: $5,124,648
TOTAL: $8,469,010
CO-FUNDING = $4,624,648
TOTAL: $13,593,658
Gov'ts: $3,324,648
Intergov/Multilaterals: $100,000
Bilateral Donors: $0
NGOs: $1,200,000
Private Sector: $0
TOTAL: $5,124,648
A-8
Cost/Benefit
Baseline (B)
Alternative (A)
Increment (A-B)
COMPONENT 5: PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION, MONITORING AND EVALUATION
Domestic Benefits
At the national level many of the
The development of a more integrated
The incremental approach will be to use
countries have poor internal cross-
approach to management is, in itself, a
the Project as a focus for developing
sectoral communications and
most valuable improvement to national
stronger national and regional
relationships. This is highly restrictive to governance within these countries. This
coordination through the adoption of
the development of any integrated
will help to set a trend throughout
appropriate bodies. National
approach to sustainable tourism. At the
government for better communication
coordination mechanisms will include
regional level there is also a need to
and coordination, not just in relation to
National Stakeholder Committees and
develop closer alliances and
tourism and environmental issues. It is
Technical Advisory groups that will
understandings between countries with
intended that whatever management and
work in concord to address all of the
similar problems and needs and to share
coordination bodies are set up for the
Project needs and to deliver all of the
experiences. Under the baseline situation purposes of the Project will be
Project outcomes at the national level.
there is no weight of momentum for this. maintained after the project as
Likewise, similar regional bodies will
appropriate (or their functions will be
coordinate regional needs and activities
assumed by other appropriate bodies).
and ensure their linkages and deliveries
These may also develop an extended
to the national level. Appropriate
remit in support of better national
monitoring of project delivery and
governance through integration and
evaluation of results is an inherent design
coordination
within the project. Government co-
funding contributions are necessarily
large to accommodate the intensive role
of national staff both at the national and
regional level
Global Benefits
This poor national and regional
The overall demonstration of adoption of Globally this Project will provide a very
integration and coordination on
improved governance techniques for
valuable set of lessons for GEF and other
important topics related to sustainability
tourism and improved governance itself
donor agencies as well as other countries
and ecosystem/resource management is a throughout the participating countries
and groups of countries. The indicators
feature of many regions of the world
will help to encourage such trends in
that are/will be developed for M&E will
today.
other countries with similar concerns and provide useful guidelines also. Senior
socio-economic landscapes
representatives at the national and
regional coordination level will be able
to present Project lessons and successes
to the global community.
Costs
Gov'ts: $2,435,000
Baseline: 2,435,000
GEF = 1,588,200
Incremental: $4,811,155
TOTAL: $2,435,000
CO-FUNDS = $3,222,955
A-9
Cost/Benefit
Baseline (B)
Alternative (A)
Increment (A-B)
TOTAL: $7,246,155
Gov'ts: $3,222,955
Intergov/Multilaterals: $0
Bilateral Donors: $0
NGOs: $0
Private Sector: $0
TOTAL: $4,811,155
TOTALS FOR ALL COMPONENTS
Gov'ts: $69,224,270
Baseline: $69,224,270
GEF = $5,388,200
Incremental: 28,745,016
CO-FUNDS = $23,356,816
TOTAL BASELINE
TOTAL ALTERNATIVE
TOTAL INCREMENT
$69,224,270
$97,969,286
$28,745,016
A-10
ANNEX B
PROJECT LOGICAL FRAMEWORK
N.B. THIS CONSTITUTES THE LOGICAL FRAMEWORK FOR THE MAIN PROJECT COMPONENTS. SPECIFIC LOGFRAMES HAVE BEEN
ESTABLISHED FOR THE DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS AND ARE INCLUDED WITHIN APPENDIX A THE DEMONSTRATIONS
PROJECT STRATEGY
OBJECTIVELY VERIFIABLE INDICATORS
GOAL
To support and enhance the conservation of globally significant coastal and marine ecosystems and associated biodiversity in sub-Saharan
Africa, through the reduction of the negative environmental impacts which they receive as a result of coastal tourism
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and
Assumptions
OBJECTIVE OF THE
Sustainable tourism
Little or no
Effective and sustainable Sustainable Tourism
Countries prepared to
PROJECT
development policies and
sustainable tourism
tourism policies drafted
Strategies and Work-plans adopt Sustainable
strategies adopted by
policies in recipient
and under negotiation by available from countries
Tourism Strategies.
To demonstrate best practice participating countries that
countries
at least 7 countries and
and through Project for
Mechanisms can be
strategies for sustainable
clearly reflect the objectives
full adopted and under
evaluation process
evolved to involve the
tourism to reduce the
of GEF and the aims of
implementation by 4
private sector and
degradation of marine and
Operational Programme 10,
countries by end of
establish public-private
coastal environments of
with particular focus on
project year 4
partnerships.
transboundary significance.
Land-based Sources of
Pollution (LBS) and
embracing the concepts of the
Global Plan of Action for
LBS
Noticeable reduction in the
Coastal and marine
National Indicators
M & E reports; National
Effective training and
degradation and overall loss
environment currently adopted by the Project
agency reports; actual
human resources made
of coastal and offshore
being degraded and
(e.g. water quality,
figures and physical,
available to confirm
environments as a result of
lost as a direct result
critical habitat
quantifiable proof shown
through measurable
unsustainable tourism
of unsustainable
distribution, critical
to Mid-Term Evaluators
targets. Private sector
tourism development
species numbers, etc)
and Terminal Evaluators
willing to participate in
and activities
demonstrate a minimum
training and adopt
20% reduction in
changes in current
negative impacts (see
practice.
M&E Plan) per country
B-1
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and
Assumptions
Benefits from tourism to host Minimal equitable
Measurable
Government records.
`Alternative'
communities improved (e.g.
sharing or transfer of
improvements to
Interviews with local
livelihoods prove
through enhanced alternative
benefits from tourism
livelihoods. An increase
communities. MTE and
attractive to individuals,
livelihoods, secured access
sector to host
of at least 10% per
TE process
continue to generate
and landing rights, etc)
communities. Limited
capita `above-
returns and are
livelihood
subsistence' livelihoods
sustainable.
opportunities
within communities
associated with
associated with newly-
Sufficient opportunities
sustainable tourism.
sustainable tourism
for alternative
Limited or no access
operations and activities.
livelihoods
rights to beaches or
traditional fish landing Confirmation of
Government legislation
and preparation areas.
traditional access rights
allows for (or can be
Al of these factors
at 50% of tourism
modified) the benefits
contributing to
locations
to be transferred to local
poverty issues in local
communities (e.g. rights
communities
of access to beaches and
landing sites) OR
privates sector
operations prepared to
step aside in recognition
and respect such rights.
Adverse or unavoidable
climatic influences (e.g.
drought or coral
bleaching) or political
influences or civil
unrest do not degrade
the tourism asset and/or
result in the loss of
tourism potential.
B-2
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and
Assumptions
COMPONENT 1
Best Available Practices and
Limited access to, and Mechanism and clearing Physical presence of staff
Case studies and pilot
Technologies from all
understanding of,
centre established for
and office undertaking
demonstrations of
CAPTURE AND
available sources (regional
available practices and reviewing BAT/BAPs
review process within the
BAT/BAPs are
DEMONSTRATION OF
and global) reviewed and
technologies which
within 6 months of
Regional Information
available and
BEST AVAILABLE
assessed for their
support sustainable
inception. Physical
Coordination House
accessible, and are
PRACTICES AND
applicability to the national
tourism. No
evidence of review
(RICH). Review reports
applicable
TECHNOLOGIES
situations of the various
mechanism for
processes
participating countries
identifying these
N.B. See Appendix A for
BAT/BAPs or for
Demonstration Logical
developing model
Frameworks
guidelines for the
adoption and
implementation
Incentives and benefits of
No regionally
Partnership Incentives
Report on Partnership
Examples of suitable
Partnerships for sustainable
applicable models for
and Benefits Analysis
Incentives and Benefits
Partnerships can be
tourism identified for all
tourism partnerships,
implemented within the
Analysis available to
identified for use as
stakeholders (civil, private
and no clear benefits
first 3 months of Project. Project.
case studies.
and public sector)
and incentives
available
Findings presented at
Records of attendance of
National Partnership
National Partnership
Meetings within 6
Meetings
months of Project
inception.
Stakeholder feedback
expresses clear
understanding of benefits
from all parties
B-3
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and
Assumptions
National Demonstrations
Limited number of
All national
MTE and TE. Reports
Demonstrations will
successfully implemented
national models and
demonstrations
from Demonstration
deliver BATS/BAPs in
and completed at selected
demonstrations of
completed before TE
Project Coordinators
every case
sites within the participating
sustainable tourism
and end of Project.
verified by PCU
countries, and delivering
BATs/BAPs currently
valuable and replicable
available within the
BAT/BAPs captured
BAT/BAPs for regional
participating
from every
synthesis and dissemination
countries.
demonstration for
regional synthesis
No facilities or plans
for regional synthesis
and dissemination
COMPONENT 2
National requirements for
Poor institutional
National reports from
Reports from National and National governments
realigning and reforming
capacity for
each country identifying
Regional Steering
willing to cooperate in
DEVELOPMENT AND
policy, legislation and
sustainable and cross-
gaps, needs and options
Committees. Confirmation providing information
IMPLEMENTATION OF
institutional responsibilities
sectoral coastal
provided to PCU by end
from PCU Confirmation
and agreeing on need
MECHANISMS FOR
to support sustainable
tourism management.
of 1st year. Reports
at MTE
for reforms or
SUSTAINABLE TOURISM
tourism, along with options
Overlapping,
reviewed and approved
realignment of policy
GOVERNANCE AND
for sustainable financial
repetitive and
by TAGS and SteerCom
and legislation
MANAGEMENT
mechanism (identified and
ineffective regulatory
(national and regional).
including institutional
approved by national
or legislative
re-modelling and fiscal
SteerComs) have captured
instruments.
options as appropriate
essential needs of the
Inappropriate policies.
countries in relation to
Absence of fiscal
sustainable tourism
options to sustain
reforms in favour of
sustainable tourism
approaches
B-4
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and
Assumptions
Model sustainable tourism
Insufficient guidance
All options and
Reports from National and Appropriate models can
strategies and models
and best practices
scenarios (including
Regional TAGs. Final
be identified from
(applicable to each of the
available to countries
feedback from
reports and
global review to
participating countries)
for sustainable coastal demonstrations)
recommendations with the provide the baseline and
developed based on all BATs tourism. Various case
examined and refined by PCU. Confirmation by
possible to modify these
and BAPS from participating
studies and lessons
month 30 of Project
MTE
to suit the regional
countries, global case study
exist but not yet
situation.
reviews, and demonstration
examined for
Sets of model strategies
lessons
applicability to the
and advisory documents
needs of the
refined which are
participating countries applicable to each
country by month 30 of
Project
National Sustainable Tourism Limited or absent
National Strategies and
Confirmation through both Governments are
Strategies and Work-Plans
management and
Work-plans that promote National and Regional
prepared to undertake
adopted, implemented and
governance within
and support reforms to
Steering Committee
such reforms and
functional within each
participating countries governance and
minutes.
government agencies
country
related to sustainable
management for
are cooperative.
tourism needs
sustainable tourism
TE Process provides
agreed and formally
detailed confirmation of
Other stakeholders
adopted by each country each national status in
willing to adopt
by beginning of 4th year
relation to implementation changes as appropriate
of Project
of sustainable tourism
management strategies.
All participating
countries have adopted
significant and
appropriate reforms
(judged by Independent
Evaluation) by end of
Project
B-5
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and
Assumptions
COMPONENT 3
Effective assessments
Current training and
Each participating
Reports lodged with PCU. Relevant stakeholders
undertaken in each
capacity inadequate to country has assessed its
Minutes of National
are fully cooperative
ASSESSMENT AND
participating country
support sustainable
needs and gaps and
Steering Committees.
and recognise the need
DELIVERY OF TRAINING
identifying gaps and needs in tourism or to
provided a formal report Confirmation by the MTE
for improvements in
AND CAPACITY
training and capacity building successfully embrace
of them same (approved
training and capacity
REQUIREMENTS
for sustainable tourism with
proposed reforms and
by the National Steering
EMPHASISING AN
national reports provided to
improvements
Committee) within 9
INTEGRATED
the PCU
months of Project
APPROACH TO
Inception
SUSTAINABLE TOURISM
Training and capacity
Limited training and
Sufficient packages
Physical presence of
Sufficient expertise
building packages developed
capacity building
developed that address
T&CB packages at the
available to develop
and approved (to include
assistance available to
the needs of all countries PCU. Confirmed by MTE appropriate and
work-plans and
date that targets the
by the 18th month
applicable packages
implementation
needs of individual
schedules/guidelines) that are countries in relation to Further updates
appropriate to national needs
sustainable tourism
provided as lessons on
and scenarios
BAPs/BATs become
available from Outcome
1 demonstrations (end of
year 3)
National T&CB implemented Limited or no T&CB
T&CB Programmes for
Confirmation by National
National Governments
successfully and
programmes operating every country under
SteerComs and through
and other tourism
demonstrating a more
within countries
implementation by mid-
MTE report
stakeholders willing to
sustainable approach to
Project
allow staff to undergo
tourism
Confirmation by National
training. All pertinent
All T&CB Programmes
SteerComs and by TE
bodies, agencies and
demonstrating clear
report (with Evaluator
operations prepared to
positive advantages to
confirming and listing
undertake capacity
sustainable tourism by
positive advantages)
building reforms.
End of Project
B-6
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and
Assumptions
COMPONENT 4
Establishment of Regional
No specific
RICH established and
PCU reports. National and Countries are willing to
Information Coordination &
coordination centre
fully operational within
Regional Steering
access and share
INFORMATION
Clearing House (RICH)
within the region
first 6 months of Project, Committee minutes.
information necessary
CAPTURE,
improving the availability,
dealing with
and reviewing and
Feedback from MTEs and
for RICH to be an
MANAGEMENT AND
access and sharing of lessons
sustainable tourism
assessing information
TEs
effective body and to
DISSEMINATION
and BAPS/BATS pertinent to information at this
pertinent to guidelines
meet its commitments to
sustainable tourism for each
level. Lack of access
and BAPS/BATs
Information within the
the Project and to the
participating country, and
to such information
RICH shows quantifiable
countries
having established formal
and guidance is
National information
improvements in
Other projects are
links with an information
severely limiting the
nodes/focal points
sustainable tourism at
willing to share data
focal point/ node agency
capacity or the
established within each
national levels (to be
and information for the
within each country
participating countries country within first 6
confirmed independently
benefit of the region.
to adopt sustainable
months of Project
by an Evaluator)
Sustainable funding can
tourism approaches
be identified during the
and policies
RICH disseminating
Project to support RICH
initial guidelines and
indefinitely
BAPS/BATs by 18th
month of Project.
Suitable National focal
nodes are identified
RICH has met
within each country that
requirements to provide
can link to RICH
all countries with
necessary models,
guidelines and
BATs/BAPs (as per
Components and
Outputs above) by end
of 3rd year of Project
Rich continues to update
models, guidelines and
BATS/BAPS based on
feedbacks from
demonstrations and
country experiences in
implementing models
and guidelines up to and
beyond the end of
B-7
Project
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and
Assumptions
Data capture and
Absence of such
All National Reports
National Reports lodged
Countries (government
management needs and gaps
specific reports that
formally approved by
with PCU
and other stakeholders)
for each country relating to
address project
National Steering
provide realistic and
sustainable tourism identified requirements. Clear
Committees and
Minutes of Regional
addressable needs and
through a national report and
presence of needs and
submitted to PCU
SteerCom
gaps requirements
a regional synthesis
gaps identified within
within first 6 months,
PDF National Reports
Presence of Regional
Synthesis of national
Synthesis confirmed by
reports submitted to
MTE
Regional Steering
Committee and
approved by 9th month
National Environmental
Limited or absent
National EIMAS models National Steering
Relevant and applicable
Information Management and capacity currently
and strategies presented
Committee minutes.
models and strategies
Advisory models created that within participating
to each country and
Confirmation by PCU.
are developed and
clearly address the needs of
countries to address
approved in-country by
Confirmation by MTE.
acceptable to countries.
sustainable tourism, along
information capture,
18th month of Project
with individual national
handling and
Expertise available to
work-plans and strategies for
management needs
Project undertake this
their implementation
related to sustainable
development
tourism
B-8
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and
Assumptions
Presence of active and
Countries have
Functional EIMAS
National and Regional
Politicians willing to act
functional EIMAS in each
identified absence of
structure within every
Steering Committee
on concise information
country showing a positive
limitations of any such participating country by
reports.
and guidance to alter
improvement in the analysis
information
mid-term of Project
policies in favour of
and distribution of
management bodies or (month 30).
MTE confirmation
sustainable tourism
information relating to
information handling
through consultation and
even when it may
sustainable tourism and
and dissemination
Confirmation from
interview (at political level conflict with their
demonstrating effective
mechanisms
stakeholders, backed up
and through multi-sectoral economic and
impact on decision-making at
by concrete evidence,
exchanges)
development aims.
the management and policy
(especially at political
levels
level) that information
Politicians and senior
handling and delivery
Line-Managers willing
process is beneficial to
to request specific
sustainable tourism
information to advise
process
and guide management
decisions
Adequate capacity and
training to provide
required information
Clear evidence of raised
Limited understanding Representative cross-
Formal Independent
Adequate resources
awareness of sustainable
of concept of
section of stakeholders
Evaluation process must
(time and costs) for
tourism issues (threats,
sustainable tourism
sufficiently aware of
interview adequate cross-
Evaluation will be made
impacts, mitigations,
and need to protect
issues related to
section of stakeholders to
available through
BATs/BAPS, etc) across all
and maintain
sustainable tourism by
confirm.
Project. This is a
sectors.
ecosystem functions
mid Project
frequent constraint
and services for the
Evidence of detailed
within GEF projects
In particular, clear positive
long-term benefit of
Significant awareness
awareness campaigns and
which can often prevent
feedback at the policy level
all (including the
confirmed at proximal
evidence of positive
an effective evaluation
of sensitivity to the needs and tourism sector)
political level
feedback (in media etc.)
and confirmation of
requirement of sustainable
(environment, tourism,
quantifiable and/or
tourism
development, planning,
Formal Independent
verifiable indicators
etc) and support shown
Evaluation process must
for sustainable tourism
interview adequate cross-
strategies and
section of senior
approaches (including
management and policy
B-9
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and
Assumptions
willingness to request
staff within all sectors
specific information
(Public and Private)
from line ministries and
expectation that there is
adequate capacity to
provide such
information
COMPONENT 5:
Effective PCU in place and
No PCU in absence of PCU established at
PCU reports. National and Countries develop a
PROJECT
improving national attitudes
Project so not
inception of Project and
Regional Steering
relationship of trust
MANAGEMENT,
and capacities for addressing
effective
fully functional and
Committee reports.
with the PCU and
COORDINATION,
sustainable tourism needs
effective throughout
APR/PIR reports.
recognise its value
MONITORING &
Project lifetime,
Confirmation by MTE and
EVALAUATION
delivering outputs as
TE process
intended
Regional Coordination
No specific regional
Regional TAG and
Minutes of Regional
Appropriate choice of
effective and improving
coordination body
Steering Committee
Steering Committee and
members. Transparent
regional capacity to assist in
appropriate to the
adopted within first
TAG.
selection process.
the development and
project objectives and
month of Project.
Membership has time
adoption of sustainable
deliverables
Confirmation by MTE and and commitment to
tourism management
Feedback from members TE process
meet regularly
practices
and other stakeholders
confirms positive role of Feedback from National
these two groups
TAGs and SteerComs and
national stakeholders as
well as other regional
`stakeholder' groups
confirmed through
Evaluation process
B-10
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and
Assumptions
National Coordination
Limited or absent
National TAGs and
National TAG and
Appropriate choice of
effective and improving
national coordination
SteerComs set up in
SteerCom Minutes.
members. Transparent
national capacity to assist in
mechanisms for
every country within
Confirmation from PCU
selection process.
the development and
sustainable tourism
first month of Project
(with records) to MTE.
Membership has time
adoption of sustainable
issue
and actively working to
and commitment to
tourism management
address sustainable
Feedback from National
meet regularly
practices.
tourism issues with the
stakeholders and
assistance of the Project
members and Regional
representatives.
Successful partnerships
Limited participation
National Partnership
Report on Partnership
established through project
of private sector
Meetings held within the Meeting.
with active and willing
partnerships, joint
first 6 months (2-3
MOU and LOU signed by
involvement with Private
ventures etc.
meetings) to present
private sector
Sector and Civil Society
information on
organisations.
Organisations.
Incentives and Benefits
Review of by MTE of the
of Partnerships.
success of Partnership
Specific indicators for
Process.
monitoring progress of
Partnerships developed
during these meetings.
Appropriate IW indicators
IW indicators not a
PCU develops IW
PCU reports, Regional
National stakeholders
developed at regional level
requirement until
indicators and circulates
SteerCom. Review of
prepared to accept IW
and adopted at national level
Project under
at national and regional
indicators by MTE
indicators to indicate
to provide monitoring and
implementation
level within first 2
success of Project
evidence of improvements in
months of Project
objective.
Sustainable tourism practices
IW indicators approved
Sufficient expertise
by National and
available in
Regional TAGs and
development of
adopted by Regional
indicators to ensure that
SteerCom as part of
they are truly indicative
Project M&E process by
of the success of the IW
month 6
process in relation to
sustainable tourism
B-11
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and
Assumptions
Appropriate Project M&E
No Project M&E plan
Project meets all
APR/PIR. Evaluation
Funding available for
processes are carried out
adopted until project
schedules and
process
Post-Project evaluation
during Project lifetime and
adopted.
requirements for M&E
and monitoring outside
beyond (where appropriate)
as specified in M&E
National and regional
of GEF process
No comparable M&E
plan on time.
reporting process post-
plan for sustainable
project
tourism exists outside
Countries and regional
of Project
coordination
mechanisms review
sustainable tourism at
national and regional
level regularly post-
project to ensure aims
and objectives of project
still being met or
exceeded
Sustainability of Project
Limited or absent
Each country adopts
Confirmed through the TE The BATs/BAPs
Objectives (and therefore
sustainable tourism
appropriate and effective process.
outputs and associated
sustainability of environment
political and financial
assessments, models,
and ecosystems alongside
mechanisms for
demonstrations and
economic development and
sustainability based on
guidelines can provide
maintenance of livelihoods)
the outputs from
applicable financial
captured through Project
Components 1 and 2
mechanisms for
outputs and deliverables
(guidelines and models)
sustainable tourism to
that address such
suit each country's
sustainability by the end
requirements and
of project
wishes.
B-12
ANNEX C
STAP Roster Technical Review
"Project Title:
Reduction of Environmental Impact from Coastal Tourism through
Introduction of Policy Changes and Strengthening Public-Private
Partnerships
Short Title:
Implementing Sustainable Coastal Tourism in Sub-Saharan Africa
(SCTSSA)
GEF Implementing Agency:
United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP)
Executing Agencies:
United Nations Industrial Development Organization (UNIDO)
World
Tourism
Organisation
(WTO)
Requesting Countries:
Regional: (Cameroon, Gambia, Ghana, Kenya, Mozambique, Nigeria,
Senegal, Seychelles, and Tanzania)
Eligibility:
The countries are eligible under para. 9 (b) of the GEF
Instrument.
GEF Focal Areas:
International Waters
GEF Programming Framework: Contaminant Based Program (OP#10)
By Dr. Eric Wolanski, PhD, DSc, FTSE, FIE Aust
E-mail:
e.wolanski@aims.gov.au
March
20,
2006
General comments:
This proposal has great potential. It addresses the impact of tourism on coastal ecosystems and coastal
people in 9 African countries, namely five in West Africa, three in East Africa, and one island country in the
Indian Ocean. All these countries are developing their coastal tourism and are facing somewhat similar problems
although there are large variations from country to country and even from site to site.
The potential of coastal tourism to help the countries economically is well highlighted. The threat that
coastal tourism poses to ecological sustainability is also well highlighted. There is no problem there, all is good.
The proposed solutions are generally good. The program will result in significant local benefits
including principally (1) capacity building, (2) gathering the information needed for sound management
decisions, (3) opening a dialogue between the local people, the government at local and federal levels, and the
tourism industry, (4) getting the local people committed to ecologically sustainable development, (5) accrediting
with an ecological certificate those individual hotels and tourism operators that do the right thing for the local
communities and the environment. All these outputs are most laudable and are well worth the money spent. This
proposal should be funded, after revisions as per the suggestions below.
Specific suggestions
I recommend that the proposal be somewhat fine-tuned and improved.
· In this proposal the quality and soundness of the action plans vary from country to country. The problems,
potential, and action plan for Ghana for example are very well described and appear very sound indeed.
· So as those for Senegal.
· Those of Tanzania are vague and ill-defined. Further the Tanzania component is missing the Saadani
National Park, yet it is the only national park in East Africa that has all the assets (white beaches, turtles, a
perennial freshwater river, wildlife, mangroves and coral reefs, and surrounding communities that will
degrade the environment and already do as they do not feel that they are stakeholders) and has a tourism
industry that will grow exponentially! That is clearly THE key site in Tanzania to involve in this project.
The Tanzania component reads poorly and the action plan is unconvincing to me. Without clear information
I get the feeling that the money for Tanzania will just be gobbled up by administration with not many
outputs to show.
· The Kenyan component also reads poorly and is unconvincing to me. I mean by that that it can be made
better. As it is, I suspect that it will fail in its objectives. What is specifically missing is,
1) The need to use ecohydrology as a guiding principle. What is needed is a link to the GEF
project "Addressing Land-based Activities in the Western Indian Ocean (WIO-LaB)". This is
not a simple academic criticism, it is serious and based on facts. For instance the coral reefs
near Malindi help support Kenya tourism industries and, even if this proposal was financed in
C-1
full, they will die by being smothered by mud from soil eroded from the Kenya highlands
hundreds of km away. So local initiatives, such as this proposal, for coastal management will
fail in the long-term if the issue of land-use in the river catchments are not addressed at the
same time. Two useful references to convince the reader that this is true are:
Wolanski E. (2001). Oceanographic Processes on Coral Reefs: Physical and Biological
Links in the Great Barrier Reef. CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida, 356 pp.
Wolanski, E., L.A. Boorman, L. Chicharo, E. Langlois-Saliou, R. Lara, A.J. Plater,
R.J. Uncles, M. Zalewski. (2004). Ecohydrology as a new tool for sustainable
management of estuaries and coastal waters. Wetlands Ecology and Management 12,
235-276.
2) The link to the management of Marine Protected Areas. The tourism industry is heavily
dependent on these MPAs. The tourism industry is locally exerting much pressure on these
MPAs. The proposal should include the management of these MPAs.
· The Mozambique component is good, especially as the tourism industry is just really developing and it
is possible to avoid massive ecological degradation. It is however missing the critical link to MPAs.
The tourism industry in the long-term will depend on MPAs. I suspect that, like the Tanzanian
component, action plans in specific areas also need attention to land-based issues from land-use in the
river catchments.
· The Seychelles action plan is very good.
· I am not sufficiently familiar with the on-the-ground situation in Nigeria, Cameroon and Gambia to
review the practicalities of the proposal. On reading the proposal, it sounds good and realistic.
General criticism
· The action plans for all the countries in this proposal fail to recognize the critical factor that may limit
coastal tourism and exacerbate conflicts with local communities, namely the lack of freshwater in
drought conditions. In East Africa droughts occur every 5-10 years so they have to be factored in the
proposal. In West Africa droughts also occur, with a different cycle and usually even more severe. At
the same time, tourism and the hope of jobs accelerate in-country migration. In most of these countries
in this proposal the coastal population grows at a rate of 4-5% per year! It doubles every 10-15 years.
How to provide water to the people that are increasingly concentrated in a thin strip along the coast is a
national problem the tourism industry is part of it. This is not just the solution of building dams it
also requires addressing land-use issues in the rivers even far from the coast (i.e. using ecohydrology as
the guiding principle: see
http://www.unesco.org/water/ihp/). Thus the water supply companies (where water is privatized) and
government agencies (where water is not privatized) and the land users from where water drains
need to get involved in this proposal to address long-term sustainability of coastal development.
· This study, if not integrated with land-use management issue (i.e. with the WIO-LaB project)
may fail in its objectives of ecological sustainability of coastal management. The same story is
repeated worldwide where integrated coastal zone management plans are drawn up (Haward, 1996;
Billé et al., 2002; Tagliani et al., 2003; Pickaver et al., 2004; Lau, 2005) but, in the presence of
significant river input, most are bound to fail because they commonly deal only with local, coastal
issues, and do not consider the whole river catchment as the fundamental planning unit. It is as if the
land, the river, the estuary, and the sea were not part of the same system. When dealing with estuaries
and coastal waters, in most countries land-use managers, water-resources managers, and coastal and
fisheries managers do not cooperate effectively due to administrative, economic and political
constraints, and the absence of a forum where their ideas and approaches are shared and discussed
(Wolanski et al., 2004). To help alleviate this problem, UNESCO-IHP has launched the ecohydrology
program. In this program, the concept of ecohydrology is introduced as a holistic approach to the
management of rivers, estuaries and coastal zones within entire river catchments, by adopting science-
based solutions to management issues that restore or enhance natural processes as well as the use of
technological solutions (Zalewski, 2002).
Additional references
Billé, R., Mermet, L. 2002. Integrated coastal management at the regional level: lessons from Toliary, Madagascar. Ocean
& Coastal Management 45, 4158.
Haward, M. 1996. Institutional framework for Australian ocean and coastal management. Ocean & Coastal Management
33, 19-39.
C-2
Lau, M. 2005. Integrated coastal zone management in the People's Republic of China--An assessment of structural
impacts on decision-making processes. Ocean & Coastal Management 48, 115159.
Pickaver, A.H., Gilbert, C., Breton, F. 2004. An indicator set to measure the progress in the implementation of integrated
coastal zone management in Europe. Ocean & Coastal Management 47, 449462.
Tagliani, P.R.A., Landazuri, H., Reis, E.G., Tagliani, C.R., Asmus, M.L., Sánchez-Arcilla, A. 2003.
Integrated coastal zone management in the Patos Lagoon estuary: perspectives in context of
developing country. Ocean & Coastal Management 46, 807822.
Wolanski, E., Boorman, L. A., Chícharo, L., Langlois-Saliou, E., Lara, R., Plater, A.J., Uncles, R.J., Zalewski. M. 2004.
Ecohydrology as a new tool for sustainable management of estuaries and coastal waters. Wetlands Ecology and
Management 12, 235-276.
Zalewski, M. 2002. Ecohydrology--the use of ecological and hydrological processes for sustainable
management of water resources. Hydrological Sciences Bulletin
C-3
ANNEX C-1
STAP ROSTER TECHNICAL REVIEW AND RESPONSE
AMENDMENT
REVIEWER'S COMMENTS
RESPONSE
LOCATIONS
The Action Plans for Tanzania are vague and ill-defined It is unclear whether this comment applies to the overall Tanzania
The following text has been
and misses the Saadani National Park, yet it is the only
Demonstration Project or certain activities within the Project given that it
added in the appropriate places
national park in East Africa that has all the assets (white
references `Action Plans' and not demonstrations. The actual Objectives and
to clarify the requirement for
beaches, turtles, a perennial freshwater river, wildlife,
Activities are clearly stated, starting with the aims of the demonstration as:
more detailed work-plans:
mangroves and coral reefs, and surrounding
Strengthening physical planning and institutional co-ordination
communities that will degrade the environment and
mechanisms for coastal tourism
Project Brief, P.41 Each
already do as they do not feel that they are stakeholders)
Demonstration clearly defines
Catalysing community involvement and partnerships for ecotourism
and has a tourism industry that will grow exponentially!
ventures and environmental management
its objectives, activities and
That is clearly THE key site in Tanzania to involve in
deliverables. However, in
Strengthening existing policy, legislation and institutional arrangements for
this project. The Tanzania component reads poorly and
better environmental regulation of the tourism industry
order to provide direct
the action plan is unconvincing to me. Without clear
guidance and measurable
Catalysing voluntary environmental regulation by the tourism industry
information I get the feeling that the money for Tanzania
benchmarks for progress,
Following this the Project goes into some considerable details regarding the
will just be gobbled up by administration with not many
sequential work-plans for each
activities (two pages of descriptions) in respect to what the Demo will be
outputs to show
of the proposed
delivering and even presents these under the following activity headings:
demonstrations will be
· Policies, regulations and capacity building
presented to the Steering
· Alternative livelihoods, poverty alleviation and revenue generation for Committee at the Inception
conservation (ecotourism)
Phase for formal adoption.
· Mitigation of impacts on reef
· EMS and eco-certification
There is considerable detail provided under each of these headings on
Project Brief, P. 80 -
deliverables. However, this could have been given much clearer definition with
Individual work-plans will be
a more precise and sequential tabular work-plan which presents what is being
prepared by the country for
done when and by whom. We feel that this would adequately resolve this
the demonstration projects as
particular perception of vagueness and ill-definition. Each demonstration will
listed in Appendix A. The
now be required to present a specific work-plan of delivery at the Inception Inception Workshop will also
stage of the Project that will be reviewed and approved by both National
review these individual work-
and Regional level Steering Committees. This will also be consistent with the plans which will be formally
requirement of an overall work-plan for the entire project which would also be
adopted by the Steering
presented at the Inception stage and formal agreed.
Committee.
In response to the comments regarding the Saadani National Park, the sites
Appendix A , P.95 - It should
C-4
AMENDMENT
REVIEWER'S COMMENTS
RESPONSE
LOCATIONS
adopted for the demonstration activities in Tanzania went through a detailed
be noted that Saadani
country-driven selection process which began some years ago with a national
National Park (close top
hotspot and sensitive area review for each country. This is a standard
Bagamoyo) has also been
requirement now for any GEF demonstration selection activity and follows the
identified as a sensitive areas
detailed guidelines and criteria which have evolved through the GIWA (Global
through the TCMP process
International Waters Assessment) process. The identified hot spots were: Dar
and is the focus of a separate
Es Salaam city, Zanzibar municipality and Tanga municipality. The identified
initiative by the Coastal
sensitive areas were: Bagamoyo, Tanga coastal area, Rufiji-Mafia-Kilwa
Resources Center, University
complex, Pemba, Unguja East Coast, Latham Island and Mtwara-Mnazi bay
of Rhode Island for
area. Based on the information on the Aggregated tables for hotpots and
sustainable tourism
sensitive areas, a list of 3 top prioritised hot spots and 3 top prioritised sensitive development and partnerships.
areas was prepared. The exercise resulted in selecting Rufiji-Mafia-Kilwa
The GEF demonstration will
complex, Tanga Coastal Area and Bagamoyo District as the priority sensitive
coordinate closely in the
areas. Since only three hot spots were identified, i.e., Dar Es Salaam, Tanga
transfer of lessons and best
Municipality and Zanzibar Municipality, all three were taken as priority hot
practices between the two
spots. Out of this list of Hotspots and Sensitive areas, the country selection
areas, and with other
process (undertaken by national experts) chose the 3 highlighted areas for
appropriate areas within the
sustainable tourism demonstrations. As required by GEF, this was a
Project system boundary.
participatory national stakeholder process that arrived at this selection. The
Selection process for the proposed demonstration is explained in detail in the
introductory section to Appendix 1.
The Demonstration document does make reference to the Tanzania Coastal
Management Partnership for Sustainable Coastal Communities and Ecosystems
(TCMP). This initiative is already addressing the Saadani National Park, which
is one reason why the GEF efforts will concentrate on Bagamoya (these two
areas are effectively adjacent). However, as is clearly defined in the Project
Document. The demonstrations serve to capture BAPs and BATs for very
specific processes related to sustainable tourism and these will then be
replicated at appropriate sites, including the Saadani National Park so this
sensitive area will benefit from the Project in very real terms. This linkage
between the two efforts is now highlighted within the demonstration.
The GEF and co-funding could not be `gobbled up by administration' as A. the
deliverables are clearly defined, B. a work-plan will be adopted at Inception
with clear linkages to budget expenditure, and B. the detailed Project M&E
C-5
AMENDMENT
REVIEWER'S COMMENTS
RESPONSE
LOCATIONS
process presented in the Project Document would prevent this from happening.
The Kenyan component ....can be made better...What is The linkages between watershed management (ecohydrology), environmental
P.19 (Regional Context) - In
specifically missing is:
flow and the health and well-being of coastal ecosystems and their functions
particular, the WIO-Lab
1. The need to use ecohydrology as a guiding principle.
and services is well-documented and taken into consideration as a matter of
project will be addressing
What is needed is a link to the GEF project "Addressing standard process and requirement in the development of any project of this
land-based sources of
Land-based Activities in the Western Indian Ocean
nature. However, it is out of context and missing the principles and objectives
pollution. This is particularly
(WIO-LaB)". This is not a simple academic criticism, it of this proposal to state that `local initiatives such as this proposal for coastal
important in the context of
is serious and based on facts. For instance the coral reefs management will fail in the long-term if the issues of land use in the long-term
water and sediment quality
near Malindi help support Kenya tourism industries and, are not addressed at the same time'. GEF and its various Implementing
flowing into the coastal areas
even if this proposal was financed in full, they will die
Agencies are focusing enormous resources now on land management issues,
from watershed and highlands.
by being smothered by mud from soil eroded from the
especially in relation to land-based sources of pollution and within the now-
The potential impact of these
Kenya highlands hundreds of km away. So local
standard approaches that integrate coastal and watershed management. The
freshwater inputs on coastal
initiatives, such as this proposal, for coastal management important factors that need to be taken into considered in the context of the
environments (both from the
will fail in the long-term if the issue of land-use in the
current submission are A. achievable objectives and B. inter-linkages and
point-of-view of sediment load
river catchments are not addressed at the same time.
complementary action (while avoiding duplication).
and maintaining
Two useful references to convince the reader that this is
environmental flow through
true are:
A.
GEF is well-aware from more than a decade of experience that over- wetlands and estuaries) is
Wolanski E. (2001). Oceanographic Processes on Coral R reaching objectives and unrealistic goals not only threaten the delivery and critical to maintaining marine
Physical and Biological Links in the Great Barrier Reef. success of a Project but also severely threatens the overall investment by GEF. ecosystems and their functions.
Press, Boca Raton, Florida, 356 pp.
Too many Projects have started as a concept to address one specific issues (or The Broad Development Goal
Wolanski, E., L.A. Boorman, L. Chicharo, E. Langlois-Sal set of issues) and have needed up stretching too far in attempting to resolve all of WIO-Lab is to contribute to
Lara, A.J. Plater, R.J. Uncles, M. Zalewski. (2004). Ecoh the threats and barriers to environmental sustainability within a country or the environmentally-
as a new tool for sustainable management of estuaries and even a region in one shot. The emphasis in today's GEF is to build a sustainable management and
waters. Wetlands Ecology and Management 12, 235-276. foundation or `platform' which remains sustainable and allows for other development of the West
related issues to be addressed once an `environment' of trust and partnership Indian Ocean region, by
has developed, and once new approaches to governance and greater capacity reducing land-based activities
and training has been attained. The Project aims to address the Reduction of that harm rivers, estuaries,
Environmental Impact from Coastal Tourism through Introduction of and coastal waters, as well as
Policy Changes and Strengthening Public-Private Partnerships. This in their biological resources. In
itself is a fairly optimistic aim and a very serious challenge for 9 countries particular WIO-Lab will be
within a 5 year GEF Project. In order to stand a reasonable chance of success establishing common methods
and sustainability, the Project will need to keep that focus sharply on the direct for assessing water and
impacts from coastal tourism and not drift into other albeit important issues sediment quality, estimating
which would need to be (and, indeed, are) the focus of a more specific the carrying capacity of the
initiative(s). Coastal impacts are synergistic and chronic in nature and cannot coastal waters, establishing
all be mitigated at the same time. If this Project can succeed in its aims then regional Environmental
C-6
AMENDMENT
REVIEWER'S COMMENTS
RESPONSE
LOCATIONS
one set of serious impacts will have been significantly reduced thereby Quality Objectives and
allowing the ecosystem to respond to other impacts more effectively.
Environmental Quality
Standards (EQO/EQS) for
B.
The Project Brief makes various note of the activities of UNEP within water and sediment quality,
the region in relation to land-based sources of pollution (including sediments) and implementing
which are the direct concern of UNEP GPA/LBA and which are being demonstration projects for
addressed through the WIO-Lab project and an number of other projects major land-based activities
including the Tanzania Coastal Management Partnership. The WIO-Lab and pollutant sources
project is a Sister-Project of the current SCTSSA and was evolved form the (building on the African
African Process to be a complementary and inter-linked effort to reduce the Process results which
various priority threats and impacts on the coastal environment.
identified specific hot spots
requiring intervention). The
The need to coordinate with WIO-Lab is mentioned under Component 4 which
WIO-Lab Project evolved out
discusses the regional information management and coordination mechanisms
of the same process as the
which the Project will develop.
current Project whereby a
number of priority impacts
In short, the issue of sedimentation and environmental flow is being covered
were defined (The African
through a closely coordinated UNEP Project (as well as other activities).
Process) and in this respect,
Additional text has been added to the document to make this clearer. The reader the proposed Sustainable
should need no convincing if they are aware of the African Process (as now
Tourism project and the WIO-
clarified in the document) and the issues and concerns being addressed and can
Lab project are (in a very real
view these within the regional context as explained above. However, We are
sense) complementary sister-
more than willing to include the proposed references into the Project Document. projects addressing different
but inter-linked priority areas.
As such, close partnership and
coordination will be developed
both between the main
regional Projects and between
the various demonstration
projects for each initiative.
P. 24 (Threats and Root
Causes) - Many of the other
high-priority issues relating to
coastal impacts (e.g. sediment
levels from land-based source,
C-7
AMENDMENT
REVIEWER'S COMMENTS
RESPONSE
LOCATIONS
and constraints to
environmental flow) are being
addressed by project like WIO-
Lab that were developed in
parallel with the current
SCTSSA project. The
importance of addressing such
issues has been well-document
(reference footnoted)
P.31 (Baseline) - Closely
related Projects such as WIO-
Lab (that have arisen from the
same African Process for the
Development and Protection
of the Marine and Coastal
Environment in Sub-Saharan
Africa would continue to
address issues such as
sedimentation but without the
critical linkages to this other
priority issue (sustainable
tourism).
FURTHER ON KENYAN COMPONENT...
The overall aim of this Demonstration is to address sustainable tourism
Appendix A, P.61 various
2. The link to the management of Marine Protected
planning and management as an integrated approach which inherently includes
references to the role of MPAs
Areas. The tourism industry is heavily dependent on
any conflicts between tourism and MPAS which may constrain such
in tourism and the need to
these MPAs. The tourism industry is locally exerting
sustainability. MPAs are just one area under conflict and community needs also address sustainable tourism in
much pressure on these MPAs. The proposal should
often overlap and create friction within these areas. This also needs to be
relation to MPAs now added,
include the management of these MPAs.
addressed. Also, not all MPAs should be immediately associated with tourism
including `MPAs are vital to
as some Reserves and MPA designations would need to be outside of this sector the tourism sector but also
and serve a primary function for pure conservation rather than awareness.
come under much pressure as
However, in order to address the concern raised and in recognition of the
a result of tourist interest and
important role played by MPAs within tourism, especially in Kenya, amended
potential revenues'. AND as a
text has been added to the Demonstration which should clarify this inter-
primary End-of-Project
linkages and the need to resolve conflicts and mitigate related impacts.
Landscape Output - `National
C-8
AMENDMENT
REVIEWER'S COMMENTS
RESPONSE
LOCATIONS
Tourism Policy specified and
revised for sustainable coastal
tourism and resolution of
conflicts between tourism and
MPAs.'
The Mozambique component is good, especially as the
Again, the linkages should be inherent as the entire concept of sustainable
Amendments in Appendix A
tourism industry is just really developing and it is
tourism within this Project relates to the integrated management of all areas and
possible to avoid massive ecological degradation. It is
sectors. In the case of Mozambique the demonstration concept is evolving
P.66 `High priority will be
however missing the critical link to MPAs. The tourism before the MPAs and so they will be captured through the overall focus on
given to identifying the
industry in the long-term will depend on MPAs. I
community-based ecotourism, reef management and environmental
integrated roles of sustainable
suspect that, like the Tanzanian component, action plans management systems.
tourism and the designation of
in specific areas also need attention to land-based issues
The overall OBJECTIVE of the Demonstration is defined as `to promote the
and management of MPAs'.
from land-use in the river catchments.
improved conservation, management and monitoring of coastal biodiversity,
and to enhance and diversify sustainable local livelihoods through ecotourism
P.66 `Strengthening of
as a means of alleviating poverty.' Furthermore, the demonstration clearly
institutional capacities, in
identified the Pomene Game Reserve in the coastal zone of Massinga District as development of management
an area where the demonstration would assist in the development of an MPA
zoning plans and regulations
linked to ecotourism.. One of the identified activities is to `Initiate necessary
to control use and generate
participatory, mapping and regulatory processes with the aim of establishing a
revenues for conservation
Marine Protected Area (which would generate income for conservation
management (with a clear
management)'.
focus on the development of
MPAs linked to tourism)'.
It should be noted however that while the proposed demonstration area may not
include an existing MPA (as they do not exist yet in the areas selected), the
development of MPAs for eco-tourism purposes through the project driven by
AND as a primary End-of-
the local community, are likely to have a greater chance of success in the long
Project Landscape Output
term than if the project were to be developed in an existing MPA that had been
on P. 69 `This will include
established with little community participation. Community involvement in the
the designation and
process of planning etc will develop a great sense of ownership, and the direct
management of MPAs in
benefits achieved through co-management approaches will also be greater.
relation to tourism needs and
community management
However, amended text has been added that strengthens the references to MPAs strategies.'
in the context of tourism.
The same comments relating to land-based issues as used in response to
Tanzania apply equally to Mozambique
C-9
AMENDMENT
REVIEWER'S COMMENTS
RESPONSE
LOCATIONS
The action plans for all the countries in this proposal fail The Demonstrations (Action Plans?) as per the overall Project Brief address the Amendments to Project
to recognize the critical factor that may limit coastal
freshwater issue as well as seeing it in the context of other initiatives. This
Brief
tourism and exacerbate conflicts with local
Project is focussing specifically on the Reduction of Environmental Impact
communities, namely the lack of freshwater in drought
from Coastal Tourism through Introduction of Policy Changes and
P.38 - Such activities would
conditions. In East Africa droughts occur every 5-10
Strengthening Public-Private Partnerships and not aiming to address specific include the development of
years so they have to be factored in the proposal. In
limiting factors for the development of tourism (such as shortages of water)
more appropriate water
West Africa droughts also occur, with a different cycle
which is more strictly an economic development activity. The `sustainability' in resource management and
and usually even more severe. At the same time, tourism the context of the Project is related to tourism that can continue, thrive and
conservation mechanisms and
and the hope of jobs accelerate in-country migration. In
develop while reducing impacts on the environment and on ecosystems of
technologies, wastewater
most of these countries in this proposal the coastal
transboundary importance. However, the Project does note there are clear
treatment and handling
population grows at a rate of 4-5% per year! It doubles
linkages between tourism impacts and freshwater concerns (overuse and poor
processes, construction
every 10-15 years. How to provide water to the people
management) and that these can have serious impacts on the environment. In
standards and set-backs, etc.
that are increasingly concentrated in a thin strip along
this context the Project is addressing many of these issues through the
the coast is a national problem the tourism industry is
Demonstrations and through the capture of BAP and BATs. Those
P. 38 Project...focus on
part of it. This is not just the solution of building dams
Demonstrations that will be dealing with EMS are designed to encourage
targeted demonstrations at the
it also requires addressing land-use issues in the rivers
private sector tourism operators to take a more responsible attitude to their
national level to show how the
even far from the coast (i.e. using ecohydrology as the
water resource management strategies and to develop better monitoring
actual on-the-ground threats
guiding principle: see
processes along with minimising wastes and identifying recycling processes.
(such as water contamination
http://www.unesco.org/water/ihp/). Thus the water
All of these BAT and BAPs (far too numerous to mention individually but the
and overuse, and wastewater
supply companies (where water is privatized) and
needs are clearly stated in the threats and root causes) will be captured under
discharges) might be
government agencies (where water is not privatized)
Component 1.Also, through Component 1, the Project will undertake a regional addressed by different
and the land users from where water drains need to get Partnership Incentives and Benefits Analysis that will identify the most
strategies and how the results
involved in this proposal to address long-term
appropriate models for such partnerships and demonstrate the value of
of these demonstration
sustainability of coastal development.
developing partnerships for the different stakeholder groups (private sector,
activities could then be
civil society and public sector) in the tourism sector in sub-Saharan Africa. This captured, transferred and
includes the identification of direct financial benefits, such as cost-savings
replicated.
associated with increased efficiency and reduced use of resources including
water. What, in fact, this Project is doing is delivering `real' examples through
demonstrations of how such partnerships can be developed to address water
resource management issues related to tourism.
The Project also identifies of other initiatives that are aiming to deal with these
issues as direct needs. At the regional level such Projects include WIO-Lab, the
GEF Atlantic and Indian Ocean SIDS Integrated Water Resource and
Wastewater Management Project, Ground Water and Drought Management in
SADC, and a series of Projects that are addressing the Reversal of Land and
C-10
AMENDMENT
REVIEWER'S COMMENTS
RESPONSE
LOCATIONS
Water Degradation Trends as well as River Basin Water and Environmental
Management. These are listed under Annex G in the Project Brief. The Project
will be ensuring close linkages to such initiatives through Components 4 and 5.
Some text has been added to Component 1 to make the intention to address
these issues even clearer and less ambiguous
This study, if not integrated with land-use
The project does in fact address the need for integrated planning and
Amendments to Project
management issue (i.e. with the WIO-LaB project)
management of coastal zones, and it is using the development of tourism
Brief
may fail in its objectives of ecological sustainability
destinations as the catalyst to develop such approaches. Several of the
of coastal management. The same story is repeated
demonstrations (including Kenya and Tanzania) specifically tackle the need for
Component 4 - P.48 -
worldwide where integrated coastal zone management
integration, while the other demonstrations are intended to demonstration and
Strengthening and/or
plans are drawn up (Haward, 1996; Billé et al., 2002;
develop BATs and BAPs for other pertinent issues and concerns (e.g. EMS etc). Development of close linkages
Tagliani et al., 2003; Pickaver et al., 2004; Lau, 2005)
between national and regional
but, in the presence of significant river input, most are
This however is also why the study WILL be integrated with its sister-project,
Projects dealing with diverse
bound to fail because they commonly deal only with
the WIO-Lab Project (as defined above) in the Indian Ocean and GCLME on
issues related to watershed
local, coastal issues, and do not consider the whole river the Atlantic coast, as well as other similar Project as defined in Annex G. GEF
and coastal management that
catchment as the fundamental planning unit. It is as if
has had a standard practice for some years now of dealing with these issues at
may affect sustainable tourism
the land, the river, the estuary, and the sea were not part
the watershed-to-coast level. This is another reason why such emphasis is
and its relation to ecosystem
of the same system. When dealing with estuaries and
being placed on participatory stakeholder involvement in Project
management and maintenance
coastal waters, in most countries land-use managers,
implementation both at the regional level and even more so at the national
of ecosystem functions
water-resources managers, and coastal and fisheries
(demonstration) level. One of the primary functions of a GEF Project is to
(including but not limited to
managers do not cooperate effectively due to
overcome the very issues raised i.e. inadequate cooperation and or partnership)
those listed in Annex G).
administrative, economic and political constraints, and
and this is an overarching function of this Project. This is why fora and
the absence of a forum where their ideas and approaches workshops are built into the Project to address this (see Implementation and
are shared and discussed (Wolanski et al., 2004). To
Management). However, the Project is happy to cooperate with UNESCO-IHP
help alleviate this problem, UNESCO-IHP has launched and will be looking to this initiative for very real partnership and co-funding.
the ecohydrology program. In this program, the concept
The explanation of the concept of UNESCO-IHP (and their ecohydrology
of ecohydrology is introduced as a holistic approach to
program) is directly in line with the aims, objectives and deliverables of the
the management of rivers, estuaries and coastal zones
current Project and of GEF as a whole both of which adopt an overall holistic
within entire river catchments, by adopting science-
approach. This is not a new concept and has been at the forefront of GEF and
based solutions to management issues that restore or
UN policy for some years now. This confirms why this Project places so much
enhance natural processes as well as the use of
emphasis on the development of Best Available Practices and Best Available
technological solutions (Zalewski, 2002).
technologies through both the demonstration process and through the capture of
case studies.
C-11
AMENDMENT
REVIEWER'S COMMENTS
RESPONSE
LOCATIONS
Furthermore, many of these issues are being addressed through other initiatives
such as WIO-Lab, AOC-Hycos (Système d'Observation du Cycle Hydrologique
de l'Afrique de l'Ouest et Centrale), etc. (which collects all hydrological
platforms data from West and Central Africa, and makes up a continuous
updating hydrological database). As in the PDF stage, these linkages will be
closely developed during the early stages through Component 4 as discussed in
the Main Project Brief
In summary, this Project has not been designed in isolation from other
initiatives as has been made clear in the text and there are clearly defined
linkages, partnerships and for a for cross-sharing of lessons and best practices
as well as for cost- and effort-sharing to build on each others initiatives.
Development of a single `ridge-to-reef ` style approach for watershed and
coastal management in 9 countries is reminiscent of the old approach whereby
Projects failed in the face of far too optimistic intentions. Such projects have
given clear lessons that successful initiatives within today's donor portfolios
need to be highly focused but also closely interlinked to achieve an integrated
approach at a localised level.
The text of the Brief has been amended to clarify the need for close linkages
and coordination through Component 4.
C-12
APPENDIX A
NATIONAL DEMONSTRATIONS FOR SUSTAINABLE COASTAL TOURISM IN
SUB -SAHARAN AFRICA (SCTSSA)
The regional coastal tourism project seeks to reduce the negative impacts of coastal tourism in Sub-Saharan
Africa as identified in the GEF MSP on the Development and Protection of the Coastal and Marine Environment
in Sub Saharan Africa, the "African Process", through the implementation of pilot demonstration projects and
promoting the development of sustainable tourism policies and strategies in a the participating countries.
The major focus of the full regional Project is the on-the ground demonstrations of specific sustainable tourism
strategies, in order to deliver actual achievements in mitigation and resolution of threats and root causes, and to
refine the Best Available Practices (BAPs) and Best Available Technologies (BATs) with a view to developing
and implementing reforms at the policy and legislative level resulting in reduction in tourism-related land-based
impacts and contaminants. These demonstrations will use a range of strategies to address the key barriers to
sustainable tourism that were identified in the Portfolio of Project Proposals35 and endorsed by the participating
countries during the Second Phase of the "African Process". These key issues will be addressed in recognized
hotspots / sensitive areas that were selected by the countries. The process by which these particular
demonstrations were chosen has been rigorous and is explained in further detail below.
These demonstrations represent a discrete Component of the overall project (Component 1 Capture of Best
Available Practices and Technologies Output 1B). Within this Component, a number of Demonstration Pilot
Projects have been developed at the national level to:
1B.1
Establishment and Implementation of Environmental Management Systems and Voluntary Eco-
certification and Labelling Schemes;
1B.2
Development of eco-tourism to alleviate poverty, through sustainable alternative livelihoods and
generate revenues for conservation of biodiversity and the benefit of the local community;
1B.3
Promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally
significant biodiversity through improved reef recreation management.
The demonstration projects are inherently aimed at reducing the coastal pollution from the land-based activities
in conformity with the Global Program of Action for the Protection of the Marine Environment from Land-based
Activities (GPA/LBA) in accordance with the Nairobi Convention for the Protection, Management and
Development of Marine and Coastal Environment of the Eastern African Region (Nairobi, 1985); the Abidjan
Convention for Cooperation in the protection and development of the Marine and Coastal Environment of the
West and central African region (Abidjan, 1981) and the Cape Town Declaration on an African Process for the
Development and Protection of the Coastal and Marine Environment (December 1998).
There are and have been a number of projects in the region related to coastal and natural resource management
supported by multiple regional/international organisations and donors, including GEF, EU/EC, IUCN, WWF,
World Bank, SIDA, UNEP, UNDP, UNIDO and UN-WTO. The demonstration projects presented here have
been developed by the countries fully taking into account existing or other proposed initiatives to ensure
minimal overlap. Linkages with several of these projects, such as the UNEP/GEF WIO-Lab and GCLME project
are already well established and will be maintained. Coordination with these and other projects through project
will ensure that both the existing initiatives and the proposed Project will benefit through complementary
activities on capacity building and institutional strengthening, and through exchange of best practices arising
from the demonstrations. The Logical Framework Analyses tables for these demonstrations are presented below.
DEMONSTRATION PILOT SITE SELECTION PROCESS
The demonstration projects have been developed through a participatory national stakeholder process selection
process that involved the following five steps. During the GEF/UNDP MSP entitled the African Process an
35
TOU1- Development of Sustainable Coastal Tourism Policies and Strategies;
TOU2-Promoting Environmental Sustainability within the Tourism Industry through Implementation of an Eco-
certification and Labeling Pilot Programme for Hotels;
TOU3-Preparation of National Ecotourism Policies/Strategies and Identification of Pilot Projects for
Implementation;
TOU4-Pilot Measures to Demonstrate the Best Practices in Mitigating Environmental Impacts of Tourism:-
Reef Recreation Management.
Appendix A-1
Integrated Problem Analysis (IPA), similar to standard Global International Waters Assessments (GIWA), was
used to identify Hotspots and Sensitive Areas in each of the participating countries (with the exception of
Cameroon). During the PDFB phase of this Project, demonstration sites were refined using a specific set tourism
related criteria. Concept papers were prepared and these were reviewed by the Project Steering Committee. Full
demonstration projects were then developed following a set of rigorous criteria and these were submitted to the
Steering Committee for approval. This process is further explained in more detail below:
1. Hotspot/Sensitive
Area Selection Process
Countries identified Hotspots or Sensitive area during the African Process using an Integrated Problem Analysis
process following detailed guidelines and criteria which have evolved through the GIWA (Global International
Waters Assessment) process. Based on the information aggregated tables, a list of 3 top prioritised hot spots and
3 top prioritised sensitive areas was prepared.
2. National Demonstration Pilot Project Development
During the PDFB phase of project36, participating countries were required to prepare National Tourism Reports
and identify demonstration projects. The Countries were guided through the site selection process by a team of
technical experts, through a series of multi-stakeholder regional, sub-regional and national meetings, as well as
site visits and targeted consultations. The pilot projects were thereby arrived at through consensual agreement
following extensive consultation with a large number of stakeholders from the private sector, community based
organisation and the public sector who the workshops or were consulted on an individual basis through this
process in each of the participating countries.
The First Regional Meeting (Mahe, Seychelles, 2nd 5th May 2005) was attended by all the participating
countries, and served to introduce the countries to the project and the key components. Sub-regional workshops
in East Africa (Nyali Beach, Kenya 21st-23rd September 2005) and West Africa (Banjul, Gambia, 4th-6th October
2005) discussed the project in more detail and aimed to assist the countries select and develop specific
demonstration projects to address the key national issues. Further targeted national level consultations that
involved a broad spectrum of private and public sector and community based organisations were carried in each
of the countries with the assistance of the team of technical experts.
Guidelines for the country reports included a basic set of criteria to help countries identify suitable sites on the
basis of: the availability of the basic tourism features, background information, presence of sustainability
issues, and the willingness of local stakeholders to participate. The initial criteria provided for identification of
potential sites for demonstration projects were as follows:
· A definable tourism destination (e.g. a bay or a well defined coastal zone) not a dispersed region or set of
destinations.
· A coastal zone/destination that contains features and assets related to the project elements:
Attractive beach areas in place
Has access and basic infrastructure
Tourism facilities and services, especially accommodation, in place
There are attractive and well-preserved natural areas or protected areas, with actual or potential ecotourism
use
There are coral reef areas (in the East African countries), with actual or potential tourism use
There is an active and relatively organized community
· A coastal zone that corresponds to a specific jurisdiction, e.g. a local authority - therefore making data
collection and project coordination easier.
· Availability of data and information (general background information, information on tourism activities and
tourism stakeholders). It is advantageous if there are any documents on development plans and policies
related to tourism, any studies related to environmental and socio-economic issues at the coastal
zone/destination.
· Replicability and transfer of experiences:
36 Executed by the United Nations Industrial Development Organization (UNIDO) and The World Tourism
Organisation (WTO)
Appendix A-2
· A site which is representative of similar destinations in the country and the region and likely to provide
transferable and replicable experiences.
· A site with sustainability issues and problems, which are shared with other sites in the country and the region
(e.g. related to the management of coastal ecosystems, water, energy, waste; employment; socio-cultural
aspects; etc.)
· Receptivity: A site where the local authority, managers, tourism businesses, and the local community in
general are interested in sustainable tourism and are likely to support the project. A site where the local
communities can understand and share current or emerging sustainability issues and problems related to
coastal tourism.
Further advice on refining the selection of sites was provided at the sub-regional workshops as follows:37
· Project must clearly respond to GEF criteria. These include:
Addressing defined problems in the coastal zone:
Should resolve environmental problems
Should involve the tourism industry
Should be able to produce visible and replicable solutions
Project should be at a scale which allows integrated approaches, involving policy response and direct
applications
· Projects must have clearly defined goals which will show best practice. Challenges in realizing this may
include:
Selection of an appropriate site/destination
Defining the expected results
Defining the means to achieve the results
Defining the means for performance measurement
Defining how the results will be used as a demonstration what will it demonstrate and to whom?
Showing how the demo project links to the policy issues and responses key to the overall project
· Demo projects will likely include several of the following:
Good coastal ecotourism
Models of stakeholder participation in developing and implementing solutions
Community management of tourism in the coastal zone
Models of how to mobilize the tourism sector as a participant in conservation
Exemplary management methods for limiting negative tourism impacts or optimizing positives
Private (tourism) sector contribution to conservation and protection
Integrated planning for coastal tourism
Innovative policies/programs/regulatory instruments to support the above
Environmental management within tourism enterprises
Best practice in management of coastal tourism (accommodation, tours, and services).
Model approaches to involve tourists and the community in protection and conservation activities
Best practice in restoration of areas degraded by tourism
Profit from pollution prevention in the tourism industry and community.
Models for ecotourism in/near fragile sites
· Other key considerations for consideration when planning a demo project include:
Exhaustive identification of the participating organisations/partners
Commitment of the project partners
Source of funding for the project
The Hotspots or Sensitive areas identified through this process are shown in Table 1.
37 Proceedings of Eastern Africa Regional Workshop on Reduction of Environmental Impact From Coastal
Tourism, Held at Nyali Beach Hotel, Mombasa, Kenya, 21st -23rd September 2005
Appendix A-3
3. Submission of Concept Papers
Each country then developed at least one Concept Paper with the assistance of technical experts, for their
hotspots / sensitive areas, in line with OP10 criteria and the following categories:
1.B.1
Establishment and Implementation of Environmental Management Systems and Voluntary Eco-
certification and Labelling Schemes
1.B.2
Development of eco-tourism to alleviate poverty, through sustainable alternative livelihoods and
generate revenues for conservation of biodiversity and the benefit of the local community.
1.B.3.
Promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally
significant biodiversity through improved reef recreation management
At total of 22 Pilot Demonstration Projects were prepared by the countries. These were reviewed by the
Executing and Implementing Agencies, and were shared with the GEF Secretariat for their comments on
eligibility. Countries were provided further guidance as to the eligibility of their Concept Papers and given
recommendations on how to proceed with their Full Demonstration Project Submissions.
4. Development of Full Demonstration Project Submissions
Based on feedback from GEF and the Implementing Agencies, which was presented to the countries at the final
regional meeting in Calabar, Nigeria (5th to 9th December 2005) the countries proceeded to finalise their Full
Demonstration Submissions with the assistance of the technical group of experts. These were required to follow
a pre-selected format as agreed by the Steering Committee. This procedure was adopted to ensure equity of
opportunity and to allow for accurate comparison. It also allowed for easier synthesis of budget and co-funding
data in to the Full Regional Project. In the final analysis, 11 national Demonstration Projects were submitted to
the Executing and implementing Agencies for inclusion in the Full Project. Table 1 (below) gives a summary of
Demonstration Projects and how they fit into the Sub-Components.
5. Final Adoption of Full Demonstration Submissions by Steering Committee
The revised demonstration projects were circulated to the countries for review and consultation. National
stakeholders workshops were organised by UNIDO in each of the nine countries for review and adoption of the
demonstration projects. These National stakeholders workshop chaired by the National Focal Points and Chair of
the Inter-Ministerial Committees adopted the demonstration projects. The demonstration projects were also
circulated electronically to all members of the Project Steering Committee for review. The PSC members
reviewed the Demonstration projects as submitted, and confirmed their eligibility under both GEF requirements
and in respect of the Steering Committee's own criteria for selection (see Annex A1 at the end of this
Appendix).
TABLE 1
LIST OF COUNTRIES, HOTSPOT /SENSITIVE AREA AND PROJECTS
Country
Hotspot / Sensitive Area
Selection Project Title
Cameroon
Ebodje
P
Ecotourism development on Cote Sur
Grand Batanga Lobe Falls
(Kribi to Campo)
Kribi Londji
Gambia
Tanbi Wetland complex,
M/P
Strengthening community based
Tanji River Bird Reserve,
ecotourism and joint venture partnerships
Bao Bolon Wetland Reserve, Kotai
Stream Complex and Kiang West
National Park
Ghana
Accra
M/P
Environmental Management Systems for
the Budget Hotel Sector
Elmina-Cape Coast,
M/P
Integrated Destination Planning and
Ada Estuary,
Management: Elmina-Cape Coast, Ada
Volta Estuary,
Estuary, Volta Estuary, Western Stilt
Western Stilt Villages
Villages
Kenya
Mombassa
M/P
Integrated Planning and Management of
Sustainable Tourism at the Mombassa
Coastal Area
Mozambique
Inhambane P
Community-based ecotourism, reef
Appendix A-4
management and environmental
management systems, Inhambane district
coastline
Nigeria
Niger Delta
P
Coastal Use Zonation and Integrated
Coastal Management in the Niger Delta
Coastal Area of Nigeria
Nigeria
Badagry
P
Tourism Master Planning in an
Ecologically Fragile Environment
Senegal
Petite Cote
P
Environmental Management Systems for
Petite Cote
Senegal
Petite Cote
P
Integrated Tourism and Environmental
Coastal Data
Tanzania
Bagamoyo,
P
Integrated Planning and Management of
Dar es Salaam,
Sustainable Tourism in Tanzania
Mafia
(Bagmoyo, Dar es Salaam, Mafia)
P= PDFB phase
M=MSP phase
Appendix A-5
THE SCTSSA NATIONAL DEMONSTRATION
The eleven SCTSSA demonstration projects accepted by the Steering Committee are shown in Table 1 by
country and hotspot and in Table 2 by priority issue. While the main focus of each of the Pilot Demonstration
Projects responds directly to one of the three priorities, the nature of some of the demonstration are such that
they are cross cutting and address more than one priority issues. Several countries wanted to address all priorities
through integrated planning of sustainable tourism within a destination. The following pages contain each
national Demonstration Project in full detail. It should be noted that, under a negotiated agreement endorsed by
the Government of the Seychelles, that country has not included a Demonstration Project within this Regional
IW Project as it is undertaking a separate national GEF Biodiversity initiative on Mainstreaming Biodiversity
Management into Production Sector Activities. The two Projects have agreed to share best lessons and practices
in relation to the mitigation and reduction of impacts from the tourism sector. The Seychelles Biodiversity
project is discussed in further detail in the Project Brief under the Regional Context section.
TABLE 2:
LIST OF PROJECTS BY SUBCOMPONENT, PRIORITY AND COUNTRY
OUTPUT
PRIORITY
COUNTRY
TITLE OF DEMONSTRATION PROJECT
Environmental Management Systems for the Budget
Ghana 1
Establishment and
Hotel Sector
Implementation of
Coastal Use Zonation and Integrated Coastal
Environmental
Nigeria 1 Management in the Niger Delta Coastal Area of
1B.1
Management Systems
Nigeria
and Voluntary Eco-
certification and
Labeling Schemes
Senegal 1 Environmental Management Systems for Petite Cote
Integrated Eco-tourism Destination Planning and
Development of eco-
Ghana 2 Management: Elmina-Cape Coast, Ada Estuary, Volta
tourism to alleviate
Estuary, Western Stilt Villages
poverty through
sustainable alternative
Tourism Master Planning in an Ecologically Fragile
Nigeria 2
livelihoods and generate
Environment
1B.2
revenues for conservation
of biodiversity and the
Ecotourism development on Cote Sur (Kribi to
Cameroon
benefit of the local
Campo)
community.
Strengthening community-based ecotourism and joint-
The Gambia venture partnerships
Promote best practices in
mitigating environmental
impacts of tourism and
Community-based ecotourism, reef management and
1B.3
conserve globally
Mozambique environmental management systems, Inhambane
significant biodiversity
district coastline
through improved reef
recreation management
Integrated Planning and Management of Sustainable
Kenya
Integrated Sustainable
Tourism at the Mombassa Coastal Area
Tourism Destination
Integrated
Senegal 2 Petite Cote Integrated Ecotourism Tourism Planning
Planning
Integrated Planning and Management of Sustainable
Tanzania Tourism in Tanzania
Appendix A-6
TABLE 3: DISTRIBUTION OF FUNDING FOR INDIVIDUAL NATIONAL DEMONSTRATIONS
US$
US$
US$
COUNTRY
GEF
Co-Funding
Total Funds
I.B.1
Ghana 1
$138,070
$1,000,210
$1,138,280
Nigeria 1
$241,367
$2,156,250
$2,397,617
Senegal 1
$200,000
300,000
$500,000
I.B.2
Ghana 2
$150,000
$837,000
$987,000
Nigeria 2
$300,000
$2,094,124
$2,394,124
Cameroon
$230,450
$490,000
$720,450
The Gambia
$283,829
$167,678
$451,507
I.B.3
Mozambique
$374,051
$262,380
$636,431
Integrated
Kenya
$351,000
$525,000
$876,000
Senegal 2
$200,000
405,244
$605,244
Tanzania
$332,067
$3,066,584
$3,398,651
DEMO TOTALS
$2,800,834
$10,404,470
$14,105,304
Appendix A-7
LOGICAL FRAMEWORK ANALYSES FOR THE THREE DEMONSTRTION APPROACHES FOR SUSTAINABLE COASTAL TOURISM IN SUB-
SAHARAN AFRICA
PROJECT STRATEGY
OBJECTIVELY VERIFIABLE INDICATORS
COMPONENT 1 - OUTPUT Identification of applicable Best Lessons and Practices and Best Technologies for Sustainable Tourism through national
B OBJECTIVE
demonstration activities focusing on priority issues and targeting national hotspots with recognised tourism impacts and threats.
Lessons and best practices for effective governance and management of sustainable tourism at the local and national level will be
captured from each demonstration and assimilated with other case studies and options (both from participating countries and
globally from outside of the project) in order to develop model strategies and guidelines applicable to each country through
Component 2 of the main Project
OUTPUT 1.B.1: ESTABLISHMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND VOLUNTARY ECO-
CERTIFICATION AND LABELING SCHEMES
Demo Objective: To promote public-private partnerships through the voluntary introduction of environmental management systems (EMS) by coastal hotels in each
participating country, with the aim of reducing and minimising negative environmental impacts of tourism development in coastal areas and enhancing sustainable planning
and management of the sector
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
DEMO OUTPUT 1
National Inter-Agency
No NIATC
· NIATC in place by 6th
· Report to project from
· All stakeholders will
Technical Committee
month (Target = 100%
each country
agree to participate on
NATIONAL
(NIATC) established,
by year 2)
continuing basis
PLANNING AND CO-
with cleared defined
· NIATC mandate and
· Confirmed by
ORDINATION
modus operandi.
operational guidelines
Independent Evaluation
· Stakeholders will agree
MECHANISMS FOR
in place by year 2
process
on mandate and
EMS
(Target = 100% by
operations
year 2)
DEMO OUTPUT 2
Training needs assessment Limited institutional
· Training needs
· Annual workplans for
· PMU staff have or can
completed for PMUs in
capacity to support EMS
assessment of PMU
project execution
develop good
INSTITUTIONAL
each participating country related project activities
staff in each country by
· Reports and training
relationships and co-
STRENGTHENING
year 1 (Target = 100%)
action plans for PMU
operation with
WITHIN THE
Specialised EMS training
· Specialized Training
· Receipts of expenditure
stakeholders, especially
NATIONAL PROJECT unit established within the
Unit in place in each
for attending training
Government and the
MANAGEMENT
PMUs
PMU by year 1 (Target
courses.
private sector
UNITS AND
= 100%)
· Receipts of expenditure
NATIONAL
National staff trained in
· PMU staff receiving
for study tours
· Appropriate skilled
IMPLEMENTING
EMS and with capacity to
training; and increased
· Evidence of certification
assessors available in
AGENCIES
train local professionals
knowledge of
by national and
each country.
Appendix A-8
OUTPUT 1.B.1: ESTABLISHMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND VOLUNTARY ECO-
CERTIFICATION AND LABELING SCHEMES
Demo Objective: To promote public-private partnerships through the voluntary introduction of environmental management systems (EMS) by coastal hotels in each
participating country, with the aim of reducing and minimising negative environmental impacts of tourism development in coastal areas and enhancing sustainable planning
and management of the sector
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
international best
international training
practices by year 1
institutions.
· Trained personnel in the
(target number set
· Presentation of national
PMUs will remain with
based upon country
results in international
the project;
needs assessment)
fora; peer review;
· No. participating in
international
· PMUs will be the driving
regional &
dissemination.
forces for national EMS
international
· Progress reports
capacity building
experience exchange
showing enhanced
activities.
by year 2 (target
capacity for local
number set based upon
implementation.
· Trained personnel in the
country needs
· Regional and
PMUs will remain with
assessment)
international peer
the project.
networks built.
· Confirmed by
Independent Evaluation
process
DEMO OUTPUT 3:
Cross-sectoral needs
Limited awareness of
· Needs assessments for
· Report on needs
· Awareness campaigns
assessments for targeting
EMS amongst tourism
awareness raising
assessment available to
will increase levels of
ENHANCED
awareness raising
stakeholders within
activities and capacity
Project.
interest on EMS in the
AWARENESS OF EMS activities and designing
region
building activities
tourism industry and level
BY ALL TOURISM
capacity
completed in year 1
of demand for training
STAKEHOLDERS
(Target = 100%)
and capacity building
Awareness raising
· Assessment & catalogue · Key tourism industry
activities.
campaigns for tourism
database of key tourism
database available to
industry implemented and
industry targets likely to
PCU
· Seminars are designed
environmental
be interested / invest in
and timed to ensure that
"champions" identified.
EMS completed in each
high level tourism
country in year 1
industry personnel and
National annual
(Target = 100% and #
· Key professionals and
Government officials will
environmental award
entries by country)
training facility
attend
Appendix A-9
OUTPUT 1.B.1: ESTABLISHMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND VOLUNTARY ECO-
CERTIFICATION AND LABELING SCHEMES
Demo Objective: To promote public-private partnerships through the voluntary introduction of environmental management systems (EMS) by coastal hotels in each
participating country, with the aim of reducing and minimising negative environmental impacts of tourism development in coastal areas and enhancing sustainable planning
and management of the sector
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
scheme for coastal
· Assessment & database
database available to
tourism established, with
of local professionals
PCU
· Award scheme achieves a
progressively more
and training institutions
credible level of
stringent criteria relating
on environmental
recognition within the
to EMS
management and
tourism industry.
tourism completed in
· Strategies for EMS
National cases studies of
each country in year 1
awareness provided to
· Award schemes generate
best available technology
(Target = 100% and #
project
enough entrants to
and practice (BAT &
entries by country)
· APR/PIR reports
identify existing cases of
BAP) environmental
· Awareness raising
best practice
initiatives prepared and
strategy (for all sectors)
· Evidence of media
available to RICH &
in place in all countries
reports, newletters,
· User-friendly database
EIMAS.
by year 2 (Target =
websites etc.
that countries and tourism
100%)
· Records of attendance
facilities can access easily
· Awareness of national
of seminar
environmental awards
· Seminars feedback
raised in industry
from stakeholders
through publicity and
· Receipts of expenditure
seminars in 1st year
on publicity material /
(media for publicity &
seminars
target number to be
· Criteria for selection of
determined from needs
environmental
assessment)
champions available to
· Number of entrants to
PCU
award scheme in the
· Direct reporting of
first year. (Target = 3
awards program
in 1st year with growth
· Stakeholder awareness
each year after, target
of awards programme
10% of all tourism
reported by tourism
enter, showing tangible
CEOs / Senior
increase in EMS
Managers
i i )
Appendix A-10
OUTPUT 1.B.1: ESTABLISHMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND VOLUNTARY ECO-
CERTIFICATION AND LABELING SCHEMES
Demo Objective: To promote public-private partnerships through the voluntary introduction of environmental management systems (EMS) by coastal hotels in each
participating country, with the aim of reducing and minimising negative environmental impacts of tourism development in coastal areas and enhancing sustainable planning
and management of the sector
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
activity)
· Key players /
· APR/PIR reports to
champions identified in
identify levels of: data
each country by end of
generated by award
year 1 (specifics /
scheme; levels of
number to be
awareness
developed in first year
of project)
· Publication on
environmental issues in
hotel association
· Case study reports
newsletters increased
available to PCU &
by end of 2 years
regionally available via
(number of pages)
RICH
· Case studies identified
and documented and
· Independent Evaluation
made available to
Process
RICH (start in year 1
and target is increasing
numbers of case
studies, that show
change from isolated
instances of best
practice to
comprehensive EMS in
tourism facilities- will
reflect both impact of
this project and
increasing awareness
of what is a success
story)
Appendix A-11
OUTPUT 1.B.1: ESTABLISHMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND VOLUNTARY ECO-
CERTIFICATION AND LABELING SCHEMES
Demo Objective: To promote public-private partnerships through the voluntary introduction of environmental management systems (EMS) by coastal hotels in each
participating country, with the aim of reducing and minimising negative environmental impacts of tourism development in coastal areas and enhancing sustainable planning
and management of the sector
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
· Number of "hits" on
database to show
regional sharing of
experiences. (Target to
be developed)
DEMO OUTPUT 4
EMS training courses
Limited trained personnel
· Training curricula and
· Report and
· Sufficient participation by
implemented in local
within the region capable
modules developed in
documentation of
the tourism industry;
INCREASED
hotels
of developing or
year 1 (No. modules);
training curricula
sufficient resource base of
CAPACITY OF
implementing EMS
· Hotel staff, government
available to PCU
capable local
TOURISM
Increased number of
within the tourism sector.
officers in and local
professionals to benefit
STAKEHOLDERS TO
trained EMS practitioners
government
· Records of training
from the training.
INITIATE, DEVELOP
Limited training
environment
courses offered, through
AND IMPLEMENT
EMS training
programmes available
professionals
the project.
· Hotels willing to act as
EMS
programmes embedded in
within the region in EMS
(consultants, engineers;
live examples for
local educational
architects etc) provided
· Records of attendance
practical, on-the-job EMS
institutes
with training (number
of training courses.
training and share results
of training courses
with other hoteliers
delivered depending on
needs assessment
· Commitment by hotels to
Output 1)
undergo EMS process;
· Number of trained
· Key professional
hotels willing to release
EMS professionals
database to show
data about their
increased in each
increase in EMS trained
operations; hotels willing
country (Target = 10%
professional
to publicise results of
increase per year on
EMS implementation
base to be established)
· Number of
· Hotels do consider
environmental and
provision of technical
energy audits (Target
· APR/PIR reports to
support as significant
= 10% increase per
identify numbers of
subsidy to audit and
Appendix A-12
OUTPUT 1.B.1: ESTABLISHMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND VOLUNTARY ECO-
CERTIFICATION AND LABELING SCHEMES
Demo Objective: To promote public-private partnerships through the voluntary introduction of environmental management systems (EMS) by coastal hotels in each
participating country, with the aim of reducing and minimising negative environmental impacts of tourism development in coastal areas and enhancing sustainable planning
and management of the sector
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
year)
environmental audits,
implementation process
· Number of hotels
hotels undergoing
(i.e. cost/benefit value is
undergoing full
environmental audits &
realised)
environmental and
EMS and value of EMS
· Increased dialogue and
energy auditing &
investment etc.
cooperation among
EMS based upon
professionals, tourism
mutually agreed action
facilities and other
plans and investment
stakeholders
demands (Target=3 per
country as part of
· Demand for continued
project, number of
training will have been
additional hotels to be
created during the course
determined in 1st year
of the project
by NIATC and baseline
targets set to include:
· Government approves
No. in each hotel
proposals to embed EMS
size category
training in the training
No. of environmental
institutes.
and energy audits
EMS action plans
implemented;
Value of EMS
investment
committed by hotels;
· Number of hotel staff
and consultants
· APR/PIR reports to
undergo on-the-job /
number of persons
practical training.
trained and under going
(Target= to be
on the job training.
determined in year one
based on needs
Appendix A-13
OUTPUT 1.B.1: ESTABLISHMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND VOLUNTARY ECO-
CERTIFICATION AND LABELING SCHEMES
Demo Objective: To promote public-private partnerships through the voluntary introduction of environmental management systems (EMS) by coastal hotels in each
participating country, with the aim of reducing and minimising negative environmental impacts of tourism development in coastal areas and enhancing sustainable planning
and management of the sector
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
assessment)
· Formal network of EMS
practitioners database
· Increased membership
established in each
of network; number of
country by end of 1st
networking events
year (Target = 100%)
and updated in
subsequent years
· At least one tourism and
environment related
· APR/PIR reports to
training institute will
identify levels of: data
offer EMS and
generated by award
specialised training
scheme; levels of
courses by end of
awareness
project (Target 100% of
countries) as either:
· Curricula developed and
modules in tourism
number of students
management courses;
enrolled
refresher courses for
existing industry
professionals
DEMO OUTPUT 5
Note that for each specific No Pilot Site
Targets to be developed
Site specific project
Local participation
project site a set of
Demonstrations
for individual
implementation records
Continuing support for
PILOT
indicators will be put in
demonstration include:
and reports
implementation at each site
DEMONSTRATION
place to address pace of
· % hotel properties
and property
EMS PROJECTS
progress, including many
involved
Suitable technical expertise
IMPLEMENTED
of those noted in other
· % with EMS in place
available at local level
sections but at a site
· % local professionals
specific level
with training
· % hotel staff trained
· Number of hotels at
Appendix A-14
OUTPUT 1.B.1: ESTABLISHMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND VOLUNTARY ECO-
CERTIFICATION AND LABELING SCHEMES
Demo Objective: To promote public-private partnerships through the voluntary introduction of environmental management systems (EMS) by coastal hotels in each
participating country, with the aim of reducing and minimising negative environmental impacts of tourism development in coastal areas and enhancing sustainable planning
and management of the sector
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
each stage of progress
towards EMS
· -# with compliant
sewage systems /# with
environmental policies
· # with monitoring /
programs/ # with
environmental officer
etc.
· % small properties
participating
· # training courses given
in destination
DEMO OUTPUT 6
Recommended reforms to
National policies do not
· Gap analysis and
· Progress and evaluation Active participation by
policies and regulation
provide an adequate
recommended reforms
reports available to
stakeholders;
POLICY
based on review and gap
framework or support for
prepared and available
PCU.
FRAMEWORK FOR
analysis presented to
EMS and PPPS
to NIATC by each
Governments will be
EMS AND RELATED
NIATC for review.
country within 12
participants and will be co-
PPPS ENHANCED
months (Target = 100%)
operative in the policy
Appropriate national
· Policy workshops to
· Evidence of policy
development process.
guidelines, standards and
evaluate recommended
development workshops
codes of conduct,
reforms to address key
from report, and
Governments will be
developed and adopted by
gap areas, in all
stakeholder feedback
willing to act upon advice
public and private sector
countries by end of 1st
available to PCU
stakeholders.
year (Target = 100%)
· Action plans for
Guidelines will be endorsed
· Guidelines, standards
development of
and actively used;
Policies reforms
and codes of conduct
guidelines, standards,
guidelines will be regularly
implemented based upon
developed and
codes of conduct
updated to take into account
recommendations.
circulated to
· Records of number of
lessons learned from demo
stakeholders
guidelines and codes of
projects and experiences of
(Target=100%)
conduct published, and
other countries
Appendix A-15
OUTPUT 1.B.1: ESTABLISHMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND VOLUNTARY ECO-
CERTIFICATION AND LABELING SCHEMES
Demo Objective: To promote public-private partnerships through the voluntary introduction of environmental management systems (EMS) by coastal hotels in each
participating country, with the aim of reducing and minimising negative environmental impacts of tourism development in coastal areas and enhancing sustainable planning
and management of the sector
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
evidence of expenditure
Governments will make
on publication
policy changes wherever
· Policy reforms for
possible as needs
environmental
· Records of number of
assessment/gap analysis
management of coastal
guidelines and codes of
identifies.
tourism applied in all
conduct circulated.
countries by year 3
(100% of countries).
· Stakeholder feedback
indicates awareness of
guidelines and codes of
conduct, and reporting
reduced barriers.
· APR/PIR reports to
number of persons
trained and under going
on the job training.
· Evidence of policy
reforms in government
bulletins etc.
· Independent Evaluation
MTE & TE
DEMO OUTPUT 7
· Review of Best
No regionally applicable
· Review of globl eco-
· Review of BAP
· Each country will be able
Available Practice in
review of BAP in eco-
certification
documented and
to mobilize key
REGIONAL
Eco-certification
certification
programmes completed
available to PCU
stakeholders
BUSINESS PLAN FOR
by end of year 1
· Country endorsements
ECO-
No regionally accepted
· National Review
received
· Governments willing to
CERTIFICATION
· Regional EMS and eco-
eco-certification scheme
workshops held in each
· National Workshop
accept business plan
Appendix A-16
OUTPUT 1.B.1: ESTABLISHMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND VOLUNTARY ECO-
CERTIFICATION AND LABELING SCHEMES
Demo Objective: To promote public-private partnerships through the voluntary introduction of environmental management systems (EMS) by coastal hotels in each
participating country, with the aim of reducing and minimising negative environmental impacts of tourism development in coastal areas and enhancing sustainable planning
and management of the sector
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
DEVELOPED
certification strategic
or strategy
country to discuss and
reports received by PCU
plan accepted by all
endorse review
· Regional Workshop
countries
(Target=100% of
review received by
countries by year 2)
project
· Regional Review
· Endorsement received
workshop to discuss
by project
review (Target=100%)
· Independent Evaluator
· Countries accept and
MTE & TE
endorse the EMS and
eco-certification review
(Target=100%)
· Develop and adopt
strategy and plan
(Target=100% by end of
Project )
Appendix A-17
OUTPUT 1.B.2: DEVELOPMENT OF ECO-TOURISM TO ALLEVIATE POVERTY THROUGH SUSTAINABLE ALTERNATIVE LIVELIHOODS AND
GENERATE REVENUES FOR CONSERVATION OF BIODIVERSITY AND THE BENEFIT OF THE LOCAL COMMUNITY
Demo objective: To (a) alleviate poverty and provide alternative livelihoods to local communities through the development of eco-tourism and coastal use zonation schemes;
(b) generate revenues for environmental conservation through eco-tourism; and (c) promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally
significant biodiversity through improved mangrove conservation management
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
DEMO OUTPUT 1
National Eco-tourism
Most countries do not
· Establish multi-
· Project reports
· All stakeholders will
Committee
have a specific agency /
stakeholder NEC in 1st
confirming the NEC
agree to participate on
PLANNING &
established.
committee dealing with
year (Target =100% of
established, minutes of
continuing basis
MANAGEMENT
eco-tourism, or a general
countries)
Steering Committee
PROCEDURE FOR
Review of national
policy for ecotourism
· Review of general
· General policy / vision
· Stakeholders will agree
ECOTOURISM
information,
developments or
policy/vision statement
statement available to
on mandate and
DEVELOPMENT
legislation and
guidelines and procedures.
within 1st year
Independent Evaluator
operations
regulation on
(Target=100%
by MTE
ecotourism and
countries)
· Review of legislation
· Government consider
· Compilation of Baseline
and regulatory
eco-tourism policy
frameworks and gaps
developed appropriate
General ecotourism
Information & Review
available to project
and willing to adopt
policy vision prepared.
legislation & of
· Guidelines on
regulatory framework
regarding ecotourism &
procedures for appraisal · Government willing to
Guidelines and
ecotourism
of projects available to
endorse guidelines
procedures for
development.
project and NEC for
ecotourism
review.
developments adopted
· Guidelines on
· Evidence of workshop
and implemented by
procedures for appraisal
to discuss guidelines
Government.
of projects at national
(receipts of expenditure,
level, format & steps for
impact assessments,
records of attendance)
notification process
· Evidence of guidelines
prepared during the 1st
adopted by
year.
Government.
·
·
Guidelines widely
Workshop to review
distributed.
guidelines and
· APR/PIR show
procedures by end of
evidence of the
first year.
increased in use of
· Guidelines and
guidelines and
Appendix A-18
OUTPUT 1.B.2: DEVELOPMENT OF ECO-TOURISM TO ALLEVIATE POVERTY THROUGH SUSTAINABLE ALTERNATIVE LIVELIHOODS AND
GENERATE REVENUES FOR CONSERVATION OF BIODIVERSITY AND THE BENEFIT OF THE LOCAL COMMUNITY
Demo objective: To (a) alleviate poverty and provide alternative livelihoods to local communities through the development of eco-tourism and coastal use zonation schemes;
(b) generate revenues for environmental conservation through eco-tourism; and (c) promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally
significant biodiversity through improved mangrove conservation management
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
procedures for appraisal
guidelines and
adopted by government
improvements in
· Planning and
planning and monitoring
monitoring procedures
of eco-tourism activities
for eco-tourism
implemented at national · Independent Evaluation
level by end of 2nd
Process MTE& TE
year.
· Additional targets to be
set by the NEC at
inception
% of new tourism (and
other) development
subject to suitable
environmental and
cultural impact
assessment. Target:
100%
% new tourism
developments with
planning permission
and aligned with coastal
plans (% in compliance,
non compliance).
Target: 100%
% of developments in
sensitive coastal
ecosystems subject to
effective EIA review
process. Target: 100%
Appendix A-19
OUTPUT 1.B.2: DEVELOPMENT OF ECO-TOURISM TO ALLEVIATE POVERTY THROUGH SUSTAINABLE ALTERNATIVE LIVELIHOODS AND
GENERATE REVENUES FOR CONSERVATION OF BIODIVERSITY AND THE BENEFIT OF THE LOCAL COMMUNITY
Demo objective: To (a) alleviate poverty and provide alternative livelihoods to local communities through the development of eco-tourism and coastal use zonation schemes;
(b) generate revenues for environmental conservation through eco-tourism; and (c) promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally
significant biodiversity through improved mangrove conservation management
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
% of new tourism
developments subject to
post construction
environmental audits
and verifications.
Target: 100%
% of tourism enterprise
expenditure spent at
local suppliers/service
providers. Target: 25%
by year 3, 50% by year
5
DEMO OUTPUT 2
Cross-sectoral
Limited awareness of the
· Needs assessments for
· Project reports made
· Awareness campaigns
capacity needs
eco-tourism potential
awareness raising and
available to NEC and
will increase levels of
KNOWLEDGE/
assessment to
amongst most
capacity building and
PCU
interest on eco-tourism
INFORMATION
determine the
stakeholders and
activities completed in
· Database of tourism
and level of demand for
DISSEMINATION AND
awareness raising and
alternative livelihood
year 1 (Target = 100%)
stakeholders interested
training and capacity
AWARENESS
capacity need and
options.
· Catalogue database of
in ecotourism
building activities.
suitable training
key tourism
· Awareness raising
institutes identified
stakeholders likely to be
strategy available to
· Seminars are designed
interested / invest in
NEC
and timed to ensure that
Awareness raising
eco-tourism completed
· Evidence of awareness
high level tourism
implemented based on
in each country in year 1
raising activities,
industry personnel and
needs assessments.
(Target = 100% and #
documentation and
Government officials
entries by country)
publications
will attend
Cases studies of best
· Assessment & database
· Case studies available to
available technology
of local professionals
PCU & regionally
and practice (BAT &
and training institutions
available via RICH
BAP) for ecotourism
for eco-tourism training
· Independent Evaluation
prepared and available
completed in each
Process MTE& TE
RICH & EIMAS
Appendix A-20
OUTPUT 1.B.2: DEVELOPMENT OF ECO-TOURISM TO ALLEVIATE POVERTY THROUGH SUSTAINABLE ALTERNATIVE LIVELIHOODS AND
GENERATE REVENUES FOR CONSERVATION OF BIODIVERSITY AND THE BENEFIT OF THE LOCAL COMMUNITY
Demo objective: To (a) alleviate poverty and provide alternative livelihoods to local communities through the development of eco-tourism and coastal use zonation schemes;
(b) generate revenues for environmental conservation through eco-tourism; and (c) promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally
significant biodiversity through improved mangrove conservation management
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
to RICH & EIMAS.
country in year 1
(Target = 100% and #
entries by country)
· Awareness raising
strategy (for all sectors)
in place in all countries
by year 2 (Target =
100%)
· Case studies identified
and documented and
made available to
RICH (start in year 1
and target is increasing
numbers of case
studies, that show
change from isolated
instances of eco-
tourism to reflect both
impact of this project
and increasing
awareness)
· Additional targets to be
set by the NEC at
inception
% locals aware of
value of ecological
and cultural resources
(to them and to
tourists) Target: 80%
% of locals aware of
Appendix A-21
OUTPUT 1.B.2: DEVELOPMENT OF ECO-TOURISM TO ALLEVIATE POVERTY THROUGH SUSTAINABLE ALTERNATIVE LIVELIHOODS AND
GENERATE REVENUES FOR CONSERVATION OF BIODIVERSITY AND THE BENEFIT OF THE LOCAL COMMUNITY
Demo objective: To (a) alleviate poverty and provide alternative livelihoods to local communities through the development of eco-tourism and coastal use zonation schemes;
(b) generate revenues for environmental conservation through eco-tourism; and (c) promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally
significant biodiversity through improved mangrove conservation management
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
the concept of
sustainable resource
use. Target: 80%
% of locals aware
actively involved in
activities involving
sustainable resource
management. Target:
80%
% tourists aware of
local environmental
assets and condition
(based on exit
surveys and
indicators). Target:
80%
DEMO OUTPUT 3
Effective and targeted
Limited training available
· Training curricula and
· Training curricula
· Increased dialogue and
training materials
within the region in eco-
modules developed in
available to project and
cooperation among
ENHANCED CAPACITY
developed, distributed
tourism
year 1 (no. modules);
PCU
professionals, tourism
OF NEC ECOTOURISM
and in use
· Training in eco-tourism
· Records of training
facilities and other
provided to local
courses implemented
stakeholders
Training and capacity
communities, public &
through project
for enforcement
private sector (number
· Records of numbers
· Demand for continued
provided.
of training courses
attending training
training will have been
delivered depending on
courses from different
created during the course
Network of eco-
needs assessment
stakeholder groups
of the project
tourism stakeholders
Output 1)
established.
·
·
Number of trained eco-
Assessment of database
· Government approves
tourism experts
showing increase in
proposals to embed eco-
Ecotourism training
increased in each
number of eco-tourism
tourism training in the
t
Appendix A-22
OUTPUT 1.B.2: DEVELOPMENT OF ECO-TOURISM TO ALLEVIATE POVERTY THROUGH SUSTAINABLE ALTERNATIVE LIVELIHOODS AND
GENERATE REVENUES FOR CONSERVATION OF BIODIVERSITY AND THE BENEFIT OF THE LOCAL COMMUNITY
Demo objective: To (a) alleviate poverty and provide alternative livelihoods to local communities through the development of eco-tourism and coastal use zonation schemes;
(b) generate revenues for environmental conservation through eco-tourism; and (c) promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally
significant biodiversity through improved mangrove conservation management
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
courses embedded in
country (Target = 10%
experts
training institutes.
local educational
increase per year on
· Independent evaluation
institutes
base to be established)
· Number of eco-tourism
operations established
increased (Target =
10% increase per year)
DEMO OUTPUT 4
Ecotourism
· New tourism operations
Project monitoring using
Each site will have
demonstration projects
classified as ecotourism
custom indicators for
access to suitable
IMPLEMENTATION OF
successfully
or having ecotourism
each - to be reported
personnel and
ECOTOURISM PILOT
implemented.
elements established at
regularly
the demonstration site by
resources to
the end of project
maintain
(Target = 75%).
monitoring
· Monitoring of coastal
program for key
ecosystem particularly
indicators
beaches and mangroves
in proximity to eco-
tourism establishments
considered to be in good
condition (re: erosion,
maintenance,
contamination, garbage)
Target = 80% by end of
project
· Number of residents
within proximity of
demonstration actively
participating in tourism
sector; Target= 30%
Appendix A-23
OUTPUT 1.B.2: DEVELOPMENT OF ECO-TOURISM TO ALLEVIATE POVERTY THROUGH SUSTAINABLE ALTERNATIVE LIVELIHOODS AND
GENERATE REVENUES FOR CONSERVATION OF BIODIVERSITY AND THE BENEFIT OF THE LOCAL COMMUNITY
Demo objective: To (a) alleviate poverty and provide alternative livelihoods to local communities through the development of eco-tourism and coastal use zonation schemes;
(b) generate revenues for environmental conservation through eco-tourism; and (c) promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally
significant biodiversity through improved mangrove conservation management
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
For Each Specific Site:
Note that for each
demonstration site the
following types of
indicators (generic)
will be made quantitative
and specific on a project
/ country basis.
· Increase in benefits at
the local/ destination
level e.g.
Economic benefit to
the community and to
organizations (direct
economic benefits
overall and per capita,
accessibility of
microfinance and
tourist spend)
Social benefit (number
employed, measures of
increased health, waste
management,
infrastructure provided
by the project in the
community and more
broadly)
Environmental benefits
(area under
management, specific
Appendix A-24
OUTPUT 1.B.2: DEVELOPMENT OF ECO-TOURISM TO ALLEVIATE POVERTY THROUGH SUSTAINABLE ALTERNATIVE LIVELIHOODS AND
GENERATE REVENUES FOR CONSERVATION OF BIODIVERSITY AND THE BENEFIT OF THE LOCAL COMMUNITY
Demo objective: To (a) alleviate poverty and provide alternative livelihoods to local communities through the development of eco-tourism and coastal use zonation schemes;
(b) generate revenues for environmental conservation through eco-tourism; and (c) promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally
significant biodiversity through improved mangrove conservation management
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
measures of key
ecological benefits
such as area protected,
area rehabilitated,
species conserved)
· Equitable sharing
responsibilities and
benefits e.g.
allocation of resources
(distribution among
community members,
sectors, gender, social
unit, SMMEs )
distant water (e.g. not-
local/transboundary)/
coastal state benefits
(specific attribution to
improvement in water,
species, erosion control)
poverty monitoring
(allocation of benefits
such as jobs, income,
ownership, access to
social services by
cohort, Contribution
towards poverty
alleviation)
local involvement in
Appendix A-25
OUTPUT 1.B.2: DEVELOPMENT OF ECO-TOURISM TO ALLEVIATE POVERTY THROUGH SUSTAINABLE ALTERNATIVE LIVELIHOODS AND
GENERATE REVENUES FOR CONSERVATION OF BIODIVERSITY AND THE BENEFIT OF THE LOCAL COMMUNITY
Demo objective: To (a) alleviate poverty and provide alternative livelihoods to local communities through the development of eco-tourism and coastal use zonation schemes;
(b) generate revenues for environmental conservation through eco-tourism; and (c) promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally
significant biodiversity through improved mangrove conservation management
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
participatory
development and
coordination of tourism
plans
· Sustainability of
benefits, e.g.
sustainable tourism
indicators, specifically
competitiveness,
participatory monitoring
techniques applied , (see
also Component 3A)
local ownership in
tourism and related
enterprises (% of
enterprises totally or
partially owned by local
people)
· Good governance at
local and national
levels e.g.
Implementation of Code
of Conduct and best
practice for tourism
enterprises and tourists
(% adopting)
Increased transparency,
Appendix A-26
OUTPUT 1.B.2: DEVELOPMENT OF ECO-TOURISM TO ALLEVIATE POVERTY THROUGH SUSTAINABLE ALTERNATIVE LIVELIHOODS AND
GENERATE REVENUES FOR CONSERVATION OF BIODIVERSITY AND THE BENEFIT OF THE LOCAL COMMUNITY
Demo objective: To (a) alleviate poverty and provide alternative livelihoods to local communities through the development of eco-tourism and coastal use zonation schemes;
(b) generate revenues for environmental conservation through eco-tourism; and (c) promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally
significant biodiversity through improved mangrove conservation management
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks and Assumptions
accountability,
democracy,
coordination, conflict
resolution etc.
% participation of
community and key
stakeholder groups in
co-management
human and institutional
capacity indicators at
local level, % of
establishments with
management & business
plan
OUTPUT 1.B.3: DEVELOP AND DEMONSTRATE BEST PRACTICES IN MITIGATING ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF TOURISM THROUGH THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF REEF RECREATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES DEMONSTRATION COUNTRIES =
Demo Objective: To implement projects for sustainable reef recreation management, focusing on the relationship between recreation development in sensitive or affected coral
areas and environmental issues
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks & Assumptions
Appendix A-27
OUTPUT 1.B.3: DEVELOP AND DEMONSTRATE BEST PRACTICES IN MITIGATING ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF TOURISM THROUGH THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF REEF RECREATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES DEMONSTRATION COUNTRIES =
Demo Objective: To implement projects for sustainable reef recreation management, focusing on the relationship between recreation development in sensitive or affected coral
areas and environmental issues
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks & Assumptions
DEMO OUTPUT 1:
Full GIS mapping of reefs at
Limited or non-
Gap analysis of existing
Mapping Programme
Technical expertise and
each site completed
existent GIS mapping
ecological information
records and Maps
equipment, and
SURVEY AND GIS MAPPING
of reefs at
on reefs completed for
available nationally and to
resources available.
OF REEFS, SENSITIVE
Effective local participation
demonstration site
each country by 6th
PCU (stored in Regional
AREAS, THREATENED
in survey process
locations.
month
information Coordination
All reef users:
SPECIES AND DAMAGES
House - RICH)
fishermen, tourist boat
SITES
Map reef locations being used Limited or absent
Fully mapped reef areas
operators (fishing,
by various stakeholders (e.g.,
involvement of
mapping (including
Project records
snorkelling, wildlife
Fishermen, tourism operators, stakeholders and/or
topographical maps &
watching, diving etc),
etc)
local participants
location of buoys) - and Reef user reports and
conservation authorities
zoning and types of
interviews
are prepared to provide
equipment that can be
information and
used in different
Stakeholder feedback to
participate
places/different activities Evaluation process
at different times of year
Locations of reefs
(Target=100%)
known.
Satellite imagery with
high resolution and
aerial photographs are
available/produced for
all reefs (Target 100%)
Full GIS analysis of
reefs for relationships
between ecological
factors and different uses
(Target=100%)
Reef users (by site)
involved in
surveys/participatory
Appendix A-28
OUTPUT 1.B.3: DEVELOP AND DEMONSTRATE BEST PRACTICES IN MITIGATING ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF TOURISM THROUGH THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF REEF RECREATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES DEMONSTRATION COUNTRIES =
Demo Objective: To implement projects for sustainable reef recreation management, focusing on the relationship between recreation development in sensitive or affected coral
areas and environmental issues
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks & Assumptions
process/awareness
initiatives/coordination/
management
(Target=75% by year 3)
Measurable reduction in
area of reef (by site)
considered to be under
heavy/excessive
stress/use (Target=<5%
DEMO OUTPUT 2:
Appropriate buoy equipment Absence of mooring
Gap analysis of existing
Buoy Project records
Majority of reef users:
identified and purchased
buoys and boundary
capacity, awareness and
fishermen, tourist boat
PROCUREMENT,
(ensuring that buoys are
markers at most sites;
training materials
Regular monitoring of use
operators (fishing,
INSTALLATION AND
sufficient for users, and
inadequate or poorly
completed by 2nd month
levels and maintenance
snorkelling, wildlife
MAINTENANCE OF
appropriately spaced)
maintained at others.
schedules and
watching, diving etc),
EQUIPMENT
Comprehensive selection performance
conservation authorities
Maintenance programme
Limited or absent
of training materials and
are prepared to
developed that includes a
sources of revenue to
case studies (of lessons
participate in program,
financing system (e.g. `user-
support physical
learned) developed,
Verification by MTE and
work together and use
pays' or `beneficiary-pays'
infrastructure
circulated and in use by
TE
buoys
systems)
6th month
Absence of buoys
Willingness to
Documentation of usage of
therefore no usage and Reef users, conservation
participate Reliable
the buoys demonstrates value no zoning or rotation
authorities and local
information
plans
government with
Zoning plan developed to
improved awareness of
Resource use conflict
include scheduling and
reef conservation issues,
mitigation systems in
rotation of mooring buoy use.
schedules and
place: no major
regulations (based on
resource use conflicts
Marker buoys purchased and
local survey with
installed around reefs to warn
baseline) (Target=75%)
of navigation hazards and to
Appendix A-29
OUTPUT 1.B.3: DEVELOP AND DEMONSTRATE BEST PRACTICES IN MITIGATING ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF TOURISM THROUGH THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF REEF RECREATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES DEMONSTRATION COUNTRIES =
Demo Objective: To implement projects for sustainable reef recreation management, focusing on the relationship between recreation development in sensitive or affected coral
areas and environmental issues
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks & Assumptions
define boundaries of
Reef users fully aware of
protected/sensitive areas
information, accepted
reef practices,
coordination/conflict
resolution mechanisms,
regulations, monitoring
and codes of conduct,
(Target=75% in each
site)
MPAs/protected areas
with Codes of conduct
and legislation in place
and implemented
(Target=100%)
Local people
participating in training
activities relative to reef
use and protection
(Target=30% by month
12,. 70% by end of
project)
Boat operators and
guides have reef
training (Target=75% by
end of project)
Tourism operators, reef
users/SMMEs received
related business skills
Appendix A-30
OUTPUT 1.B.3: DEVELOP AND DEMONSTRATE BEST PRACTICES IN MITIGATING ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF TOURISM THROUGH THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF REEF RECREATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES DEMONSTRATION COUNTRIES =
Demo Objective: To implement projects for sustainable reef recreation management, focusing on the relationship between recreation development in sensitive or affected coral
areas and environmental issues
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks & Assumptions
training (50% by end of
project)
Resource centre
established
Reef users empowered
to participate in planning
and regulation (Target:
75%)
DEMO OUTPUT 3:
Effective and targeted
Limited training
Gap analysis of existing
Project records training
Majority of reef users:
training materials developed,
materials and training
capacity, awareness and
records, codes of conduct,
fishermen, tourist boat
CAPACITY BUILDING AND
distributed and in use
exercises available at
training materials
website
operators (fishing,
AWARENESS
demo sites
completed by 2nd month
snorkelling, wildlife
Community based & local
Local survey of
watching, diving etc),
stakeholder reef monitoring
Limited monitoring of Comprehensive selection participating residents,
conservation authorities
programmes developed that
reefs and very little
of training materials and
reef users
are prepared to
involve tourism operators and involvement of local
case studies (of lessons
participate in
fishermen
stakeholders
learned) developed,
Exit survey of tourists
programme and work
circulated and available
covering awareness and
together
Reef ecology and
Limited educational
by 6th month
activities
conservation education
packages or delivery
programmes delivered that
in relation to reef
Reef users, conservation
MTE and TE process and
help to minimise impacts
ecology and
authorities and local
APR/PIR records
(e.g. from reef contact,
conservation
government showing
removal of species, feeding
improved awareness of
of fish)
Codes of conduct
reef conservation issues,
inadequate or absent
schedules and
Codes of conduct for reef
from demo sites
regulations (based on
users developed through a
local survey against
participatory process. Boat
Current rules and
baseline) (Target=75%)
operators and snorkel/dive
regulations inadequate
Appendix A-31
OUTPUT 1.B.3: DEVELOP AND DEMONSTRATE BEST PRACTICES IN MITIGATING ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF TOURISM THROUGH THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF REEF RECREATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES DEMONSTRATION COUNTRIES =
Demo Objective: To implement projects for sustainable reef recreation management, focusing on the relationship between recreation development in sensitive or affected coral
areas and environmental issues
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks & Assumptions
guides encouraged to
Reef users show
regulate and ensure their
Business skills do not
awareness of
implementation
necessarily embrace
information, accepted
the concepts of
reef practices,
Rules and regulations in
sustainable tourism
coordination/conflict
relation to MPAs, reserves,
resolution mechanisms,
national parks and other
regulations, monitoring
forms of protection clarified
and codes of conduct,
and improved.
(Target=75% in each
site)
Improvement of business
skills for local tourism-reef
MPAs/protected areas
users and SMMEs in relation
with Codes of conduct /
to sustainable use
legislation in place and
implemented
(Target=100%)
Local people are
participating in training
activities relative to reef
use and protection
(Target=30% by month
12; 70% by end of
project)
Boat operators and
guides have
comprehensive reef
training (Target=75% by
end of project)
Tourism operators, reef
Appendix A-32
OUTPUT 1.B.3: DEVELOP AND DEMONSTRATE BEST PRACTICES IN MITIGATING ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF TOURISM THROUGH THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF REEF RECREATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES DEMONSTRATION COUNTRIES =
Demo Objective: To implement projects for sustainable reef recreation management, focusing on the relationship between recreation development in sensitive or affected coral
areas and environmental issues
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks & Assumptions
users/SMMEs received
related business skills
training (50% by end of
project)
Resource centre
established
Reef users are
empowered to
participate in planning
and regulation (Target:
75%)
DEMO OUTPUT 4:
Management procedures for
Limited and
Review of legislation
Project records for each
Policy framework
legislation enforcement and
inadequate legislation
and regulations
site
conducive to regulation
REGULATORY AND
control reviewed and
and enforcement at all
undertaken by month 6
and enforcement
INSTITUTIONAL
established
demo sites
Local police or municipal
FRAMEWORK
Forums established for
records
Political willingness to
Training and capacity for
Need for better
participatory planning,
adapt regulation
enforcement provided
training for
reef-use conflict
MPA records
mechanisms/legislation
enforcement
management,
where necessary.
Secure funding for boat
communication and
APR/PIR reports
patrols, including community Need for stronger
coordination by month 6
Majority reef users:
monitoring
capacity to enforce
Independent Evaluation
fishermen, tourist boat
regulations and
Local reef users (e.g.
Process
operators (fishing,
Issue and apply clear and
legislation
local boat, Beach
snorkelling, wildlife
consistent regulations
Management Units,
watching, diving etc),
Inadequate education
fishermen and tourism
conservation authorities
Education programme on
and awareness of
operators) notably more
are prepared to
legislation and reef
legislation
organised by month 12
participate in program
conservation and buoy use
and work together
implemented
Self-regulation and
Existence of legal
Appendix A-33
OUTPUT 1.B.3: DEVELOP AND DEMONSTRATE BEST PRACTICES IN MITIGATING ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF TOURISM THROUGH THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF REEF RECREATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES DEMONSTRATION COUNTRIES =
Demo Objective: To implement projects for sustainable reef recreation management, focusing on the relationship between recreation development in sensitive or affected coral
areas and environmental issues
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks & Assumptions
self-monitoring poorly framework for creation
Appropriate legislation
Local-user monitoring
developed or absent as of local associations by
exists to protect the
procedures, and self-
are Local Operator's
month 9
buoys.
enforcement programmes,
Associations
with incentives and penalties
Formal registration
Security for buoy
developed and implemented
Uncertainties about
procedures of local
project
roles, responsibilities
associations by month 9
Roles and responsibilities of
and accountabilities
Available resources for
different stakeholders
related to reef
Existence of code of
enforcement
clarified
protection and
conduct/rules for each
enforcement of
association established
Effective organization and
regulations relating to
by the members by
coordination of local user
reefs and MPAs
month 10
groups (e.g. local boat
operators, fishermen, BMUs,
Ineffective
50% of relevant local
and associations including an
coordinating of
reef users involved in
overarching institution to
stakeholders
registered local
allow coordination of
operator's association
different stakeholder groups
(where established)
Legal framework in place to
Reefs have visitor
facilitate the creation and
management plans
operation of local operator
(Target=75%)
associations
Number of enforcement
staff per km2 of reef, per
tour boat, per tourist
(will depend on logistics
of the particular sites and
resources available)
(Target= X per km2 /
reef - need to verify for
Appendix A-34
OUTPUT 1.B.3: DEVELOP AND DEMONSTRATE BEST PRACTICES IN MITIGATING ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF TOURISM THROUGH THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF REEF RECREATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES DEMONSTRATION COUNTRIES =
Demo Objective: To implement projects for sustainable reef recreation management, focusing on the relationship between recreation development in sensitive or affected coral
areas and environmental issues
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks & Assumptions
each site). Measurable
target verified for each
site by Month 3
Resources are sufficient
for enforcement (Target
100%)
Enforcement officers
have sufficient training
(Target=100%)
Conflict mitigation
systems in place, with
stakeholder
participation. All
conflicts resolved, or
being addressed, through
conflict resolution
processes by month 24
50% of demo sites have
participatory monitoring
and self-enforcement
programmes
Legislation/rules
enforced at all sites by
month 24
Management
plans/legislation
Appendix A-35
OUTPUT 1.B.3: DEVELOP AND DEMONSTRATE BEST PRACTICES IN MITIGATING ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF TOURISM THROUGH THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF REEF RECREATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES DEMONSTRATION COUNTRIES =
Demo Objective: To implement projects for sustainable reef recreation management, focusing on the relationship between recreation development in sensitive or affected coral
areas and environmental issues
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks & Assumptions
revised/developed
through participatory
processes by month 24
Formal approval for
local participation in
management &
enforcement by month
24
Selection of
MPA/community
reserves with co-
management plans (i.e.
with local participation)
in place throughout sites
DEMO OUTPUT 5:
Review completed of existing Livelihoods focused
Review of existing direct Review report available
Alternative livelihoods
incomes from reef use along
on tourism with no
and indirect involvement from PCU
for sustainable Tourism
ALTERNATIVE
with definition of
focus on sustainability of local stakeholders in
can be identified for
SUSTAINABLE
beneficiaries
of biological resources reef-tourism activities by Directory available from
each site
LIVELIHOODS CREATED
or ecosystem
month 2
PCU
THROUGH TOURISM
New products & services
functions that are the
People are willing to
ACTIVITIES IN REEF AREAS identified that are applicable
foundation of the
Directory of alternative
List of options available
give up their less
to the particular
tourist industry
options and livelihoods
from PCU
sustainable but possibly
demonstration site
developed for each site
easier livelihoods for
by Month 6
List fo reformed business
more complex or less
Financial options such as
operations available from
traditional alternatives
grants and micro-credits
Credit, loan and grant
PCU
identified
options clearly defined
Funding sources to
by Month 6
All confirmed by MTE
support transition to
New enterprises established
and TE process
alternative livelihoods
and running successfully and
Percentage of reef-
can be found
Appendix A-36
OUTPUT 1.B.3: DEVELOP AND DEMONSTRATE BEST PRACTICES IN MITIGATING ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF TOURISM THROUGH THE
IMPLEMENTATION OF REEF RECREATION MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES DEMONSTRATION COUNTRIES =
Demo Objective: To implement projects for sustainable reef recreation management, focusing on the relationship between recreation development in sensitive or affected coral
areas and environmental issues
Indicator
Baseline
Target
Sources of verification
Risks & Assumptions
removing pressure from reef
related tourism business
welfare and resources
now focusing on
sustainable activities
improved by 25% at
each site by month 24
Appendix A-37
NATIONAL DEMONSTRATIONS FOR BEST AVAILABLE PRACTICES AND BEST AVAILABLE
TECHNOLOGY FOR SUSTAINABLE TOURISM
Country
Cameroon
Title
Enhancing integrated community based ecotourism initiatives and addressing
environmental impacts from coastal tourism in Kribi/Campo beaches
Total Cost: US$720,450 GEF: 230,450 Co-funding: $490,000
Linkage to the Project Priority Demonstration :
1B2: Development of eco-tourism to alleviate poverty, through sustainable alternative livelihoods and generate
revenues for conservation of biodiversity and the benefit of the local community.
Linkage to National Priorities and Programmes:
The Kribi/Campo Pilot Demonstration Site is within a priority development zone according to presidential
Decree (99/195-10/09/1999) by the MEAO, a special agency dedicated on the study of the management and
development of the southern coastal zone of the country. The Regional Master Plan of Development for the
Southern Province acknowledged the fast growth of this region and the necessity of developing participative
sustainable resource management programmes. The main objectives of this demo accord with the National
Poverty Reduction Strategic Plan which clearly states that community based initiatives dealing with
sustainable development will be encouraged and supported. The recently adopted Decentralization Law
transferred the responsibility of the development of tourist sites to Local Municipalities. Given this, the three
Local Municipalities in this coastal zone joined forces and initiated (2004) a Regional Strategy of Planning
and Sustainable Management that serves as the spring board for sustainable development in the area, and this
strategy was endorsed by The Ministry of Planning and Development. This area has also been identified as a
demonstration by GCLME for Physical Planning and Zoning for sustainable coastal resource management
thematic area. By empowering the local tourism promoters they will diversify their sources of revenue through
the enhancement of some activities they are already trying to develop. These include, site visits, marine tortoise
watching, small scale accommodation facilities including restaurant. They will benefit from the constant
development of the tourist activity in the close city of Kribi.
Global and Regional Benefits :
This pilot site was selected given the environmental threats identified and the potential level of participation
benefit for the local community. The environmental threats to this pilot site are: Biodiversity degradation
(marine turtles are caught and killed, destructive fishing methods like in Ebodjé). Coastal erosion can be
locally severe and seems often to be also man-induced. Human pollution particularly where there is lack of
toilet facilities (Grand Batanga) and poor physical planning and/or poor sited activity on sensitive are (Londji).
Biodiversity conservation by raising awareness, identifying incentives and training local communities. A
key activity will be marine tortoise conservation. Given the fact almost for tortoise species are also identified
in some West African coast (Nigeria, Ghana, Benin) if nothing is done here to conserve these endangered
specie, the efforts being made elsewhere in the continent (i.e. Akassa, Nigeria) may be vain. In this regard,
this aspect has a regional and a global benefit.
Protection of threatened habitats (nesting sites, coastal forest...) by combating erosion through
public/private/local communities partnerships
Reduction of pollution from coastal zone by developing adequate sensitization programmes, supporting the
construction of basic toilet facilities for the young promoters, improving liquid and solid waste management
practices in hotels
Sustainable coastal resource use by elaborating and the implementing a participative coastal use zoning which
is likely to address issues as poor sited infrastructures, conflicts of access and irresponsible utilization of
resources
Strengthening of institutional capacities in order to address critical issues as landownership, illegal
settlements, and negotiation skills of communities whom are under the threat of oil pollution from the Chad
Cameroon oil terminal.
Restoration of the productivity of ecosystems by supporting local communities to implement and manage
communal forest which appears like one the institutional tool likely to control the rapid privatization of land
and habitats degradation in the coastal zone
Name and Post of Government Representative endorsing the demonstration activity
Appendix A-38
· Mr. Moussa Seïbou, National Focal Point of the project, Ministry of Environment : 765 75 58 Fax :
223 60 51 Email : moussaseibou@yahoo.fr
· Mr. Tatieze Temgoua Pascal, Focal point, Ministry of Tourism Yaoundé Cameroon
Project Objectives and Activities
Background
The Kribi Campo coastal zone is the main attractive area with coastal tourism potential in the country. This
southern coast stretches over 80 km from Campo and is mainly made of beautiful narrow sand beaches. The
vegetation of the area is a typical humid evergreen tropical type.
The area can be divided in five zones: 1 The Ebodjé community based tourism area; 2 The Grand Batanga
beach cook initiative sector; 3 The Lobe Falls tourism zone; 4 The Kribi/Londji beach development zone. 5
The Campo-Ma'an, Rio Campo zone. The first 2 sectors will community based tourism, while the last three
relate to physical planning and coastal zoning.
In all of the five zones, the demonstration will address critical issues of landownership and poor sited facilities
as well as biodiversity loss and pollution. Innovative techniques to address these general issues will include
alternative conflicts resolution strategies, participatory technology development for resource conservation as
well as participatory multi-stakeholders planning.
A key objective in the whole pilot project will be to raise institutional awareness on coastal zone biodiversity
conservation linked with a permanent coordinating mechanism. At the level of communities, there are existing
organizations in Ebodjé and Grand-Batanga, and community based initiatives will be further developed and
supported through the project. In the Kribi-Londji area, Local municipalities have finalised a first draft coastal
zone planning strategy. The Ministry of Planning, Programming Development and Regional Development
endorsed this tool and it constitutes the baseline for this pilot project.
The Campo Ma'an forest reserve is an interesting tourist attraction which could be taken into account for the
smooth physical planning in the campo area and Yoyo beach. WWF has undertaken some work in this area and
the project will complement these activities. A Transboundary Project on physical planning supported by CAEC
is being prepared. Links will be developed between these Project to minimise overlap and ensure that both
existing and proposed initiatives benefit from sharing lessons and information.
The key issues in the Kribi Campo Pilot Demonstration area as follow:
· Lack of physical planning,
· Illegal settlements and poor sited facilities
· Human pollution,
· Mangrove destruction.
· Privatization of land and related land conflicts
· Threats by serious oil pollution
· Threats by pollutants from agro industries localised near by the 2 main rivers leading to the sea
· Biodiversity loss particularly pressure on shrimps and fish
· Poor coordinating mechanisms among stakeholders
· Increase marginalisation of minorities (Pygmies)
· Lack of awareness and basic skills by key stakeholders of tourism who are far to improve their
livelihoods
· Lack of appropriate infrastructures and facilities to handle solid and liquid waste
· Absence of adequate response to combat increase coastal erosion
Objectives and activities
The objective of the Kribi Campo Pilot Demonstration is to demonstrate sustainable innovative strategies and
techniques to alleviate poverty while conserving biodiversity and reducing the environmental impact from
coastal tourism through participatory physical planning and zoning, and the promotion of best practices for
rehabilitation of hotspots. To achieve this, it will be necessary to develop efficient coordinating mechanisms
involving Private and Public sectors as well as CBOs.
Demonstration Activities:
· Identification and institutional analysis of all the Stakeholders
· Environmental baseline studies on the coast and sensitivity map.
· Identification and analysis of all existing institutional instruments for coastal zone management,
Appendix A-39
tourism activities and biodiversity conservation
· Identification of good practices in sustainable use of coastal resources
· Identification and organization of local capacities to include in awareness campaigns
· Participatory critical situation analysis for all the stakeholders
· Development of understandable indicators to monitor the coastal zone conservation and integrity
· Awareness and capacity building on beach management to deal with litter
· Alternative conflicts resolution seminars for coastal stakeholders
· Exchange visits among key Stakeholders to learn from best practices
· Support programme for Community based ecotourism projects including financing
· Reforestation programme along the coast as one of the method to combat erosion
· Development and implementation of a Participatory Coastal Zone Planning Model including mapping
· Elaboration of a local multi stakeholders coordination group for sustainable coastal tourism
· Build on marine turtle protection program and help extend it to other sites in the destination
· Marketing of small attractions, create links into other operators/ hotels
· Establish indicators of performance measures for project
· Establish standards for business partnerships between resorts and local enterprises to build links among
Kribi hotels , packagers and local villages/ecotourism projects
End-of Project Landscape
The demonstration project will establish an effective model of community based coastal zone management that
addresses poorly sited facilities, illegal settlements and minorities' marginalization. This project will
demonstrate methods to ensure landownership security to CBO's initiatives and thereby increase sustainable use
of resources while improving their livelihoods. In the details the demo will develop:
· Capacity and awareness using the local radio, a participative learning with support documentation
· Key policy proposals utilising the recent opportunities provided by the decentralization law
· An integrated model of public/private partnership and targeting sustainable coastal management.
· Coordinating unit providing guidance to and monitoring sustainable development issues
· Field school programme packaged in such a way that modules addressing erosion, biodiversity
conservation, oil pollution prevention, solid and liquid waste management can be implemented when
needed.
· Participation programme to adapt and implement the physical planning strategy already available.
· A micro credit unit to support CBO activities related to improvement of livelihoods by conserving the
biodiversity and reducing environmental impact from coastal tourism.
· An inter-communal tourism board which will sell the destination by advertising the sustainable
development options of the area.
· A marine park
· Communal forest along the coast to prevent privatization of land
Project Management Structure and Accountability
The demonstration project will be jointly managed by the Focal points from the Ministry of Environment and
the Ministry of Tourism, the Representatives of Private sector, The Representative of the CBO and the
communities, the Representative of the Local Municipalities. The tentative role distribution is as follows :
The Focal point will provide the overall guidance and coordination.
A Management team including local communities and key Stakeholders representative will be established and
constitutes a bridge between the steering committee and the grassroots.
The Local municipality representatives will take the lead for landownership issues as well as physical
planning, waste management.
The CBO and local people will play key role for implementation of activities related to biodiversity
conservation, ecotourism and all activities likely to improve their livelihoods.
A local steering committee comprising representatives of all the above key stakeholders will be in charge of the
planning and follow up of activities. To institutionalize the outcome, a local newsletter will be prepared and
send to all key stakeholders of the coastal zone. Items including management issues and governance will be
discussed in this newsletter. The management of the project will start by a participatory planning process within
the steering committee. A Monitoring and Evaluation Unit involving CBOs will make sure the programme is
fully implemented. Finances will be available in a local account with one representative of the CBO as co
manager. Empowerment of the local communities will be a key objective to achieve.
Appendix A-40
Involvement of stakeholders and beneficiaries
Participatory approaches used in the demo will include: community workshops, multi stakeholders field visit,
participatory monitoring and evaluation, alternative conflict resolution, and capacity building issue will be
addressed. Some members of the community will train their counterparts. The project will be implement by
UNEP and executed by UNIDO. During project implementation UNIDO, WTO, UNEP and pertinent Partners
will provide technical support to the project team.
The implementation of the demonstration project at National level will be coordinated by the National Focal
Point (Ministry of Environment). National project Coordinators will be appointed by the National inter-
ministerial Committee, the ministry of Environment will be responsible for implementation and punctual output
delivery at national level. The national inter-ministerial committee will ensure overall leadership and
coordination, as well as policy, Legislative, and Financial support of the project. It will act as the liaison
between the project and other national and international programmes, organizations and donors at the country
level. This committee will include senior government official from relevant government ministries and regional
authorities, as well as international agency representatives with an active role in the project.
· The inter-ministerial committee will include the following: MINEP, MINTOUR, MINATD,
MINEPIA, MINDUH, MINDAF, MINEE, MINADER, and MINIMIDT.
· Agro-Industrial Companies and Developmental Agencies: MEAO, MIDEPECAM, HEVECAM
SOCAPALM, COTCO SNV, IUCN, WWF, GTZ, COOPI , CERECOMA, CED SNH, OMT-STEP,
Chamber of Commerce and Industries,
· Local institutions Kribi Urban Council, Kribi Rural Council,
· CBOs: EBOTOUR, BEACH COOK, GICPATHBEL,
· OTHERS: Hotel syndicate and tours Operators
Sustainability
· Financial sustainability is closely link to the fact that even though there is no clear support of the
activities of the area, local communities are able to attract visitors. Thus, by supporting implementation
and development of sustainable tourist activities the demo will not face problems of financial
sustainability.
· Politically, The MEAO, create by presidential decree in 2001 and dedicated to provide guidance to the
development of the southern coastal zone of the country will be replace by a regional development
body which will implement the strategy developed by the MEAO. This body will surely extend its
means to the site of the pilot. Cameroon joined the PDF-B after the other countries. The Minister of
Environment wrote to UNIDO and called upon his colleague of the Ministry of Tourism to support the
participation of the country in the project. The co financing issue had been already discussed and the
Budget of the Ministry elaborated in including the country financial part in the project.
· Locally, the Kribi rural and urban council initiated a year ago a strategy of sustainable development of
their coastal zone. This pilot demo areas where included in this initiative. It means, even before this
PDF-B, Local authorities where seeking ways to launch sustainable development of the coastal zone.
The CBOs, the association of the hoteliers and the communities of the area where fully involved in the
development of this strategy. It's interesting to see that the current pilot is fully in accordance of a
component of the strategy developed earlier by the local stakeholders.
Replicability
The area targeted here is very similar to the rest of southern coast stretching to Equatorial Guinea, Gabon and
Congo. Issuers of coastal erosion, coconut tree degradation, threats on Marine tortoise, solid and liquid waste
management are similar. More so, the lessons obtained on issues of awareness and capacity building of local
community can be easily replicated in the region. Know SNV is developing at the level of Central Africa an
important project of biodiversity conservation which can inspire this process of replicability.
Monitoring and evaluation
· Number of stakeholders identified
· Number of institutional analysis of all the stakeholders done and validated by the stakeholders
· Number of institutional instruments for CZM, tourism activities and biodiversity conservation
identified and assessed
· Number of good practices in sustainable use of coastal resources identified and disseminate
· Number of workshops on participatory critical situation analysis held
Appendix A-41
· Level of participation of stakeholders in the above workshops
· Availability and effective use of indicators to monitor the coastal zone conservation and integrity
· Availability of Training module to raise awareness and support capacity building including beach
management units deal with litter
· Number of training sessions on awareness and capacity building
· Number of seminars on Alternative conflicts resolution for coastal stakeholders
· Number of conflicts among communities as compare to an initial situation
· Number of Support programmes for Community based ecotourism projects including
· Number of the surface area covered by within the Reforestation programme along the coast
· Availability of and use of a Participatory Coastal Zone Planning Model including mapping
· Existence of a local multi stakeholders coordination group for sustainable coastal tourism
· Extension of the marine turtle protection program in other sites in the destination
· Number of newly developed small attractions marketed,
· Number of links with positive effects between into local community operators/ hotels
· Availability and effective use of indicators of performance measures for project
· Existence of a permanent discussion body for coordination of the integrated coastal zone management
· Percentage of hotels accepting to invest in EMS
· Effective relocation of activities and rehabilitation of the Londji beach for tourism
· Number of tourists visiting the site and annual income of the community
Co-financing
The Ministry of Environment has included in the 2006 budget it's financial contribution to the project. During
the upcoming workshop on co financing details will be available particularly the level of contribution of private
sector and NGOs.
Budget
GEF: US$236,450
Government: US$490,000
Donors/Private Sector: US$373,550
Appendix A-42
Country:
The Gambia
Title:
Strengthening community-based ecotourism and joint-venture partnerships
Executing body: Gambia Tourism Authority and the National Environment Agency
Cost of Project: US$451,507 GEF US$283,829 Co-financing US$167,678
Linkage to Project Priority Demonstrations:
IB2: Development of eco-tourism to alleviate poverty, through sustainable alternative livelihoods and generate
revenues for conservation of biodiversity and the benefit of the local community.
The project priority demonstrations are most directly linked to IB2 but are highly relevant to.
IB1.Establishment and Implementation of Environmental Management Systems and Voluntary Eco-certification
and Labeling Schemes
1B3: Promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally significant
biodiversity through improved reef recreation management
Linkage to National Priorities and Programmes:
The demonstration is well aligned with national priorities and programs, such as the Second Strategy for Poverty
Alleviation (SPA II), and the long-term growth strategy of Vision 2020. It is also aligned with such as the
Responsible Tourism Guidelines for the Gambia, the Draft Tourism Masterplan and the Ecotourism
Development and Support Strategy (EDSS). The initiative will promote poverty alleviation through the
development of more diverse ecotourism opportunities for rural communities, and by promoting linkages
between different stakeholder groups and building their capacity in environmentally and socio-economically
sustainable ecotourism.
Global and Regional Benefits:
· Reduction of pollution from coastal tourism, by mobilising local communities in control and management
of natural resources and installing waste management facilities in each area.
· Protection of threatened habitats / ecosystems (including mangroves), by supporting CBOs in
ecologically sensitive zones and providing alternative livelihoods.
· Conservation of globally significant biodiversity, integrating biodiversity criteria into tourism planning
processes, increasing awareness of Ramsar sites revenues for use in conservation.
· Strengthening of institutional capacities, by increasing participation in planning, product development
and management; ecotourism criteria into tourism planning
· Restoration of the productivity and health of ecosystems, by design of low impact resorts, public-private
partnerships
· Sustainable Coastal Resource Use by making the tourism more sustainable at a community and destination
level by reducing threats to the key resources, reducing pollution minimising wastage and using resources
more efficiently; ensuring community participation in planning, managing and benefiting from tourism.
Name and Post of Government Representative endorsing the Demonstration Activity:
Mr. Momodou B.Sarr
Executive Director
National Environment Agency
5. Fitzgerald Street,
Banjul, The Gambia
Tel. 220-4223860 (office)
Fax: 220-4229701
Mobile: 220-9960732
email: msarr@gamtel.gm
Mr. KHALIBA SENGHORE,
Director General
Gambia Tourism Authority
Kololi, P.O. Box 4085
Bakau, K.M.C., Gambia
Tel.
(220) 4462 491/3/4
Fax
(220) 4462 487
Email info@gta.gm
Appendix A-43
Project Objectives and Activities:
Background:
The Gambia has yet to fully exploit the ecotourism market to attract bird-watchers and wildlife enthusiasts. The
entire coast of The Gambia has been designated a sensitive area, and a series of biodiverse protected areas with
emerging community-based ecotourism initiatives and potential for new ecotourism and joint-ventures. Sites
that have been highlighted for potential ecotourism development include Tanbi Wetland complex, Tanji River
Bird Reserve, Bao Bolon Wetland Reserve, Kotai Stream Complex and Kiang West National Park. Of these only
Kiang West has existing tourism facilities. Coastal community-based ecotourism (CBE) initiatives are at
different stages of development and would benefit from assistance in capacity building, strengthened policy and
regulatory frameworks, awareness raising and publicity and marketing, establishing joint venture partnerships,
and waste and sewage disposal infrastructure. The development of ecotourism in these locations will provide
sustainable alternative livelihoods for local communities, and therefore help to alleviate of poverty, generate
revenues for conservation, and will also reduce unsustainable use and pollution of natural resources.
Key issues in the area are:
· Overexploitation of natural resources, and fragmentation of habitats.
· Loss of faunal diversity due to hunting of protected species and bush fires.
· Loss of coastal vegetation and degradation coastal habitats by cattle grazing and trampling
threatening shoreline stability and leading to coastal erosion.
· Land degradation due to urban expansion, industrial development and agriculture, fishing, sand
mining, and resulting in loss of natural vegetation and fragmentation of habitat.
· Local management of protected areas is limited, and illegal hunting is prevalent.
· Unsustainable land management practices (e.g. bush fire and wood cutting).
· Sand mining activities threaten coastal habitats, shoreline stability and contribution to coastal erosion.
· Education and training required in tourism and conservation management
· Poor environmental standards and waste disposal.
· Community participation in planning and decision making
· Need for realistic expectations from ecotourism
· Cultural and social traditions threatened by tourism and by uncontrolled involvement (e.g. bumsters)
· Limited private sector partnerships with communities, and limited access by communities to tourism
markets
· Potential economic returns from tourism as an alternative livelihood strategy.
· Current low level of business skills among CBT enterprises, including hospitality, marketing etc.
· Capacity building required at all levels and within all institutions.
Sites selected are located along the coast of The Gambia.
Community ecotourism initiatives:
· The Tumani Tenda CBE Project one of the first CBE, promoting the village and surrounds,
specifically their culture, handicrafts, cuisine and history.
· The Sanyan Community Forest (inland) is searching for partners to assist them.
· Oyster Creek tourist-boat owners operate mangrove and fishing tours and need coordination.
· The Kartong Community Ecotourism Site has basic accommodation and restaurant facilities. A joint venture
is being formed between the community and the private sector enterprise, Gamspirit.
Protected areas:
· Tanji River Bird Reserve (TRBR): 612 ha reserve, gazetted in 1993, due to diversity of avifauna, and it is a
biodiversity hotspot, designated as an important Bird Area and RAMSAR. Bird breeding site, wealth of
marine mammals, cetaceans, and turtles.
· Tanbi Wetland Complex (TWC): 6,000 ha on the southern River Gambia estuary. Wetland and biodiversity
hotspot, with low mangrove forest designated as a RAMSAR. Supports a diversity of invertebrates and
resident and migratory avifauna. Local population dependent on agriculture, subsistence fishing, and oyster
collecting. The area is threatened by agriculture, industry, and sewage.
· Bao Bolon Wetland Reserve (BBWR): 21,900 ha, wetland on the north bank of the River Gambia, 100 km
from the river mouth, designated RAMSAR site with high mangrove to seasonal freshwater marsh, diverse
fauna and breeding ground. Local communities dependent on cattle, rice cultivation, subsistence fishing and
firewood. Mangroves harvested for construction. Cattle grazed in Reserve in the dry season.
· Kiang West National Park (KWNP): 11,000 ha, on the south bank of the River Gambia. Woodlands,
rangelands, mangroves and bolongs support a diversity of birds, and mammals such as the clawless otter and
Appendix A-44
the Manatee. The ecosystem supports over 3000 people with a wide range of resources, services and
commodities.
Kotai stream complex: Stream that empties in the Atlantic ocean with large water bird population
Objectives & Activities:
The overall OBJECTIVE of the Demonstration is to promote the improved conservation, management and
monitoring of coastal biodiversity, and to enhance and diversify sustainable local livelihoods through ecotourism
as a means of alleviating poverty.
Institutional capacity building:
Support the development of a multi-partner stakeholder group, including government departments of
forestry, wildlife and tourism, community based organisations (e.g. ASSET), NGOs and the private
sector to improve communication, cooperation and reduce overlapping issues and resolve conflicts.
The key role of The Gambia Tourism Authority has to be strengthened and equipped with adequate
financial, human and technical resources. Cooperation between the public and private tourism sector in
a close partnership relationship is a key issue for any future development.
Build institutional capacity within DPWLM to work with communities, the private sector and GTA to
facilitate ecotourism development within and around the protected areas.
Support institutional strengthening within ASSET and KART (Kartom Association for Responsible
Tourism), not only in forming linkages with tour operators and the formal private sector but also
developing new linkages with tourists seeking community products.
Facilitate the development of an association to represent the boat operators at Oyster Creek, and
cooperation with ASSET and facilitate improved marketing and improved access to tourists through
brokers.
Outcome will be improved institutional capacity in conservation and responsible ecotourism.
Strengthening policy and regulatory frameworks:
Support the implementation of the Responsible Tourism Guidelines for the Gambia, the Draft Tourism
Masterplan and the Ecotourism Strategy.
Develop institutional mechanisms incorporating coordination and cooperation between stakeholders at
local, district and provincial levels to enforce implementation of the plan particularly in relation to ad-
hoc development in ecologically sensitive locations. Zones should include areas for conservation;
habitation; sustainable resource use; no-resource use; and tourism and multiple use.
Review and evaluate institutional analysis relating to community-based ecotourism in relation to
overlapping authorities (e.g. clarify the Oyster Creek boat operators site).
Enforce agreed national processes and policies and legislation (e.g. water abstraction strategic
environmental assessment and cumulative impacts assessment).
Enforce regulations regarding tourism development and natural resources use within protected areas.
Develop participatory destination plans for the sites, including coastal profile and integrated coastal
management and macrozoning, using technical assistance.
Implement participatory planning processes, with technical assistance support, for CBE initiatives and
surrounding natural environments.
Support planning permission for environmentally friendly designs of tourism infrastructure, and
tourism business plans that incorporate socially and environmentally responsible activities.
Plan and implement environmentally appropriate and responsible sewage and waste management
processes.
Ensure inclusive local stakeholder and local community participation in participatory planning
activities.
Incorporate indigenous people's issues by including community visioning exercises regarding
ecotourism and protected areas.
Support processes to extend Sanyan Community Forest to the sea, to improve biodiversity conservation
and increase tourism potential.
Demarcation of tourism development area for Kartong
Clarify land and tree tenure issues, by developing and publishing maps of local tenure systems. In
particular raise awareness regarding policy and regulations on sale of land, and enforce them.
Support sustainable natural resource management, including fishing and harvesting products within
forests and protected areas.
Develop baseline environmental, social and economic indicators for each site.
Consider adjusting entry and resource-use fees to market-related levels to raise more revenue for
Appendix A-45
conservation and community development.
Outcome will be improved policy and regulatory frameworks, enhanced institutional capacity, improved
law enforcement, greater transparency of natural resource rights, and improved participation of stakeholders
in planning and coordination processes.
Knowledge dissemination and awareness creation:
Build expertise at all levels of DNPWLM, private sector and local communities in legislation and
regulations relevant to natural-resource use, land designation and establishing ecotourism businesses
within parks and reserves, by developing and disseminating clear information.
Provide access to training, mentoring and exchange programs in tourism, hospitality and enterprise
development for community members, including themes on product development, quality, hospitality,
interpretation (e.g. guiding) and maintenance.
Raise awareness about GIPSA (a one-stop shop for investors)
Develop interpretation centres at each site, in addition to toilet facilities, restaurant and retail facilities
(see below).
Through participatory processes, develop and disseminate codes of conduct incorporating cultural and
social themes, and environmental issues, for both tourists and local community members.
Provide tourists with information about the Gambian situation and also codes of conduct (i.e. do's and
don'ts) and sensitisation local people to tourists
Develop toolkits for stakeholders on how to develop public-private partnerships; establish CBEs; and
broker joint-venture partnership agreements.
Operate workshops between formal private sector hotels, ground handlers, ASSET members and other
CBOs to foster mutually beneficial and improved coordination and cooperation. Use the process to
reduce conflict and improve opportunities for commercially beneficial partnerships.
Support exchange visits between Gambian and regional CBE initiatives (e.g. Tumani Tenda is already
assisting other communities by advising them on the development of CBE in this way)
Disseminate lessons of best practice and advances in Gambian community-based ecotourism through
case studies that include tangible information on socio-economic and environmental improvements.
Outcome will be improved knowledge and awareness regarding responsible ecotourism development and
operation among tourism stakeholders, and improved coordination between them. Community-based
enterprises will have better access to information and best practice, that will facilitate more effective and
commercially viable enterprises.
Ecotourism initiatives:
Plan and conduct a commercialization program for the parks and reserve.
Develop concessions for interpretation centres, accommodation, restaurants and retail facilities,
ensuring local participation in a meaningful economic sense.
Work with the private sector and local people to identify attractive areas for accommodation and
tourism activities, recognizing the need for viable access but minimizing negative environmental
impacts.
Develop a concessioning system that includes: (a) local community equity (e.g. joint ventures with local
communities), (b) local employment, training and procurement (e.g. local products and services); (c)
EIAs and Environmental Management Systems; (d) conservation management. Ensure that the tender
process is transparent and well controlled
Joint-venture partnerships: At Kartong Support the development of responsible joint-venture
between the Kartong community and Gamspirit through the facilitating of formal and equitable
agreements between the parties.
At Tumani Tenda facilitate the development of a partnership between the CBE and a private sector
operator, to help mentor the community to improve the quality of their tourism product; the range and
diversity of activities offered; infrastructure design, construction and maintenance; and improve
market linkages.
Community-based tourism initiatives: Support the development of a self-financing central booking
and reservation system for CBE accommodation and activities, to reduce barriers the poor face in
accessing the market.
Assist the Sanyan Community Forest group in the development of ecotourism business plans,
exploring options for accommodation, activities and products related to the forest attraction (including
partnerships with the private sector and/or NGOs).
At all CBE enterprises, explore options for sustainable alternative sources of income based on natural
resources (e.g. sale of fishing products; honey production; crab farming, bush tea, fruit products) and
Appendix A-46
tourism (e.g. local mangrove, estuary fishing and bird guiding; development of mangrove boardwalks;
direct employment; enterprise development)
Development of ethical, environmental, socioeconomic and quality codes/guidelines for community
based tourism enterprises, and support for their implementation, in order to benefit from joint
marketing initiatives.
Develop environmentally appropriate waste and sewage disposal infrastructure at all CBE enterprises
to protect the wetlands and ensure hygienic working conditions.
Develop microfinance systems for community members wishing to start small businesses or become
entrepreneurs.
Outcome will be more diverse ecotourism enterprises, community-based enterprises and public-private
partnerships, that will generate more revenue for the conservation of biodiversity, reduction of pollution
and sustainable alternative livelihoods to reduce poverty.
End-of Project Landscape (Outputs):
By the end of the project the demonstration project will have well managed coastal natural resources with
improved conservation, management and monitoring of coastal biodiversity, with lower levels of pollution.
Greater levels of revenue will be available to finance conservation management and monitoring. Sustainable
local livelihoods will also have been enhanced and diversified through ecotourism and poverty will be reduced.
Project Management Structure and Accountability:
The project would be executed by National Steering Committee composed of the National Environment
Authority (NEA) and Gambia Tourism Authority (GTA), private sector and technical advisors. National
Coordinators from NEA and GTA would oversee on the ground activities coordinated by a National Field
Coordinator, working with the National Park Ecotourism Advisory Board consisting of Provincial and
Municipal Government (Environment, Tourism, Fisheries, and Lands), Private sector; local NGOs, community
representatives / community based organisations.
Involvement of Stakeholders and Beneficiaries:
Gambia Tourism Authority, National Environment Agency,
Department of Tourism, Gambia Ports Authority, Department of Fisheries, Department of Parks and
Wildlife management, Department of Physical Planning and Housing,
Local government authorities and councils
Village Development Committees and Community Forestry Committees
ASSET (Association of Small Scale Enterprises in Tourism) and KART (Kartong Association for
Responsible Tourism)
Local private sector promoting responsible ecotourism in the local area, including Gamspirit and
Masakutu
Sustainability:
i) The demonstration will address financial sustainability by generating income from sustainable and
commercially viable ecotourism practices and joint-ventures, which promote biodiversity conservation and
poverty alleviation.
ii) The development of an appropriate institutional structure has been proposed by the country focal points with
regard to sustainability, so that initiative will fit within the appropriate ministries at the termination of the
project.
iii) The local traditional authorities, local private sector and local CBOs are supportive of the initiative. The
initiative will support associated initiatives to implement Responsible Tourism Guidelines in the Gambia.
Replicability:
The pollution threats from coastal tourism and tourism activities that are practiced along The Gambian coast are
common to other areas in West Africa. The institutional fragmentation and limited enforcement of conservation
legislation is also similar in the region, although The Gambia's resources are comparatively well managed.
Demonstrating how coastal ecotourism can alleviate pollution and maximise local economic opportunities
through participatory planning and coordinated development will be of value throughout the region. Lessons in
the development of public-private partnerships, tender processes, institutional strengthening, training and
enterprise development will provide best-practice models for the region.
Monitoring & Evaluation Process:
Indicators of success will include:
1. Increase in benefits at the local/ destination level e.g.
- Economic benefit to the community and to organizations (direct economic benefits overall and per capita,
Appendix A-47
accessibility of microfinance and tourist spend)
- Social benefit (number employed, measures of increased health, waste management, infrastructure provided
by the project in the community and more broadly)
- Environmental benefits (area under management, specific measures of key ecological benefits such as area
protected, area rehabilitated, species conserved)
2. Equitable sharing responsibilities and benefits e.g.
- allocation of resources (distribution among community members, sectors, gender, social unit, SMEs)
- distant water (e.g. not-local/transboundary)/ coastal state benefits (specific attribution to improvement in
water, species, erosion control)
- poverty monitoring (allocation of benefits such as jobs, income, ownership, access to social services by
cohort, Contribution towards poverty alleviation)
- local involvement in participatory development and coordination of tourism plans
3. Sustainability of benefits, e.g.
- sustainable tourism indicators, specifically competitiveness, participatory monitoring techniques applied
- local ownership in tourism and related enterprises (% of enterprises totally or partially owned by local people)
4. Good governance at local and national levels (Process Indicators), e.g.
- implementation of Code of Conduct and best practice for tourism enterprises and tourists (% adopting)
-transparency, accountability, democracy, coordination, conflict resolution etc.
- % participation of community and key stakeholder groups in co-management
- human and institutional capacity indicators at local level (to be considered) , % of establishments with
management & business) plan
ii) Currently there is little environmental or socio-economic data available in the area, and therefore new data
collection tools and collation databases will need to be compiled.
iii) There is limited capacity for monitoring currently, but significant potential for improvement and expansion
using interested local stakeholders from communities, the private sector, and authorities.
Budget:
Cost of Project: US$451,507
GEF US$283,829
Govt. Co-financing US$167,678
Appendix A-48
Country:
Ghana 1
Title:
Environmental Management Systems for the Budget Hotel Sector
Executing body: Ministry of Environment, Ministry of Tourism, Ghana Tourism Board, Environmental
Protection Agency, Ghana Hotels Association
Cost of Project: US$1,138,280 GEF US$ 138,070 Co-financing US$ 1,000,210
Linkage to Project Priority Demonstrations:
The activities in this demonstration project directly respond to the following demonstration project priority /
priorities:
IB1. Establishment and Implementation of Environmental Management Systems and Voluntary Eco-
certification and Labelling Schemes
Linkage to National Priorities and Programmes:
The demonstration project will strengthen existing environmental policy, legislation and institutional
arrangements for encouraging and achieving better environmental management in Ghana's budget hotel sector
through a combination of both regulatory and voluntary initiatives. It is expected that the demonstration project
will also help to create markets in the supply of environmental products and services.
Global and Regional Benefits:
The project demonstrates strategies within the tourism sector for addressing land-based activities under the
Global Programme of Action for Land-based Activities specifically related to: the management of sewage and
litter; utilisation of natural resources (e.g. freshwater); and establishing planning and other controls upon
activities (e.g. siting and construction) that contribute to contaminants and sources of degradation upon the
marine environment. These strategies include:
Reduction of pollution from coastal tourism, by improving sanitation and liquid and solid waste
management practices
Protection of threatened habitats / ecosystems, through minimising impact of hotels and improving waste
management.
Strengthening of institutional capacities, by increasing awareness and technical capacities to manage the
environment through regulatory and voluntary mechanisms.
Restoration of the productivity and health of ecosystems, by minimising the impact of tourism.
Sustainable Coastal Resource Use by making the tourism industry more sustainable at a community and
destination level by reducing threats to the key resources.
Name and Post of Government Representative endorsing the Demonstration Activity:
Mr Edward Osei Nsenkyire-
Chief Director
Ministry of Environment and Science
P O Box M 232
Accra, Ghana
Tel: 233 21 662 626/666 049
Fax: +233 21 66 68 28
Email: mest@ghana.com/ atobiggy@yahoo.co.uk
Project Objectives and Activities:
Background:
In Ghana the budget hotel sector consists of over 500 small and medium hotels concentrated in a 50 km wide
coastal area (with more in-land). Although the impact of an individual budget hotel individually may be
relatively small, in aggregate these hotels pose significant environmental impacts, especially with respect to poor
liquid and solid waste management, high demands upon scarce natural resources, poor construction practices and
location within inappropriate sites causing erosion or habitat destruction. During the high season, around 5000
tourists are concentrated in very limited coastal area, generating concerns about exceeding carrying capacities.
This is contributing to environmental degradation. There is a low level of environmental awareness in the highly
fragmented hotel sector and pollution (liquid and solid waste) are causing visible environmental problems.
The budget hotel sector is not adequately addressed by current environmental regulation frameworks. The
concentration of enforcement is on 4 star and 5 star hotels, which form a minority compared to the overall sector.
Appendix A-49
The rest of the hotel sector is generally unregulated and there is a lack of awareness, technical know-how and
resources to implement appropriate environmental management and protection measures.
Key issues are:
Contamination (sewage, solid waste) of coastal water
Loss of coastal habitats and land degradation
High pressure upon scarce shared natural resources such as fresh water
Objectives & Activities:
The overall objective of the demonstration project is to develop and implement environmental management
systems that are appropriate for application in budget and small to medium size hotels, in order to reduce their
environmental impacts on the coastal and marine environment.
The project will achieve this by utilising participatory processes for:
Streamlining environmental assessment requirements for new budget hotels. This activity will identify
models for effective project level EIA including rapid assessment processes; class assessment procedures
(e.g. for different sized enterprises, small infrastructure) and effective screening criteria; standards for
assessment; appropriate environmental quality standards and monitoring methods etc. As a result, there will
be a better understanding by investors on the process and requirements for environmental management in
their businesses. They will have clearer information on the environmental processes and requirements for
new developments including the time and budgetary resources that are required for environmental and other
planning processes. Governments will have the capacity to efficiently manage the review process for new
developments.
Developing specific environmental guidelines, operating practices and environmental auditing
requirements for the sector. This activity will identify the best means for managing the implementation and
monitoring of environmental management measures in the sector including an evaluation of voluntary
versus regulatory means. The result will be templates for simplified environmental management systems
that are especially targeted at the budget hotel sector. These will be agreed upon by stakeholders in the
sector as a basis for achieving widespread uptake by either voluntary or regulatory means, or a combination
of both. The environmental management system will be tested in between 3 -5 budget hotels, with results
and experiences fed back into the model templates.
Identifying and promoting the use of economic instruments that encourage the adoption of appropriate
environmental technologies suitable for the sector. Suitable target technologies such as water saving
devices, sewage treatment systems, solar water heating systems etc shall be identified, and existing cases of
best practice in the region promoted for their demonstration effect. Means of encouraging the adoption and
use of the technologies through economic instruments shall be explored. As a result, businesses will learn
of the benefits and application of such technologies and proposals for suitable economic instruments shall
be put forward to Government.
Implementing environmental awareness campaigns targeted at the budget hotel sector. This is an activity
that will continue for the duration of the demonstration project. As a result, environmental awareness
within the budget hotel sector will be built and their participation in the project gained. This will also form
the basis for ultimately achieving widespread uptake of environmental management systems within the
sector.
Developing and implementing capacity building programmes for institutions that are linked to the budget
hotel sector. A training programme will be developed and delivered to: regulatory agencies; architects;
engineers; environmental specialists; environmental technology suppliers; and tourism training institutions
etc. The training programme will encompass the guidelines, standards and procedures developed together
with practical demonstrations of the use of appropriate technologies for the sector. As a result, the budget
hotel sector and its suppliers will be better placed to implement environmental management systems in the
sector.
End-of Project Landscape (Outputs):
As a result of the demonstration project:
Appendix A-50
A template environmental management system suitable for budget hotels will be developed and tested.
Environmental regulation for the sector will be streamlined and voluntary mechanisms established.
Widespread awareness will be created within the sector and amongst its suppliers, on its environmental
impacts and the measures that it can put in place to mitigate these impacts.
Training programmes that build environmental management system capacities shall be developed and
delivered.
Appropriate environmental technologies will be identified, demonstrated and proposals for the use of
economic instruments to encourage wider uptake will be put forward to Government.
A plan for replication in the other participating countries shall be established.
The key outcome will be in the overall reduction of environmental impacts by the budget hotel sector on the
coastal and marine environment.
Project Management Structure and Accountability:
The demonstration project will be managed jointly (in a public-private partnership) by the Focal Point together
with the Ghana Hotels Association, in close collaboration with the Ghana Tourism Board and the Environmental
Protection Agency. The Focal Point will take the lead in co-ordinating government agencies and also other
industry sectors that are linked to the tourism sector, whilst the Ghana Hotels Association will take the lead in
mobilising the tourism industry stakeholders and ultimately in institutionalising the project within its existing
mandates and programmes. The Ghana Hotels Association has a well structured membership of over 1,400
members, approximately 200 of which are from the budget hotel sector. It is therefore well placed for
mobilising its budget hotel sector members to participate in the project.
Involvement of Stakeholders and Beneficiaries:
The project relies upon building strong participatory approaches, particularly since key activities relating to
regulatory frameworks and environmental standards require multi-stakeholder participation. Key stakeholders
include:
The tourism sector through the Ghana Hotels Association;
Government (Ministries of Environment, Tourism and the Environmental Protection Agency)
Local Government (Municipal and District Assemblies)
Private sector associations and suppliers to the tourism industry such as the Ghana Institute of Architects
and the Ghana Institution of Engineers.
Civil society organisations involved in environmental advocacy and awareness, such as the Ghana Wildlife
Society and Friends of the Earth, Ghana
Sustainability:
The demonstration project addresses sustainability in the following ways:
Building the capacity of organisations such as the Ghana Hotels Association in order to continue to house
and promote environmental awareness activities, training programmes etc., and for ensuring sustainability of
the activities beyond the project timeframe.
Engaging with Government, parliamentarians and other policy makers to incorporate changes into existing
policy and regulatory frameworks and adopt appropriate economic incentives for environmental
management.
Demonstrating to the budget hotel sector that improved environmental management from "cradle to grave"
results in operating efficiencies (particularly in terms of water consumption, waste generation and energy
usage) and hence encouraging actions at a voluntary level.
The project is financially feasible. Relevant private sector organisations such as the Ghana Hotels Association
are willing to commit resources in kind towards the project and it is likely that the association will become a
"house" for future environmental initiatives targeted at the hotel sector. Building capacity of such organisations
also includes developing their ability to network, develop future environmental projects and solicit additional
funding from other sources. In addition, it is anticipated that the use of economic instruments, if adopted by
Government, will provide a strong impetus towards sustainability of the project.
Ghana has already conducted stakeholder consultations at a national level and has in place a National Steering
Committee for the project. The private sector is represented through the Ghana Hotels Association and also one
of Ghana's most prominent hotel groups. Political will is demonstrated through the existing close collaboration
Appendix A-51
between the two lead ministries as well as other agencies such as the Ghana Tourism Authority and the
Environmental Protection Agency.
The documentation attached in XXXX provides evidence of Ghana's political will and commitment together
with local authority, community and private sector support for the project.
Replicability:
This demonstration project is widely replicable throughout the region. All the countries participating in the
project have budget and small hotels that have in the past largely fallen through "the net" of environmental
regulation, particularly since Government resources for environmental protection are already stretched in most
of the countries.
The issues facing the budget hotel sector in all the countries are largely common: lack of environmental
awareness; lack of resources to invest; lack of access to appropriate technologies; lack of capacity within
regulatory bodies and industry suppliers etc. The environmental impacts caused as a result are also largely
common.
Global experience has shown that the hotel sector potentially lends itself well to voluntary regulation. Budget
hotels form a market segment where simplified environmental management systems accompanied by access to /
information on appropriate low cost environmental technologies and design techniques can achieve significant
environmental improvements in a relatively efficient manner, through an optimal mix of regulation and
voluntary initiative.
Ghana is the ideal country to adapt and test these strategies for the region because its budget hotel sector is very
well developed and accessible through industry associations.
Monitoring & Evaluation Process:
Process Indicators
The following will have been developed and tabled to Government / regulatory agencies for approval and
adoption by the end of the project:
·
Strategy for regulation and voluntary environmental mechanisms targeted at the budget hotel sector;
·
Streamlined EIA and environmental audit procedures;
·
Specific environmental guidelines / quality parameters for the budget hotel sector;
·
Economic instruments that encourage the use of appropriate environmental technologies.
Plan for replication of the project in the other participating countries.
Commitment of institution (e.g. private sector association) for continuing to house project and further its
aims.
Targets for the following indicators will be set at project inception but will include the following:
Stress Reduction Indicators
% of target hotels which have attended awareness seminars / been subject to awareness campaigns
% of target hotels undergoing EMS training
Number of hotel industry personnel who have received EMS training
Number of professionals (engineers, architects, environmental specialists etc) who have received EMS
training
Number of regulatory agency and local authority staff who have received EMS training
% of hotels with environmental management systems in place (by year)
% of hotels with effective sewage treatment systems, purchasing policies (specific indicators to be
determined based upon priority environmental issues to be addressed in budget hotel specific EMS)
% reduction in water and energy consumption, waste generation
% hotels with waste management (solid and liquid) and monitoring systems
Number of sales of environmental technology products (e.g. water saving appliances, solar water heaters etc
specific indicators to be determined based upon priority environmental issues to be addressed in budget
hotel specific EMS)
Environmental Status Indicators
% of waste reduction from hotel sector to dump sites
Aggregate water consumption reductions from budget hotel sector
Aggregate energy reduction from budget hotel sector
Appendix A-52
Coliform counts on key coastal water bodies (% of water bodies with monitoring)
Increased stakeholder awareness and documented stakeholder involvement
Broad tourism data is available from the Ghana Tourism Board, the main regulatory body for tourism.
Environmental data related to tourism is available from the Environmental Protection Agency, which is
mandated with implementing environmental laws, in particular on environmental impact assessment and
auditing. This data is limited because the concentration of monitoring and enforcement has been on large four or
five star hotel facilities. Additional data may be sought from existing coastal and environmental management
efforts, such as environmental sensitivity mapping (particularly in the Elmina Cape Coast areas). All these
efforts will need to be consolidated and built upon in order to develop meaningful monitoring parameters, and
the associated capacities of the institutions involved.
Co-Financing:
Key sources of co-financing to the project include:
Government Agencies hosting meetings, space, a level of transportation, personnel
The Ghana Hotels Association hosting meetings, mobilising its members to provide meeting venues,
accommodation etc in kind or at subsidised rates
Other donor agencies / NGOs with programmes that can link with this project part financing of training
and awareness activities, policy development activities, facilitation
Appendix A-53
Country:
Ghana 2
Title:
Integrated Destination Planning and Management: Elmina-Cape Coast, Ada Estuary,
Volta Estuary, Western Stilt Villages
Executing body: Ministry of Environment, Ministry of Tourism, Ghana Tourism Board, Environmental
Protection Agency
Cost of Project: US$987,000 GEF US$ 150,000 Co-financing US$ 837,000
Linkage to Project Priority Demonstrations:
The activities in this demonstration project directly respond to the following demonstration project priority /
priorities:
IB.2. Development of eco-tourism to alleviate poverty, through sustainable alternative livelihoods and generate
revenues for conservation of biodiversity and the benefit of the local community
Note: the demonstration project is cross-cutting and also addresses other issues:
Linkage to National Priorities and Programmes:
The demonstration project will strengthen existing coastal tourism planning mechanisms, including policy and
legislative aspects, institutional arrangements and capacities of stakeholders for achieving better environmental
management in Ghana's coastal tourism sector. Although the project demonstrates integrated destination
management for sustainable tourism, it will emphasise on three key aspects in particular: planning and
management of coastal ecotourism; catalysing community involvement and partnerships for environmental
management; and the demonstration of specific environmental technologies for use in fragile environments.
Global and Regional Benefits:
The project demonstrates strategies within the tourism sector for addressing land-based activities under the
Global Programme of Action for Land-based Activities specifically related to: the management of sewage and
litter; utilisation of natural resources (e.g. freshwater, mangrove resources, fisheries); and establishing planning
and other controls upon activities (e.g. siting and construction) that would otherwise contribute to contaminants,
sources of degradation, and resource use pressures upon the marine environment. These strategies include:
Reduction of pollution from coastal tourism, by improving sanitation and liquid and solid waste
management and establishing appropriate monitoring techniques for the sector
Protection of threatened habitats / ecosystems, through minimising the impacts of hotel and resort
development, improving waste management and establishing better visitor management systems
Strengthening of institutional capacities, by increasing awareness, technical capacities to manage the
environment through regulatory and voluntary mechanisms, and increasing participation in environmental
planning
Restoration of the productivity and health of ecosystems by minimising the impact of tourism and catalysing
partnerships (e.g. conservation, community action, better purchasing practices, design of low impact resorts)
Sustainable Coastal Resource use by making the tourism industry more sustainable at a community and
destination level by encouraging more efficient resource use and reducing pollution and other threats to the
key resources / assets
Conservation of globally significant biodiversity by integrating biodiversity criteria into tourism planning
and management
Name and Post of Government Representative endorsing the Demonstration Activity:
Mr Edward Osei Nsenkyire-
Chief Director
Ministry of Environment and Science
P O Box M 232
Accra, Ghana
Tel: 233 21 662 626/666 049
Fax:
+233 21 66 68 28
Email: mest@ghana.com/ atobiggy@yahoo.co.uk
Project Objectives and Activities:
Background:
In Ghana, tourism is an emergent key source of national income contributing an estimated US$ 400 million to
the GDP. It is currently the fourth largest foreign exchange earner in the country and this is expected to rise
significantly by 2010. Ghana's tourism development plan targets the coastal zone as one of the centres for
Appendix A-54
growth with tourism assets that include historical forts, UNESCO World Heritage Sites, diverse mangrove and
lagoon ecosystems and fine beaches. Despite this:
Poor sanitation and management of human wastes in coastal settlements are adversely affecting the
environmental quality of beach areas and also threatening the tourism product.
The historic city of Ada, which is a key tourist attraction, has lost 150 metres of land to the sea as a result of
coastal erosion over the past 45 years.
The Volta Estuary is ripe for tourism development which is currently occurring in an unplanned manner
The mangrove lagoon ecosystem in the Elmina Cape Coast area is threatened through over-exploitation
and unsustainable use of resources.
There are a few existing ecotourism and biodiversity conservation initiatives
Whilst there are a number of commendable environmental efforts by the public and private sector, these
initiatives operate almost in isolation as there are no specific tourism development plans for the region, very
limited community involvement, lack of linkages (bty community based ecotourism enterprise) with the
mainstream tourism industry and poor product development.
Resultant key issues include:
Contamination (sewage, solid waste) of coastal waters from both local populations and growing tourism
activity
Loss of coastal habitats and land degradation
High pressure upon scarce shared natural resources such as fresh water
Wetland degradation
Erosion due to sand mining and mangrove cutting
Conflicts between local communities and the tourism sector
Objectives & Activities:
The overall objective of the demonstration project is to develop and put in place a model integrated planning
procedure for use in existing sites and for new tourism development, including ecotourism development, in
Ghana. It is to be applied to four key locations in Ghana to demonstrate in particular:
Building linkages between the coastal tourism industry and local communities (especially with regards to
waste management, use of shared resources, benefits seen from tourism; understanding of tourist
expectations; catalysing action on environmental clean-up, site rehabilitation, development of new tourism
areas, erosion control etc.)
Planning and management of coastal ecotourism
The use of effective and appropriate low cost, low-tech sanitation techniques in the coastal zone
The project will achieve this by
Developing and implementing an integrated destination planning process. This activity will commence by
identifying effective models for building strong community participation into planning and incorporating
these into the planning process. It is expected that this will form the basis for creating linkages between the
tourism sector and local stakeholders and building a common understanding about the importance of the
industry to the local economy and about stakeholder expectations. Field visits will be carried out to each
location by an expert planning team. Where possible this team should be composed of a combination of
local and international expertise. The field visits will be used to scope relevant baseline planning
information, carry out initial activities such as stakeholder analyses etc, and to initiate the full planning
process. The full planning process will consist of a number of participatory workshops and focus groups,
backed up with information gathered and analysed during the field visits. The planning process will then be
used to guide development so that the most fragile sites are identified and protected, tourism development is
directed to suitable sites, and the level and type of development both protects and enhances sites, in
particular those suitable for small community based ecotourism enterprises. The process will also focus
upon means for capturing the benefits of tourism, limiting negative social impacts on the community and
mobilising effective partnerships for planning and protection of key assets. As a result of this activity,
several models will be developed: effective engagement of local communities and stakeholders in tourism
planning and especially in catalysing action to solve local environmental problems; addressing
environmental impacts of tourism (and environmental impacts affecting tourism) in existing tourism zones
in Ghana; planning the expansion of new tourism areas; and planning for community based ecotourism
enterprises. The planning activities will build upon existing work done in Ghana's Five Year Tourism
Appendix A-55
Development Strategy, existing ICZM processes, and other activities carried out under initiatives such as the
GCLME project, Ghana's poverty reduction strategy etc. It is expected that the results will feed into
National policy frameworks for coastal tourism in Ghana.
Strengthening community based ecotourism enterprise. This activity will build upon the work done at the
national coastal zone scale by practically demonstrating ecotourism planning, development and management
at the local scale. The demonstration will take place at the stilt village of Nzelezu together with the other
villages surrounding the Amansuri Ramsar wetland. There are very initial plans by the Ghana Wildlife
Society for developing ecotourism products within these villages, although funding has not been secured.
The entire ecotourism business chain will be addressed in a series of activities that include, but are not
limited to, providing technical support for: site ecotourism planning, product development, SME
development, capacity building, access to enterprise finance, design and use of appropriate technologies,
hospitality and tourism training, visitor management planning, exchanges with other successful community
ecotourism projects, community and women's participation, joint marketing and building linkages with
other players in the tourism industry in order to build viable commercial ecotourism products. As a result of
this activity, there will be a demonstration of coastal ecotourism as a viable, sustainable market segment
within coastal tourism. The project will show ecotourism as a feasible alternative livelihood option that
will also encourage the protection of coastal natural resources. Lessons learned from the demonstration
activities will feed into overall coastal ecotourism strategy development for Ghana, being developed as part
of Component B activities of the full project. It is anticipated that this strategy will ultimately be tabled with
Government for adoption so that it gains national support and with it an escalation of resources / incentives
devoted towards development of the ecotourism segment of the coastal tourism market.
Demonstrating appropriate sanitation techniques. Sanitation has been identified as a key issue that severely
affects and is also affected by Ghana's tourism industry. This activity will therefore build upon the work
done in the planning activities described above and identify two locations to physically demonstrate (i) an
appropriate sanitation solution to encourage local communities not to use touristic beaches as toilets and (ii)
an effective low-cost, low-tech sanitation solution for ecotourism enterprises that are located in extremely
fragile environments (such as the stilt village of Nzelezu). The demonstrations will incorporate local
community consultations and identification of needs. Simple low-tech solutions will be decided upon in
close collaboration with the communities, and the demonstrations will also address long term sustainability
aspects in order to design the most appropriate solutions. As a result of this activity, there will be two
effective, sustainable working models for sanitation techniques that can be demonstrated through exchange
visits and community community training throughout the coastal zone in Ghana.
End-of Project Landscape (Outputs):
As a result of the demonstration project:
A functioning model of community engagement in coastal tourism (planning, management, mobilisation and
action) will have been developed
Models for best practice in coastal tourism management, planning and development in existing sites and for
new tourism areas will be integrated into Ghana's existing planning frameworks
A practical demonstration on strengthening community based ecotourism enterprise will be implemented,
with plans for demonstration and exchange with other coastal communities in Ghana
At least two successful appropriate sanitation demonstration projects will have been implemented, with
plans for demonstration and exchange with other coastal communities in Ghana
Capacities of relevant stakeholder groups will have been built in order to meaningfully participate in
integrated planning processes and environmental management
The key outcome will be in the overall reduction of environmental impacts by the tourism industry on the coastal
and marine environment. A participatory planning system integrated into coastal zone and community planning
will be in operation by the end of the project and will have demonstrated the positive effects of this approach in
a diverse coastal environment.
Project Management Structure and Accountability:
The demonstration project will be managed jointly (in a public-private partnership) by the Focal Point in close
collaboration with the Ghana Tourism Board, the Environmental Protection Agency, the Ghana Hotels
Association, the Ghana Wildlife Society and other key stakeholders e.g. District Assemblies, community groups
etc. The Focal Point will take the lead in co-ordinating government agencies and also other industry sectors that
Appendix A-56
are linked to the tourism sector. The Ghana Tourism Board and the Ghana Hotels Association will take the lead
in mobilising the tourism industry stakeholders and ultimately in institutionalising the project within its existing
mandates and programmes. The Ghana Wildlife Association will be involved in mobilising community
participation in terms of ecotourism and participation in planning processes and also in terms of building
understanding, conflict resolution etc.
Involvement of Stakeholders and Beneficiaries:
The project relies upon building strong and effective participatory approaches, particularly since the key
planning activities require multi-stakeholder participation. This includes coastal communities that have not been
involved in such processes to date and have been isolated from coastal tourism activities. Key stakeholders
include:
The tourism sector through the Ghana Hotels Association;
Government (Ministries of Environment, Tourism and the Environmental Protection Agency)
Local Government (Municipal and District Assemblies)
Civil society organisations involved in environmental advocacy and awareness, enterprise development,
poverty reduction and alternative livelihoods etc such as the Ghana Wildlife Society and Friends of the
Earth
Community based organisations such as the Western Nzema Traditional Council.
Sustainability:
The demonstration project addresses sustainability in the following ways:
Building a robust planning model that demonstrates to the tourism sector the value of participatory
processes in resolving conflicts that will ultimately lead to better environmental quality at the coast
Building the capacity of organisation in order to be able to mobilise communities, continue to house and
promote environmental awareness activities, training programmes, develop projects and ensure
sustainability of (community level) activities beyond the project timeframe
Engaging with Government, parliamentarians and other policy makers to incorporate changes as a result
from lessons learned into existing policy and regulatory frameworks and adopt appropriate economic
incentives for encouraging environmental management.
The project is financially feasible. Relevant private sector organisations and NGOs such as Friends of the Earth
are willing to commit resources in kind towards the project, especially as the project will escalate the impacts of
existing initiatives (e.g. in the case of the GWS's work in the Amansuri Wetland). The project will build the
capacity of relevant participating organisations, and this also includes developing their ability to network,
develop future environmental projects and solicit additional funding from other sources. In addition, it is
anticipated that the use of economic instruments and other financial mechanisms identified by the planning
process, if adopted by Government, will provide a strong impetus towards sustainability of the project.
Ghana has already conducted stakeholder consultations at a national level and has in place a National Steering
Committee for the project that is representative of the wide range of tourism stakeholders. Political will is
demonstrated through the existing close collaboration between the two lead ministries as well as other agencies
such as the Ghana Tourism Authority and the Environmental Protection Agency.
Replicability:
This demonstration project is widely replicable to other coastal areas in Ghana as well as throughout the region.
All the countries participating in the project have a lack of successful cases of best practice in integrated tourism
destination planning for the coastal zone. This is particularly so for the participating countries where tourism
has less prominence in the overall economy than, say, The Gambia or Kenya.
The issues facing the tourism sector in all the countries are largely common: lack of environmental awareness;
lack of resources to invest; lack of access to appropriate technologies; lack of capacity within regulatory bodies
and industry suppliers etc, user conflicts over scarce natural resources. The environmental impacts caused as a
result are also largely common.
The project provides a demonstration of methods to use the tourism sector as a catalyst for community
approaches to integrated planning of low impact resorts and ecotourism, including reduction of impacts on
Appendix A-57
fragile estuarine, lagoon, coastal forest and mangrove ecosystems and reduction of direct dumping of garbage
and liquid waste into the sea. Tourism is the engine for coastal development in many parts of Africa, and
addressing the use of suitable technologies and approaches for the African situation can be strategic for many
other destinations as demand for African tourism products grows. The gap analysis of all participating countries
(and the conclusions of the African Process) showed this to be one of the highest priority areas for intervention
with all participating countries listing the planning and control area in their list of top priorities. All
participating countries have at least one new tourism development which could use results and build upon them.
Hence the project has wide replicability.
Monitoring & Evaluation Process:
Process Indicators
Creation of a comprehensive stakeholder participation plan for the planning processes and site projects on
sanitation and ecotourism
The following will have been developed and tabled to Government / regulatory agencies for approval and
adoption by the end of the project:
o Planning guidelines (e.g. for new areas to be developed as tourism zones, appropriate use of
erosion defense measures by hotels, community involvement)
o Proposal for streamlined institutional / co-ordination framework for environmental
management of the tourism industry
Plan for replication of the project in the other participating countries.
Stress Reduction Indicators
% of destination with comprehensive planning in place
% of new development which meets review criteria
% of coastal tourism development which has comprehensive integrated planning (measure by % of coast
under planning control and/or % of resorts/hotels with comprehensive plans/strategies subject to effective
review)
% of (new) tourism properties which can be classified as ecotourism or having ecotourism elements
Number (%) of destination / CZ residents actively participating in the tourism sector (target = 30%)
Economic benefit to the community and to organisations (direct economic benefits overall and per capita
and per tourist)
Social benefit (number employed, measures of increased health, waste management infrastructure provided
by the project in the community and more broadly)
Distribution of benefits, e.g. number of tourism sector jobs
Allocation of resources (distribution among community members, sectors, gender, socal unit, SMEs)
National PRSP (poverty) monitoring (allocation of benefits such as jobs, income, access to social services,
contribution of tourism towards poverty alleviation)
Sustainable tourism indicators, including competitiveness, ecological footprint of tourist, ecological
footprints of tourism resorts
Environmental Status Indicators
% of coastal ecosystem (in tourist zones) considered to be in good condition (re: erosion, maintenance,
contamination, garbage)
% of coastal ecosystems (particularly beaches, mangroves, reef areas targeted by tourism) considered to be
in good condition and/or considered degraded (GIS based)
Environmental benefits (areas under management, specific measures of key ecological benefits such as area
protected, area rehabilitated, species conserved)
Increased stakeholder awareness and documented stakeholder involvement
Broad tourism data is available from the Ghana Tourism Board, the main regulatory body for tourism.
Environmental data related to tourism is available from the Environmental Protection Agency, which is
mandated with implementing environmental laws, in particular on environmental impact assessment and
auditing. This data is limited because the concentration of monitoring and enforcement has been on large four or
five star hotel facilities. Additional data may be sought from existing coastal and environmental management
efforts, such as environmental sensitivity mapping (particularly in the Elmina Cape Coast areas). All these
efforts will need to be consolidated and built upon in order to develop meaningful monitoring parameters, and
Appendix A-58
the associated capacities of the institutions involved.
Note that this list of indicators is provided for key outputs and outcomes for the overall project area; these will
be used as a menu for elaboration of site specific indicators which will be chosen during the initiation phase.
Co-Financing:
Key sources of co-financing to the project include:
Government Agencies hosting meetings, space, a level of transportation, personnel
The Ghana Hotels Association hosting meetings, mobilising its members to provide meeting venues,
accommodation etc in kind or at subsidised rates
Other donor agencies / NGOs with programmes that can link with this project part financing of training
and awareness activities, policy development activities, facilitation
Budget:
Cost of Project: US$987,000
GEF US$ 150,000
Govt. Co-financing US$ 837,000
Appendix A-59
Country:
Kenya
Title:
Integrated Planning and Management of Sustainable Tourism at the Mombassa
Coastal Area
Executing body: National Environmental Management Authority and the Ministry of Tourism and Wildlife
Cost of Project: US$876,000 GEF US$351,000 Co-financing: US$525,000
Linkage to Project Priority Demonstrations:
Integrated Sustainable Tourism Destination Planning addressing all three priorities
1B.1. Establishment and Implementation of Environmental Management Systems and Voluntary
Eco-certification and Labeling Schemes
1B.2. Development of eco-tourism to alleviate poverty, through sustainable alternative livelihoods
and generate revenues for conservation of biodiversity and the benefit of the local community.
1B.3. Promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally
significant biodiversity through improved reef recreation management
Linkage to National Priorities and Programmes:
Tourism is a major economic sector in Kenya and tourism activities concentrate in the inland wildlife-reserves
and at the Indian Ocean Coast. The Mombasa Coastal Area is the key beach destination of the country. Tourism
accounts for 45 per cent of all the economic activities and employs directly around 40,000 workers in Mombasa
District. It also earns the much-needed foreign exchange for the country. Various sites of this coastal area (e.g.
Malindi, Watamu and Wasini) were identified as sensitive and hot spot areas during the African Process.
In 1995 a National Tourism Master Plan was adopted that had in its core the sustainable use of tourism resources
and the protection of the conservation of the natural and cultural heritage. A National Tourism Policy
Framework was developed in 2003, and this project will contribute to the specification of the policy to coastal
areas and its effective implementation. District Development Plans have been established for the period of
2002-2008 with the theme "Effective Management for Sustainable Economic Growth and Poverty Reduction".
This plan has an obvious tourism focus in the Mobasa District.
There are various legal frameworks and instruments in Kenya that support conservation of the environment and
this project can reinforce their application in coastal areas (e.g. the Environmental Management and
Coordination Act (EMCA), the Wildlife Conservation and Management Act (WCMA), or the Environmental
Impact Assessment and Audit regulation). The NEPAD Coastal and Marine (COSMAR) Sub-theme of the
NEPAD Environmental Initiative has been established within the Ministry of Environment and Natural
Resources and is hosted through a Secretariat based in Nairobi. Kenya is one of the few African countries with
functioning voluntary regulation for tourism through the Kenya Eco-rating Scheme, that can be further
strengthened in coastal areas and establishments.
Global and Regional Benefits:
· Reduction of pollution from coastal tourism, by improving sanitation and waste management, and
implementing water quality monitoring programme.
· Protection of threatened habitats / ecosystems, through management planning and enforcement (especially
in MPAs), providing incentives to apply EMS to reduce impacts from existing tourism activities.
· Conservation of globally significant biodiversity, by integrating biodiversity criteria into tourism planning
and providing incentives to apply EMS.
· Strengthening of institutional capacities, in enforcement of existing and new legislation, provision of clear
guidelines, and incentives for EMS, generate revenues for conservation management.
· Restoration of the productivity and health of ecosystems, by raising awareness, capacity and providing
training to minimise the impact of existing tourism activities.
· Sustainable Coastal Resource Use by making the tourism industry more sustainable at a community and
destination level by reducing threats to the key resources
Name and Post of Government Representative endorsing the Demonstration Activity:
Professor Ratemo W. Michieka,
Director General,
National Environment Management Authority,
Kapiti Road, P.O. Box 67839
Appendix A-60
Nairobi, Kenya
Tel: 254 20 609 011/27/79
Fax: +254-20-608997
E-mail: dgnema@swiftkenya.com/ali@nepadkenya.org
Project Objectives and Activities:
Background: The approximately 300 km coastal zone between Watamu and Malindi is the principal destination
for beach tourism in Kenya with high concentration of tourism operations (around 100 resorts and hotels). The
region boasts 7 Marine Parks and Reserves that are prime sites diving, snorkelling, fishing and boating. The
coastal zone includes highly populated areas, such as the beaches at Mombassa city, where tourism is the
principal livelihood for a large group of local boat and beach operators organized in associations. The zone also
hosts important mangrove and other coastal ecosystems (e.g. at Watamu and Wasiuni), where community-based
initiatives intend to make a sustainable use through ecotourism, and agricultural activities (e.g. apiculture,
controlled harvesting and re-planting) activities.
Key issues:
· Pollution of coastal waters from hotels and industrial waste with inadequate solid and liquid waste disposal
· Natural habitat loss as a result of unplanned industrial development,
· Loss of biodiversity due to tourist impact (trampling on corals and illegal collection of marine trophies)
· Coastal erosion due to inappropriate construction of sea walls that alters the physical processes.
· Lack of coordination between public and private sector and community organizations
· Lack of meaningful participation of coastal communities in policy formulation and inadequate regulation to
ensure community access to market ecotourism products
· Limited institutional and organizational capacity among coastal communities for effective participation in
the tourism sector
· Resource use conflict between stakeholders (Hoteliers/ Beach operators/conservators of MPAs)
· Inadequate capacity of community groups/CBOs to run their ecotourism projects.
Appendix A-61
· Marginalization of communities and limitations in access to beach areas, due to tourism infrastructure
development
· Lack of a national policy on Disaster Management, that largely affect vulnerable coastal zones and their
tourism sector
Objectives & Activities:
Main objective:
The tourism sector of the Mombasa coast is well developed and concentrated to specific areas, while rapidly
expanding to new zones with high biodiversity and sensitivity. MPAs are vital to the tourism sector but also
come under much pressure as a result of tourist interest and potential revenues. The following activities, while
dealing with tourism in this locale as a whole, will give a particular priority to reefs and MPAs. The long-term
sustainability of the tourism sector can be only ensured if the priority project components are dealt with together
in an integrated way through a sub-national regional approach. Therefore, the main objective of this demo is to
provide a model for integrated development and management of coastal tourism at an extended coastal zone,
which shares common environmental and geographical features and corresponds to the jurisdictional area of
Mombasa District. The project will especially seek to demonstrate the function of institutional structures and
coordination mechanisms as a basis to address complex environmental and socio-economic issues. The
Demonstration will also be linked to the GEF WIO-Lab Project (Addressing Land-based Activities in the
Western Indian Ocean) and will coordinate closely with any activities or initiatives related to the concepts of
watershed management and ecohydrology (e.g. UNESCO- IHP) as they impact on the coastal zone.
Activities:
Basic activities at the coastal area level on policies, regulations and capacity building:
· Specify the existing guidelines, strategies and regulations, in the framework of the National Tourism Policy,
for coastal tourism and ecotourism
· Establish a Sustainable Coastal Tourism Research, Resource and Training Centre
· Set up a grant scheme for capacity building to support existing initiatives
· Extend the projects on sensitivity maps (using GIS) on tourism use and MPAs to the entire Mombassa coast
· Monitoring programme for tourist sites using indicators (WTO methodology)
· Review and strengthen coordination mechanisms re tourism development at different levels
· Revise employment qualification requirements and taxation system
· Revise pricing policy for user fees in the Marine Parks and Reserves (following the recently developed
policy for terrestrial parks)
· Develop a policy for Disaster Preparedness and Management, with the tourism sector fully integrated
EMS and eco-certification:
· Develop and deliver EMS training modules for hotels.
· Create financial incentives for the application of EMS techniques and technology
· Set up an environmental award schemes for hotels, community groups, schools, etc.
· Conduct a feasibility study for the application of the Blue Flag certification for beaches and implement the
results
· Apply supply-chain management in EMS, with the involvement of tour operators
· Review current EIA and Auditing processes
· Establish coastal water quality monitoring mechanisms and facilities
· Revise standards, policies, regulations and legislation on infrastructure and building
Alternative livelihoods, poverty alleviation and revenue generation for conservation (ecotourism):
· Develop and implement models for
Institutional structures and mechanisms for destination level coordination, planning and
management of tourism development and operations.
Conflict resolution and beach use model with the objective of reducing negative environmental
impacts of tourism operations, and ensure a more balanced distribution tourism benefits
through strengthening cooperation between local SMEs, resorts and local government offices
Monitoring system for destinations, coastal zones and ecotourism sites (e.g. reefs, mangrove
habitats), through the application of sustainability indicators (WTO methodology)
· Develop and implement a tourism product development and marketing strategy for community-based
tourism and ecotourism activities (e.g. products that are based on traditional livelihood activities, cluster-
Appendix A-62
marketing, combining hotel offer with tourism activities in protected and community areas, production and
sale of local handicrafts and agricultural products)
· Create sustainable financing options for community-based tourism activities (e.g. microcredit, grant
scheme), revise licensing and pricing schemes for user fees to benefit locals
· Review employment policies and practices of hotels and local operators, to create more favourable
conditions for local communities (e.g. better labour conditions, more permanent jobs, training opportunities)
· Review purchasing practices of hotels to increase the share of locally sourced products and services
· Deliver training and education on tourism management, business planning, improvement, and reinvestment;
reef ecology and conservation; sustainable fishing.
· Develop guidelines for ensuring gender equity in tourism development.
· Apply participatory planning and design techniques for tourism infrastructure in protected areas and
community projects (e.g. boardwalks, mooring buoys)
· Deliver guide training: language and interpretation skills, pricing and marketing of tours
· Establish and strengthen of community-managed protected areas and reserves, through integrating tourism
use in them
Mitigation of impacts on reefs
· Provide education on reef ecology and conservation and minimising impacts for boat and dive operators, as
well as park managers and rangers.
· Develop codes of conduct for reef users through participatory processes, and encourage operators and park
managers to implement them.
· Provide access to training in sustainable fishing practices and provision of environmentally sensitive fishing
equipment for community members.
· Provide information for tourists on reef status and conservation activities, including conservation activities
that they can participate in.
· Training of KWS officers on tourism management, and regulation of reserve and MPA laws (especially with
regard to fishing, diving, snorkelling and development)
· Environmental education and interpretation for tourists: visitor centre, materials, signs
· Survey the coral reefs with GPS, including sensitive areas, threatened species and damaged sites. Map reef
locations used by different stakeholders (e.g. fishermen / tourism operators) at different times. Use local
participation in survey process, to promote local education and reef awareness.
· Develop and support monitoring programs for reefs and turtle nesting, where local stakeholders participate.
Market reef and turtle monitoring as an educational tourism experience, where tourists subsidise the
monitoring activity.
· Review zoning, boat operator rules and regulations in protected areas
End-of Project Landscape (Outputs):
· National Tourism Policy specified and revised for sustainable coastal tourism and resolution of
conflicts between tourism and MPAs
· Regulations and voluntary mechanisms (e.g. codes of conduct) are established
· Training modules are developed and delivered on EMS, ecotourism and reef management
· Coordination mechanisms are functioning at the pilot destinations
· Monitoring system is in place at destinations, at sensitive ecotourism areas (coastal and reef zones), as
well as for water quality
· Community-based ecotourism activities are integrated and linked with mainstream beach-tourism
activities
· Beach management model is developed and functioning in areas of conflicting user-interests
· Zoning for tourism used is developed and adjusted in MPAs
Project Management Structure and Accountability:
The demo will be managed by NEMA, jointly with the Ministry of Tourism and Wildlife, through their district
and local level offices, and through consultation with stakeholder groups at the national and coastal zone levels.
Involvement of Stakeholders and Beneficiaries:
A national workshop was held during the PDF and a national multistakeholder project committee has been set up
involving stakeholders from the different sectors. Consultations were held with the involvement of the project
expert team at the local destinations of the coastal zone during the PDF. Multistakeholder coordination
mechanisms are planned to be set up also at the regional (Mombassa District) and local destination (e.g.
Appendix A-63
Watamu, Wasini) levels, including the following principal stakeholder groups:
-
District level Offices of the Tourism and Environmental Ministries
-
Kenya Wildlife Service (KWS)
-
Tourism industry umbrella organisations (Kenya Tourism Federation, Kenya Tourism Board, Kenya
Association of Tour Operators, Kenya Association of Tour Guides)
-
Hoteliers and their associations (Kenya Association of Hotel Keepers and Caterers, Mombasa Coast
and Tourism Association)
-
Ecotourism Society of Kenya
-
Local boat operators and curio seller associations
-
Tour operators and their associations (Kenya Association of Tour Operators)
- Local
Authorities
-
Beach Management Units (Fishermen)
-
Local residents associations and NGOs
-
Education and research institutions dealing with tourism issues
Sustainability:
i)
Financial sustainability: The activities principally aim at introducing policies and institutional
structures, as well as building capacity that ensure viable community-based and ecotourism
businesses in the long-term. A principal element of the EMS component is to provide financial
incentives for hoteliers to implement adequate techniques and technologies through creating the
adequate investment conditions, acquiring the necessary know-how and staff capacity and produce
savings due to reduction and rationalization of resource use. The policy changes and capacity
building activities will establish the necessary structures to maintain conservation activities in the
long term (e.g. strengthening KWS, creating adequate pricing policies for user fees in marine parks
that can support maintenance and conservation work in a continuous basis)
ii)
Evidence of political will and commitment (need input from Kenya with letters from NEMA,
Ministry of Tourism and Wildlife and other national authorities)
iii)
Evidence of local authority, community and private sector support. Need expression of support
from national private sector associations, hoteliers, authorities and organizations at the district and
local levels
Replicability:
A programme to streamline the implementation of tourism planning, management and enforcement in a coherent
extended coastal zone, which could be used as a model for other countries in the region at different stages of
development.
Monitoring & Evaluation Process:
Indicators:
General policies and regulations:
Indicators will evaluate the status of achievement of the regulatory and policy elements listed in the activities, in
a comprehensive policy framework specified for the Mombasa coastal zone:
· % of coastal area with tourism development which has comprehensive integrated planning
· Status of the establishment and functioning of the Sustainable Coastal Tourism Research (existence of
arrangements with other research and educational institutions, curricula developed, facilities installed,
staffing, etc.)
· Existence of a grant scheme for capacity building, number of training activities supported and level of
participation in them.
· % of the coastal area and its tourism sites covered by use sensitivity maps.
· % of the coastal area and its tourism sites with systematic monitoring processes in place
· Number of Marine Parks and reserves applying differentiated user fees, as a result of the revised pricing
policy.
· Extent of coastal zone and its tourist beaches covered by Disaster Preparedness and Management Plans
EMS and eco-certification:
·
Number of training and environmental awareness events held, level of participation of target hotels and
their managers
·
Number/% of hotels applying EMS, or introducing new EMS techniques and technologies (specified
for waste, sewage, energy and water management)
·
% of beach area under waste management
Appendix A-64
·
Number of hotels and community groups participating in the environmental award scheme
·
Number of beaches (and their stakeholder groups) participating in the process of Blue Flag feasibility
study and certification application.
·
% of hotels (subdivided by existing hotels and new developments) complying with EIA and auditing
processes
· % of coastal zone covered by the water quality monitoring system
· % of reduction in pollutants (e.g. fecal colliforms)
· % of coastal ecosystem (in tourist zones) considered to be in good condition or in degraded status (re:
erosion, maintenance, contamination, garbage)
Alternative livelihoods, poverty alleviation and revenue generation for conservation:
· Existence of coordination mechanisms at the coastal zone level, at destinations and at specific sites.
· Number of coordination meetings and workshops, level of participation by the different stakeholder group
(inclusiveness of coordination and planning processes)
· Number of hotels and local operators signed up for conflict-resolution agreements
· Number of destinations, ecotourism sites with systematic monitoring processes.
· Number of training and awareness raising events held, and level of community participation
· Existence of financial support mechanisms for community operations (microcredits, grants), number of
CBO, SMEs participating, and level of funds allocated
· Number of hotels offering tourism programmes in communities, cooperating with CBO and local SMEs.
Number of CBOs and SMEs involved.
· % of hotels with purchasing policies and practices favouring locally sourced products, % of locally
purchased supply
· Statistics on ecotourism-related SMEs (number of ventures, number of employees, revenues generated, etc.)
, by different categories (e.g. boat operators, guides) , existence of SME associations and level of
participation
· Number and extent of ecotourism sites, community-based tourism and community reserves with adequate
visitor infrastructure (e.g. boardwalk, signage, interpretation)
· Number and extent of community conservation areas with tourism management plans,
· Volume of revenue generated by tourism at community reserves, % reinvested for conservation purposes.
· % of ecosystem in community-areas considered in good or degraded conditions. % of areas rehabilitated
(e.g. mangroves)
Mitigation of impacts on reefs
· Number of training and awareness raising events held and level of participation in them, by the different
stakeholder groups (e.g. park managers, boat and dive operators, local communities, hoteliers, etc.)
· Number of boat and dive operators, as well as park management offices applying codes of conducts for
tourist use
· Number of parks and reserves providing information and interpretation material and programmes for
tourists (e.g. brochures, panels, interpretation centres) on reef ecology and conservation provided by park
offices and operators.
· Number of dive operators incorporating conservation and environmental issues in dive briefings
· Number of operators offering diving programmes with conservation purposes, or incorporating turtle
conservation activities. Level of coordination between park management and operators on conservation
activities.
· Number and % of Marine Parks and reserve areas with tourism use zoning, licensing policies and
regulations
· % of Marine Parks and reserve areas covered by sensitivity mapping (GIS)
· Number/% of local boat operators collaborating in conservation and monitoring activities
· % of turtle nesting beaches with co-management practices (between park management, operators, local
community) for turtle conservation. % of operators participating in these activities.
· % of reef areas (in tourism use zones) considered to be in good condition or in degraded status (% of corals
degraded, variety of marine species species count)
· Volume of revenue generated at marine parks (from different sources, like user and licensing fees), % of
revenue retained at the park management and used for maintenance and conservation
Broad tourism data is available from the Ministry of Tourism and Wildlife. Environmental data on coastal
Appendix A-65
ecosystems is available from NEMA. Information on EMS in hotels is available through the EIA and Auditing
processes, although it is a relatively new mechanism that needs revision and adjusting, as inefficiencies has been
detected. Sensitivity mapping and user impact evaluations through GIS has been initiated and completed to some
beach areas (e.g. Diani beach), but its application is relatively limited and the project aims at extending it to the
most parts of the tourist use zones of the Mombasa coastal area. The monitoring capacity is very limited at the
destinations, especially at local communities, authorities and marine park management. The national demo has
among its main objectives the development and strengthening of monitoring capacities as an essential support
tool for integrated destination planning and management, including marine parks. Baseline data is not available
or inconsistent in many aspects. For example, currently there is no sea-water quality measuring and monitoring
conducted, and the project aims at developing this system and capacity.
Co-Financing:
Provide details of levels of co-financing and their sources and what these co-finances would be targeted at
within the project activities (to be supplied by Kenya)
Appendix A-66
Country:
Mozambique
Title:
Community-based ecotourism, reef management and environmental management
systems, Inhambane district coastline
Executing body: MICOA (Ministry of Environment) / MITUR (Ministry of Tourism)
Cost of Project: US$ 636,431 GEF US$ 374,051 Co-financing US$ 262,380
Linkage to Project Priority Demonstrations:
IB.3 Promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve globally significant
biodiversity through improved reef recreation management.
The project priority demonstrations are most directly linked to IB.3, but aspects are also relevant to IB.1
Linkage to National Priorities and Programmes:
Inhambane has been identified as a Priority Area for Tourism Investment within the Strategic Plan for Tourism
Development in Mozambique (2004-2013) and the national tourism policy (2003) allows for areas to be zoned
for tourism. A tourism development plan and a macro-zoning plan have been established for Inhambane
Province, and there has been work by the provincial administration in Inhambane to promote transparency in
process of establishing tourism enterprises, and to develop private sector associations to represent dive operators.
The demonstration will contribute towards poverty alleviation by promoting local involvement in commercially
viable tourism, improved coordination and cooperation between both local and national stakeholders. It will
promote environmental sustainability by providing a funded institutional framework for coral reef conservation
and monitoring, with the participation of local stakeholders. The capacity of local authorities, the private sector
and community based organisations will also be enhanced. Sustainable revenue generation and more equitable
distribution of that income will be enhanced through the development of public-private partnerships.
Global and Regional Benefits:
· Reduction of pollution from coastal tourism, by providing appropriate sanitation and waste
management, and implementing water quality monitoring programme.
· Protection of threatened habitats / ecosystems (including coral reefs and mangroves), through
community based management planning and enforcement (especially in coordination with MPAs) and
decentralising and self-policing.
· Conservation of globally significant biodiversity, providing livelihoods and income sources to prevent
unsustainable exploitation of fish and other marine resources.
· Strengthening of institutional capacities, in development of management zoning plans and regulations
to control use and generate revenues for conservation management (with a clear focus on the
development of MPAs linked to tourism).
· Restoration of the productivity and health of ecosystems, by preventing illegal construction activities in
sensitive areas.
· Sustainable coastal resource use by making a tourism industry that is more sustainable at a community
and destination level by reducing threats to the key resources
Name and Post of Government Representative endorsing the Demonstration Activity:
Mr Policarpo Napica, Environmental Management National Director, Mozambique
Ministry for Coordination of Environmental Affairs, AV. Acordo de Lusaka, 2115, P. Box 2020, Maputo
Mozambique.
Project Objectives and Activities:
Background:
Inhambane province is rich in coastal biodiversity, with coral reefs, and transboundary species including manta
rays, dolphins, whales and whale sharks. Activities will take place in the Tofo / Tofinho / Barra / Rocha region,
and in Pomene Game Reserve. High priority will be given to identifying the integrated roles of sustainable
tourism and the designation and management of MPAs.
The sites of Tofo, Tofinho, Barra and Praia da Rocha are located between 15 and 21 km from the historic town
of Inhambane, within Inhambane Province. The area is composed of wide sandy beaches, sand dunes, coral
reefs, lagoons, mangroves and agricultural areas. Marine tourist attractions include diving with manta rays,
whale sharks, dolphins and humpback whales and coral communities, with an abundance of soft corals. Coastal
sand dunes are vegetated either with pioneer species, treelike species, and arboreal and herbaceous species.
Mangrove forests located in the Ponta da Barra and inside Inhambane Bay include Avicennia marina, Bruguiera
gymnorhyza and Ceriops tagal, which are inhabited by fiddler crabs, bivalves and shrimps.
Appendix A-67
· Tofo has relatively well developed tourism infrastructure (e.g. tar road, electricity, drinking water, mobile
phone network and telegraph wires).
· Tofinho, which lies just to the south of Tofo, is connected to Tofo and the tarred Inhambane route via sandy
roads. Rather than commercial tourism, this development predominately consists of holiday homes.
· Barra lies to the north of Tofo, and is accessible by 4x4 on a sandy road. Electricity is available, but wells
are used for drinking water and solid and wet waste disposal is organized by individual lodges.
· Praia da Rocha has been marked for high quality tourism development in the zoning plan. The area
includes an attractive stretch of beach, and it is situated close to Inhambane airport.
Pomene Game Reserve in the coastal zone of Massinga District in Inhambane province in Mozambique, 600 km
north of Maputo. The reserve was formed through a presidential decree in 1955, primarily in order to protect
Blue wildebeest and Tsessebe. These species have since disappeared but the 200 km2 area includes regions of
mangrove, coastal dunes, savannahs, sand forest and wooded grassland. To the north and east of the reserve are
pristine beaches and a series of coral reefs, and there is a desire to extend the reserve to incorporate a Marine
Protected Area. Dugongs and turtles are known to frequent the area. The area has three tourism enterprises
operating in the area, where a range of activities including diving, horse riding, hiking, fishing and quad biking
are available.
Key issues in the area are:
· Weak institutional capacity in main stakeholder groups and lack of awareness
· Stakeholders lack awareness of legislation and regulation relating to natural resource use (e.g. mangroves,
sharks, turtles), fishing practices
· Poor communication and coordination regarding tourism and coastal conservation management
· Community based organisation in Pomene is not registered
· Insufficient information and technical support is available on best practice in ecotourism and environmental
management systems.
· Management zoning plan is not enforced in Inhambane
· No formal conservation management and no monitoring of social, environmental or economic issues
relating to tourism or natural resource use in either area.
· Unplanned `illegal' construction on beaches threatens the economic viability of formal tourism enterprises,
and the integrity of the destinations.
· Lack of licenses and taxable income from foreign housing developments along the coast.
· Threats to biodiversity include: construction and agriculture in primary dunes, long-line fishing for sharks
and trawlers, slash and burn agriculture, fishermen catching sea turtles, fishing and deforestation in
mangrove areas.
· Anecdotal evidence suggests significant coastal erosion in both areas.
· Conflict between dive operators and fishermen due to unsustainable fishing for turtles, manta rays and
guitar sharks (for their fins)
· Tourism establishments are owned and run by south Africans, and there is limited ownership by
Mozambicans.
· Urgent need to develop alternative livelihoods for local people, to reduce the un-sustainable resource use.
· Local electricity and water supplies are unreliable, and operators have wells and diesel generators.
· Limited infrastructure no medical facilities, or solid or liquid waste disposal.
Objectives & Activities:
The overall objective of the Demonstration is to promote the improved conservation, management and
monitoring of coastal biodiversity, and to enhance and diversify sustainable local livelihoods through ecotourism
as a means of alleviating poverty.
Institutional capacity building:
Facilitate development of a Pomene private sector association; build capacity within Hagitlrela (the CBO in
Pomene) to consult effectively and equitably with the community, and facilitate registration of the
organisation; Build capacity within the District Administration in sustainable tourism planning,
development and operation; Support development of a private sector association for Inhambane, including
dive operators, hoteliers and tourism activity specialists; support collaboration and communication between
private sector, public sector and community groups. Facilitate cooperation with the Mozambican Navy to
reduce illegal industrial and semi-industrial fishing along the coast; build and decentralise capacity of local
stakeholders to regulate and enforce policy, particularly in relation to reef, mangrove and dune conservation.
Appendix A-68
The outcome will be improved institutional capacity in government and local associations.
Strengthening policy and regulatory frameworks:
Formulation of coastal profile and integrated coastal management and macrozoning plan, using
technical assistance to conduct a participatory planning processes (including local and provincial
stakeholders); develop institutional mechanisms incorporating coordination and cooperation between
stakeholders at local, district and provincial levels to enforce implementation of the plan particularly
in relation to ad-hoc development of holiday homes and unsustainable natural resource management
practices (and especially in ecologically sensitive locations). Zones should include areas for
conservation; habitation; diving areas; sustainable resource use; no-resource use; and tourism and
multiple use; establish diving standards concerning sustainability and safety, including a code of
conduct for dive operators to define best practice and scheduling on particularly sensitive or visited
reefs (e.g. Manta reef at Tofo). Develop a management plan for the recreational use of the reefs
(including dive operators and fishermen); strengthen implementation legislation and regulations relating
to specific fishing practices and diving and snorkel operations on reefs, using decentralized local
management boards and self-policing.
Initiate necessary participatory, mapping and regulatory processes with the aim of establishing a Marine
Protected Area (which would generate income for conservation management); strengthen
implementation legislation and regulations relating to specific fishing practices and diving and snorkel
operations on reefs, using decentralized local management boards and self-policing. Establish a funded
system for inspection and regulation of licenses and activities relating to diving and fishing, through
partnership between the public and private sector.
Outcome will be strengthened policy and regulatory frameworks, with improved physical and zoning plans
with information regarding environmentally sensitive areas. Participation of local stakeholders in planning
will be improved.
Knowledge dissemination and awareness creation:
Build expertise at all levels of government, private sector and communities in legislation and
regulations relevant to natural-resource use, land designation, reef conservation and establishing
tourism businesses, by developing and disseminating clear information. Provide access to training in
tourism, hospitality and enterprise development for community members. Provide information for
tourists on the legal status of existing holiday homes, and information on key regulations (e.g. driving
on beaches; purchasing land etc.).
Raise awareness on the ecological and economic value of the marine resources (with a focus on
charismatic species) and their sensitivity for the local communities; support the annual "Dia de
Mergulho" for Inhambane Province, to provide local people with presentations on reef and marine
conservation and free boat trips to see whale sharks, manta rays and dolphins; environmental education
and activities for school children; development of a environmental interpretation centre in Tofo aimed
at tourists, local people and school children.
Provide education on reef ecology and conservation and minimising impacts (e.g. not touching
reef/removing species/feeding fish). Develop codes of conduct for reef users through participatory
processes, and encourage dive operators to regulate its implementation. Initiate `open days' for local
community and government officials to experience reef habitats, through snorkel trips and/or scuba
diving lessons. Provide access to training in sustainable fishing practices for community members.
Provide information for tourists on reef status and conservation activities, including activities that they
can participate in. Develop community based / local stakeholder reef monitoring program including
dive operators and fishermen. Raise awareness within the private sector about Environmental
Management Systems (EMS) including Blue Flag with regard to associated cost savings and
environmental benefits, through workshops and seminars.
Outcome will be increased awareness and capacity regarding coastal and reef conservation among all
stakeholders.
Ecotourism initiatives:
Public-private partnerships: Develop an open international tender process for the concession site
of the derelict hotel in Pomene, and for the Praia da Rocha near Tofo. Formulate the tender request
ensuring that investors incorporate proposals for (a) local community equity, (b) local employment,
training and procurement; (c) sensitive environmental management and EIAs; (d) conservation
management of the surrounding habitats. Ensure that the tender process is transparent and well
controlled. Incorporate resolution of the issue of holiday homes along the beach within the
Appendix A-69
concession area.
Community-based tourism initiatives: Facilitate delimitation of land on behalf of the community
for the purpose coastal community-based ecotourism development; explore options for sustainable
alternative sources of income based on natural resources (e.g. sale of fishing products; honey
production; crab farming) and tourism (e.g. local mangrove, estuary fishing and bird guiding;
development of mangrove boardwalks; employment; enterprise development)
Outcome of this activity will be more diverse and sustainable local livelihoods, poverty alleviation,
empowerment of community members and greater participation of local people in tourism.
Reef conservation activities:
Survey the reefs with GPS, including sensitive areas, threatened species and damaged sites. Map
reef locations used by different stakeholders (e.g. fishermen / tourism operators) at different times.
Use local participation in survey process, to promote local education and reef awareness. Develop
a zoning plan, including scheduling of reef use.
Outcome will be improved knowledge of reef status and threats, and improved local participation in
monitoring activities.
End-of Project Landscape (Outputs):
By the end of the project the demonstration project will have well managed coastal natural resources with
improved conservation, management and monitoring of coastal biodiversity. This will include the designation
and management of MPAs in relation to tourism needs and community management strategies. There will be a
reduction in illegal and unlicensed development and fishing, and reduced risk to the integrity of the coastal
landscape and biodiversity. Sustainable local livelihoods will have been enhanced and diversified through
ecotourism and poverty will be reduced.
Project Management Structure and Accountability:
The project will be managed through a national and provincial institutional structure:
The coordination and implementation mechanism is based on the success of similar institutional structures in
Mozambique. This system will benefit from: institutional collaboration between tourism and environment
ministries, but financial and administrative independence from each; use of multi-stakeholder advisory boards at
national and local level to manage and advise the local coordinator; to ensure collaboration between
stakeholders; and help resolve conflicts.
Involvement of Stakeholders and Beneficiaries:
Local private sector and investors, including diving operations, hotels, activities through the
representative associations (e.g. Reserva do Pomene S.A.R.L.)
Local community based organizations, including the Comite de co-gestao de Tofo, Tofinao, Barra e
Rocha (CTBR), Hagitlrela (in Pomene) and fishing associations.
Cento do Desenvolvimento Sustentavel (CDS) who have experience in macrozoning
Massinga District Administration
Inhambane District Administration
Inhambane Provincial Administration (Tourism, Environment, Land and Fisheries departments)
Inhambane Provincial Tourism Association
MICOA and MITUR (national Ministries of Environment and Tourism)
Mozambique National Cleaner Production Centre (MNCPC) - a UNIDO-UNEP initiative which
provides give awareness raising seminars, trainings as well as undergo Cleaner Production audits.
The Navy (for fisheries enforcement)
Inhambane Provincial Tourism Association
Sustainability:
i) The demonstration will address financial sustainability by generating income from sustainable and
commercially viable ecotourism practices and joint-ventures, which promote biodiversity conservation and
poverty alleviation.
ii) The development of an appropriate institutional structure has been proposed by the country focal points with
regard to sustainability, so that initiative will fit within the appropriate ministries at the termination of the
project. The initiative is in line with the national policy (see above).
iii) The Inhambane Provincial Tourism Authorities, local private sector and local CBOs were supportive of the
initiative. The initiative will support associated initiatives of the Ministry of Tourism and the International
Finance Corporation to establish sustainable tourism through routes and circuits in southern Mozambique.
Replicability:
Appendix A-70
The coral reefs, pollution threats from coastal tourism, and tourism activities that are practiced in this site are
common to other areas in East Africa. The institutional fragmentation and limited enforcement of conservation
legislation is also similar along the Mozambican coast, and across East Africa. Demonstrating how coastal
ecotourism can alleviate pollution and maximise local economic opportunities through participatory planning
and coordinated development will be of value throughout the region. Lessons in the development of public-
private partnerships, tender processes, institutional strengthening, training and enterprise development will
provide best-practice models for the region.
Monitoring & Evaluation Process:
Indicators of success for the ecotourism components will include:
1. Increase in benefits at the local/ destination level e.g.
- Economic benefit to the community and to organizations (direct economic benefits overall and per capita,
accessibility of microfinance and tourist spend)
- Social benefit (number employed, measures of increased health, waste management, infrastructure provided
by the project in the community and more broadly)
- Environmental benefits (area under management, specific measures of key ecological benefits such as area
protected, area rehabilitated, species conserved)
2. Equitable sharing responsibilities and benefits e.g.
- allocation of resources (distribution among community members, sectors, gender, social unit, SMEs)
- distant water (e.g. not-local/transboundary)/ coastal state benefits (specific attribution to improvement in
water, species, erosion control)
- poverty monitoring (allocation of benefits such as jobs, income, ownership, access to social services by
cohort, Contribution towards poverty alleviation)
- local involvement in participatory development and coordination of tourism plans
3. Sustainability of benefits, e.g.
- sustainable tourism indicators, specifically competitiveness, participatory monitoring techniques applied
- local ownership in tourism and related enterprises (% of enterprises totally or partially owned by local people)
4. Good governance at local and national levels (Process Indicators), e.g.
- implementation of Code of Conduct and best practice for tourism enterprises and tourists (% adopting)
-transparency, accountability, democracy, coordination, conflict resolution etc.
- % participation of community and key stakeholder groups in co-management
- human and institutional capacity indicators at local level (to be considered) , % of establishments with
management & business) plan
Indicators for the reef conservation components will include:
1.GIS mapping of reefs, sensitive areas, threatened species and damaged sites
·
Gap analysis of existing ecological information on reefs undertaken (Yes/No)
·
% reef areas with full mapping (including topographical maps & location of buoys) - and zoning and
types of equipment that can be used in different places/different activities at different times of year
(Target=100%)
·
Satellite imagery with high resolution and aerial photographs are available/produced for all reefs
(Target 100%)
·
%/area of reefs with GIS analysis of relationships between ecological factors and different uses
(Target=100%)
·
% of reef users (by site) involved in surveys/participatory process/awareness
initiatives/coordination/management (Target=75% by year 3)
·
Area/% of reef (by site) considered to be under heavy/excessive stress/use (Target=<5% (Need to
define ecological stress)
2. Capacity building, education and awareness
·
Gap analysis of existing capacity, awareness and training materials (Yes/No)
·
Number of training materials and case studies (of lessons learned) developed, circulated and available
(by type, level of distribution)
·
% of reef users, conservation authorities and local government with improved awareness of reef
conservation issues, schedules and regulations (based on local survey with baseline) (Target=75%)
·
% of reef users with awareness of information, accepted reef practices, coordination/conflict resolution
mechanisms, regulations, monitoring and codes of conduct, (Target=75% in each site)
·
Number/% sites/MPAs/protected areas with Codes of conduct / legislation in place and implemented
(Target=100%)
·
Number/% local people participating in training activities relative to reef use and protection
(Target=30% by year 2; 70% by end of project)
Appendix A-71
·
% Boat operators and guides with reef training (Target=75% by end of project)
·
% of tourism-reef users/SMMEs receiving business skills training
·
Resource centre established (Present)
·
% reef users empowered to participate in planning and regulation (Target: 75%)
3. Regulatory and institutional framework
·
Review of legislation and regulations undertaken (Yes/No)
·
Forums established for participatory planning, reef-use conflict management, communication and
coordination (Yes/No)
·
Level of organization of local reef users (e.g. local boat, Beach Management Units, fishermen and
tourism operators) (existence of registered local associations, % of relevant local reef users involved in each
association)
·
Existence of legal framework for creation of local associations (Yes/No)
·
Formal registration procedures of local associations (Yes/No)
·
Existence of code of conduct/rules for each association established by the members (Yes/No)
·
Number/% of reefs with visitor management plans (Target=75%)
·
Number of enforcement staff per km2 of reef, per tour boat, per tourist (will depend on logistics of the
particular sites and resources available) (Target= X per km2 / reef - need to verify for each site)
·
Resources sufficient for enforcement (Target 100%)
·
% of enforcement officers with sufficient training (Target=100%)
·
% of conflicts resolved, or being addressed, through conflict resolution processes (Target X)
·
% of sites with participatory monitoring and self-enforcement programs (by country) (Target=50% of
demo sites)
·
% of reef users are licensed/have use permits
·
Conflict mitigation systems in place, with stakeholder participation
·
% of legislation/rules enforced
·
MPA/reserve/community reserve (presence/absence)
·
Management plans/legislation revised/developed through participatory processes (Yes/No)
·
Legislation permits for local participation in management/enforcement (Yes/No)
·
% MPA/community reserves with co-management plans (i.e. with local participation) in place
·
Number of recorded violations of regulations
4.
Alternative sustainable livelihoods created through tourism activities in reef areas
·
Review of existing direct and indirect involvement of local stakeholders in reef-tourism activities.
·
% of local population involved in tourism activities in reef areas by end of the project
·
% families in local communities income at least partially supported from tourism activities in reef areas
·
Number, variety of tourism activities offered by local people (List; number of operators by type of
activity)
·
Availability of SMME support activities (e.g. microcredit, technical support) (Yes/No available; % of
reef users who have used these facilities)
ii) Currently there is little environmental or socio-economic data available in the area, and therefore new data
collection tools and collation databases will need to be compiled.
iii) There is limited capacity for monitoring currently, but significant potential for improvement and expansion
using interested local stakeholders from communities, the private sector, and authorities.
Co-Financing:
Details of levels of co-financing and their sources are attached to main project document.
Appendix A-72
Country:
Nigeria 1
Title:
Coastal Use Zonation and Integrated Coastal Management in the Niger Delta Coastal
Area of Nigeria
National Executing body: Federal Ministry of Environment
Cost of Project: US$2,394,124 GEF US$ 300,000 Co-financing US$2,094,124
Linkage to Project Priority Demonstrations:
IB1: Establishment and Implementation of Environmental Management Systems and Voluntary Eco-
certification and Labeling Schemes
Note: the demonstration project is cross-cutting and also addresses issues related to the following:
Linkage to National Priorities and Programmes:
The demonstration project seeks to strengthen existing environmental policy, legislation and institutional
arrangements for encouraging better environmental management in the tourism industry. By strengthening and
mainstreaming environmental planning for all market segments within the tourism industry, it is expected that the
demonstration project will reduce environmental impacts of the tourism industry whilst making environmental
impact assessment and environmental auditing processes more streamlined, efficient and cost effective. It is also
expected that in addition to the environmental sustainability benefits, the demonstration project will help build
capacities and create markets for the supply of environmental products and services.
By mainstreaming environmental considerations into all tourism developmental processes, institutionalisation of
environmental management systems in tourism facilities and eco-tourism will be promoted for the country's
benefit. Other developmental programmes/projects in the coastal areas/Niger Delta, like the GCLME, the ICAM
and the programmes of the Nigerian Institute for Oceanography and Marine Research will be strengthened
further by the demo project.
Global and Regional Benefits:
The project demonstrates strategies within the tourism sector for addressing land-based activities under the
Global Programme of Action for Land-based Activities specifically related to: recreational / tourism facilities as
point sources of degradation; the management of sewage and litter and to a small extent other contaminants such
as oils (hydrocarbons); physical alteration and destruction of habitats; utilisation of scarce shared natural
resources (e.g. freshwater); and establishing planning and other controls upon activities (e.g. siting and
construction) that otherwise contribute to contaminants and sources of degradation upon the marine environment.
These strategies include:
Reduction of pollution from coastal tourism, by improving sanitation and liquid and solid waste management
and establishing appropriate monitoring techniques for the sector
Protection of threatened habitats / ecosystems, through minimising the impacts of hotel and resort
development, improving waste management and establishing better visitor management systems
Strengthening of institutional capacities, by increasing awareness, technical capacities to manage the
environment through regulatory and voluntary mechanisms, and increasing participation in environmental
planning
Restoration of the productivity and health of ecosystems by minimising the impact of tourism and catalysing
partnerships (e.g. conservation, community action, better purchasing practices, design of low impact resorts)
Sustainable Coastal Resource use by making the tourism industry more sustainable at a community and
destination level by encouraging more efficient resource use and reducing pollution and other threats to the
key resources / assets
Conservation of globally significant biodiversity by integrating biodiversity criteria into tourism planning
and management
Name and Post of Government Representative endorsing the Demonstration Activity:
Mrs Anne Ene-Ita
Director Planning, Research and Statistics (GEF Operational Focal Point)
Appendix A-73
Federal Ministry of Environment
7th & 9th Floor Federal Secretariat Complex,
Shehu Shagari Way, Garki, ABUJA, NIGERIA.
Tel: 234-95234014
FAX: 234-9-5234119/5234014
E-mail: gloria134real@yahoo.com
Mr. Patrick Odok Esq.
Honourable Commissioner of Environment
Ministry of Environment
P. M. B. 1056 Calabar, Cross Rivers State
Nigeria
Tel: 234-87-239098
Cellphone: 234 -8033430573
Fax: 234 87 237247/238181
E-Mail: padok4good@yahoo.com
Project Objectives and Activities:
Background:
The entire coastline of Nigeria is about 836 km long. The Niger Delta region has about 75% of the entire
coastline of Nigeria covering about 560 km long, and is witnessing a surge in coastal tourism developments. The
region, about 70 000 square kilometres, is inhabited by about 7 million people in scattered settlements of 1 600
communities. Reputed to be the third largest wetland area in the world, the Niger Delta has a Ramsar site.
Characteristically, the area is criss-crossed with creeks and dotted with small islands. A cruise through the creeks
is an eco-tourism experience. The area is rich in oil and gas, major revenue earner products for Nigeria, and
other natural resources like oil palm, rubber and cocoa. Key assets in the coastal area also include attractive
beaches, eco-tourism trails, marine turtle nesting grounds and Mangrove forests. Nigeria has the third largest
mangrove forest in the world and the largest in Africa (9,730 km2). The majority is found in the Niger Delta and
estimated to cover between 5,400 km2 and 6000 km2. The mangrove forests of the Niger Delta principally
comprise only three tree families and six species: Rhizophoraceae (Rhizophora racemosa, R. harrisonii, and R.
mangle), Avicenniaceae (Avicennia africana), and Combretaceae (Laguncularia raremosa, and Conocarpus
erectus). The distribution pattern of mangrove species depends on several factors: salinity, frequency and
duration of flooding, siltation rates, soil compaction, and strength of erosion forces. The smallest of the ecozones
in the Niger delta (1,140 km2), the barrier island, or beach ridge island forests, are degraded in accessible areas,
but large areas of high quality forest with high concentrations of biodiversity remain. For example, the Adoni
area is still relatively intact. It has been proposed as a game reserve because of its remnant populations of
elephants and sea hippopotami (see the biodiversity section). Similarly, the forests around Sangana and in the
Olague Forest Reserve along the western coast of Delta State are in good condition.
Nigeria's environmental laws require all development projects including tourism projects to undergo
Environmental Impact Assessment. This has also been linked to business licensing, and such projects must prove
that they have EIA approvals before they are eligible for their operating licenses. However, there is a limited
base of local EIA expertise, and while the institutional structures, mandates and policy frameworks exist,
implementation and capacity issues are the main gaps. Key resulting issues include:
Degradation of ecologically significant habitats (cutting of mangrove)
Unsustainable resource use to service the tourism industry (destructive fishing, sand harvesting practices
exist that are detrimental to Marine park and surrounding ecosystems);
Conflicts as a result of unplanned development, restriction of public access, heavy demand on limited shared
natural resources, conflicts between hoteliers and beach operators
Coastal erosion from poorly sited hotels and inappropriate construction of sea walls that alter physical
processes
Pollution of coastal waters as a result of inadequate sewage treatment and waste management infrastructure
to cope with expansion of tourism and/or practices by individual hotels
Natural habitat loss as a result of unplanned development
Appendix A-74
Limited institutional and organizational capacity among coastal communities for effective participation in the
tourism sector and particularly in ecotourism as a potential alternative livelihood
Lack of meaningful participation of coastal communities in policy formulation and inadequate legislation to
safeguard community rights
Two sites in particular in the Nigeria have been selected for their involvement in the demonstration activities; as
between them they cover the spectrum of issues described above.
Calabar, a coastal city of about 1.5 million inhabitants with large expanse of mangrove forests, which has been
designated an export processing free zone by the Government of Nigeria and has been witnessing an increase in
developmental activities with a gradual rise in the population of the city due to the influx of people wanting to
take advantage of the economic opportunities available. There are also a number of activities planned by the
Government for developing coastal tourism (Tinapa and Marina projects) and speed-up industrialization which
may negatively impact on the coastal ecosystem if not implemented in a sustainable manner. Presently, there are
several hotels in the Calabar area most of which are not aware of the importance of application of environmental
management systems to improve environmental management and cost savings for the hotel operations. In
addition, several tourism facilities (hotels, lodges) are being constructed in anticipation of the surge in tourist
arrivals to the State. The government has requested for technical assistance in implementing these activities
(especially instituting EMS, integrated coastal management and eco-tourism) so as to minimize the impacts of
coastal developments on the coastal and marine ecosystem. The government has also recognized the importance
of ICM in brining about a paradigm shift in resource management (from a sectoral to a multisectoral and
integrated approach). The government has also pledged considerable amount of co-financing to the project.
Akassa, a southernmost coastal territory in Nigeria occupies about 450 square kilometres of barrier islands and
vast mangrove wetlands. It is a clan of about 180 000 inhabitants in 19 permanent settlements. Fishing is the
main livelihood and there are 120 semi-permanent fishing ports. Akassa is reputed to be an organised
community eagerly embracing development programmes as a community cooperative group, the Akassa
Development Foundation (ADF). Closely assisting this group is an NGO (Pro-Natura International) especially in
conservation activities. A Ramsar site home to the endemic marine turtle is an attraction in Akassa. In addition,
the area has relics of slave trading and other ancient activities. The government of Bayelsa state of Nigeria has
requested for technical assistance in developing a master plan for eco-tourism. It also recognises the importance
of ICM in bringing about a paradigm shift in resource management from a sectoral to a multisectoral and
integrated approach, and has pledged to co-finance the project.
Ecotourism development in these two areas is currently limited, although local communities seek viable
diversified and alternative income generating opportunities that will result in less pressure on coastal natural
resources.
Objectives & Activities:
The intervention in this demo is expected to lead to a major paradigm shift in the concept, approach and
methodologies for addressing environmental and sustainable development problems of the Niger delta coastal
area, thus removing or lowering critical policy, investment, capacity and other related barriers to environmental
management. There will be a major build-up of coastal environmental management capacity in the local level
(and through knowledge sharing and exchange of experience and best practices to the national and regional
levels), an increase in national efforts to undertake a more holistic and integrated approach to addressing coastal
environment/resource management problems, an increase in investment opportunities and more effective use of
scientific resources and information technology for addressing management "bottlenecks" and transboundary
issues
The demo also focuses on developing and proving a number of innovative approaches for preventing and
managing pollution from tourism facilities, restoration of degraded habitats notably mangroves, and reducing
habitat destruction in the coastal areas, especially through the application of integrated coastal management
(ICM) at select local sites in the Niger Delta area (Akassa and Calabar). It adopts an ecosystem risk
assessment/risk management strategy that integrates environmental monitoring into the local management
framework, harmonize legislative conflicts, explore sustainable financing mechanisms and involve stakeholders,
especially the private sector and the local communities, in the development and execution of site-specific or
issue-related action plans embodying the ICM approach. Through networking of environmental legal personnel,
the demo project will create better awareness of the benefits, rights and obligations of implementing national
environmental action plans and regional environmental conventions.
Appendix A-75
The major challenge for the governments and communities in the Niger Delta is to develop the necessary
management capacity to apply the tested working model, approaches and typologies of the ICM for the planning
and management of their coastal areas. This will, however, require stronger national commitment in terms of
policy and financial allocation to strengthen the environmental management functions of the local governments,
implement regional and international conventions, create environmental investment opportunities and increase
confidence and cooperation among stakeholders.
The overall objective of the demo project is to integrate Strategic Environmental Assessment of coastal tourism
into the planned coastal planning and management programmes (integrated coastal management) and structures
in the Niger Delta area, in order to strengthen environmental planning for the tourism industry (in all market
segments). The demo project will place particular emphasis on assisting local communities, NDDC projects and
the Oil industry community development programmes to plan, implement and maintain environmentally
sustainable and socially inclusive alternative livelihoods options through sustainable use of coastal and marine
resources using the ICM approach
The demo project will, therefore, enable the various states and local communities in the Niger Delta to
collectively protect and manage the coastal and marine environment through inter-governmental and inter-
sectoral partnerships at the local level through implementation of integrated coastal management (ICM). This
entails collective and systematic modes of addressing coastal environmental challenges, and the implementation
of a series of well-coordinated, thematically integrated, issue-driven programmatic activities centered on the ICM
approach at the local level. The objectives of the project, will therefore, enable the various states and local
communities in the Niger Delta to collectively protect and manage the coastal and marine environment through
inter-governmental and inter-sectoral partnerships at the local level through implementation of integrated coastal
management (ICM). This entails collective and systematic modes of addressing coastal environmental
challenges, and the implementation of a series of well-coordinated, thematically integrated, issue-driven
programmatic activities centered on the ICM approach at the local level.
Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) and Hotspot Diagnostic Analysis (HSDA) are tools that can help
mainstream environmental considerations for the planning and management of an industry sector, yet experience
of the use of in the region is very limited. Testing the use of SEA for the tourism industry is therefore an
innovative approach for the region. Comprehensive public participation, including that of the private sector is
crucial to an SEA process. In addition, SEA is expected to help design appropriate EIA models for different
scales of tourism project and build in cost efficiencies (cost, time, standardisation through sector specific
guidelines) into the EIA process. Hence the project will demonstrate an integrated approach to producing
multiple benefits.
Strategic Environmental Assessment.
The project will achieve its objective by carrying out a comprehensive HSDA and SEA process for coastal
tourism, focussing on Akassa and Calabar in terms of public consultations and addressing particular
environmental issues / market segments. A process for the SEA will be designed using various guidelines
that have been developed, for example by UNEP DTIE.
The demo project will conduct a hotspot diagnostic and sensitive area analyses in the demonstration site to
determine the causes and sources of degradation of the coastal ecosystem. In addition, Coastal Vulnerability
Index will be prepared for the demo site and an ICM Process, stress-reduction, and environmental status
indicators framework established at onset of project implementation for use in evaluation of the successes of
project intervention at the conclusion of project activities.
In general, the analyses will include the following steps:
o Baseline study this will establish the current state of the environment vis a vis the tourism sector, at a
strategic level. It will include a review of existing capacities for environmental management within the
sector, national policy and regulation, commitments under international conventions etc. It is expected
that the baseline study will draw heavily upon work done for ICM in Nigeria carried out by UNIDO.
o Screening / scoping the scope of the SEA cannot be restricted to consideration of direct environmental
effects alone. The tourism sector has direct economic, environmental and social effects, which in turn
may also give rise to indirect environmental effects. The SEA will also give consideration to potential
cumulative and synergistic impacts of the sector.
o Formulating options and impact analysis once the baseline and the scope of the SEA have been
established, options will be selected and prioritised for the impact analysis. Scenario building is a
Appendix A-76
possible tool that may be used for formulating options, with the objective of indicating future
possibilities, analysing potential responses and planning for contingencies. Environmental impacts will
then be assessed based upon the options, scenarios, national regulations, international agreements, in-
country institutional capabilities etc. Frameworks for the management of these impacts will be agreed
upon.
o Outputs the outputs from the SEA (described below) are intended to be applied as forward planning
tools in order to aid environmental decision making and environmental management of the tourism
sector as a whole.
o Public participation a strong participatory approach will be used for the SEA in order to ensure that the
outputs are developed by establishing a broad common understanding on environmental management
priorities and appropriate mitigation strategies and by fostering consensus on the most appropriate ways
of ensuring implementation along the entire coastline.
Developing and implementing capacity building programmes for relevant stakeholder institutions.
Training modules on environmental assessment, sectoral environmental standards, hostspot diagnostic and
sensitive area analyses etc will be developed based upon the outputs of the ICM. These will be tested and
delivered to relevant stakeholder institutions in order to build their technical capacities and understanding of
environmental requirements for the sector. The modules will be refined and prepared in a template form for
replication in other countries in the region.
Implementing Integrated Coastal Management:
An important activity to be implemented is the formulation of a GIS-based coastal-use zonation scheme for the
demo site backed by an enabling legislation to guide the use of the coastal area. ICM is recognized as a
management framework that effectively addresses environmental and resource management issues of regional
and global significance. In order to maximize the local, regional and global benefits to be derived from the
project, the formulation and implementation of the selected national demonstration sites will be structured to
illustrate the resolution of major, cross-cutting environmental and sustainable development issues, such as:
sustainable fisheries/aquaculture development; sustainable coastal tourism; habitat protection (biodiversity); port
and harbor development; transboundary marine pollution; multiple use conflicts; and sea-level rise.
Specific activities will include: delineation of environmental management options; technical and financial
feasibility studies on identified options; and the preparation of "opportunity briefs" which detail the potential
viability of financial mechanisms such as joint ventures, commercialization and public-private corporations.
Many of the environmental facilities (e.g., sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste management),
environmental services (e.g., training and certification) and information management systems (e.g., database
management and distribution network) are areas where public private partnerships can be developed. In order to
demonstrate the feasibility of public-private partnerships, efforts will be made to draw financial investments to
bankable projects as was done by PEMSEA in the Xiamen and Batangas Bay demonstration sites in East Asian
Seas region. Profiles of prospective partners/investors will be prepared, based upon project feasibility analyses.
Because of the variety of opportunities, prospective partners in the private sector may range from large
multinational companies, to medium-sized domestic enterprises, to small-scale local financial institutions,
industry and associations, such as rural banks, fishermen's cooperatives and tourism associations. Prospective
partners from the public sector will include local government units, central government agencies and authorities,
donors, international agencies and intergovernmental financial institutions. The GEF MSP in partnership with the
LME projects will serve as a catalyst and broker in forging partnerships between interested parties in the two
sectors, by preparing and promoting project development procedures and partnership agreements which are
transparent, fair and sustainable.
This activity will highlight the application of ICM as a technique for multiple-focal environmental issues, both
within and between demonstration sites. The sustainable development goals of ICM will also ensure the socio-
cultural and economic benefits of the indigenous coastal people as essential considerations in the overall
management framework. UNIDO is already assisting the Government to establish an ICM training center in
Calabar and this will be linked to the present project
.
End-of Project Landscape (Outputs):
The outputs of the ICM process are expected to develop:
HSDA, Coastal Use Zonation scheme and ICM Plan for the coastal areas of Calabar and Akassa
Appendix A-77
Models for effective SEA for coastal tourism and linkages with overall coastal zone planning processes
Models for effective project level EIA for coastal tourism, including:
o Rapid assessment processes
o Class assessment procedures, guidelines and effective screening criteria (e.g. for different sized
hotels, small infrastructure, community tourism enterprises etc)
o Building effective public consultation processes
Specific standards and guidelines for coastal tourism EIAs
Appropriate environmental quality standards and monitoring methods
Planning guidelines (incorporated with ICM plans) for areas to be developed as tourism zones
Planning guidelines for appropriate use of erosion defense measures by hotels
Identification of appropriate regulatory / incentive measures to be developed to encourage better
environmental management
Identification of streamlined institutional and co-ordination arrangements for environmental management
within the sector
Development and testing of training modules on SEA, EIAs and environmental audits: for government and
other agencies who manage and review EIAs; and for EIA practitioners to include:
o Coastal specific requirements for EIA and environmental audits
o EIA project management
o EIA review and evaluation
o EIA public consultation requirements
Development of a template on best practice for provision of clear information for investors on process for
developments: time and money needed for EIAs and other planning processes
Project Management Structure and Accountability:
A comprehensive organisational structure for the project has been developed for project at the national level. It is
constituted by the following institutions:
1. Federal Ministry of Environment and Tourism
2. National coordination committee consisting of various stakeholders
3. Cross Rivers and Bayelsa State Ministries of Environment as the local focal points
4. Stakeholders from the demo sites (Calabar and Akassa)
5. Private Sector (tourism facilities, etc)
6. Project Team manager (varies for different sites: municipal directors and district executive directors).
Involvement of Stakeholders and Beneficiaries:
The project relies upon building strong participation, particularly since this is a key aspect and requirement for
ICM. Consensus will need to be established on priority environmental issues and the management frameworks
that can be used to address them. Key stakeholders include:
The tourism sector through the Nigeria Hotels Association and other tourism representative bodies
Government (Ministries of Environment, Tourism)
Local Government
Other private sector associations such as professional institutes (architects, engineers)
Environmental and tourism training institutions
Civil society organisations involved in environmental and social issues as well as environmental advocacy
and awareness
Local community organisations
Scientific community (universities and research institutes)
Sustainability:
The demonstration project addresses sustainability in the following ways:
· Targeted capacity building: The project design emphasizes human resource capacity building at two levels.
First, the project will support specific, targeted training activities for leaders in local communities in the
watersheds of the project sites, empowering local communities to participate in sustainable use of natural
resources, and increasing stakeholder capacity to jointly plan, manage and monitor biodiversity
conservation and sustainable use of the coastal zone. This training will provide much needed empowerment
Appendix A-78
to these communities which tend to fall behind their more urban counterparts, in terms of capacity. Second,
activities will be implemented to build local and national capacity for coastal zone planning, biodiversity
conservation and natural resource management. Both of these levels of activities will contribute to the long-
term sustainable management of natural resources, including coastal biodiversity of global significance.
· Alternative livelihood options for communities: The project seeks to test and develop alternative livelihood
strategies for local communities to help them establish and maintain a minimum basis from which to escape
the poverty trap that is stifling local development.
· Multi-sectoral institutional framework: A multi-disciplinary team will be established to bring together the
scientific and technical community with public authorities to share knowledge and practices for coastal zone
conservation and disseminate the results to the country and the world.
· Participation: The project will adopt participatory planning mechanisms and strategic partnerships with
stakeholders, as well as social assessments and monitoring of conditions, to ensure sustainability of the
approach to biodiversity conservation.
· Alternative financing: The project will fund studies to determine alternative approaches for funding coastal
management, especially the establishment of protected areas, other than from the Government budget.
Replicability:
This demonstration project is widely replicable throughout the region. The stakeholders participating in the
project have identified the gap between policy and regulation requirements versus actual implementation,
particularly since Government resources for environmental protection are already stretched.
The project has also been designed taking into consideration the needs of the stakeholders, in particular the need
to strengthen the relatively weak human resource, institutional and financial capacity in the countries. As the
demo project involves the use of a multi-sectoral approach to sustainable coastal and marine development
embodied in the ICM framework, it is expected that the lessons learned will be mainstreamed into other potential
demonstration sites in the project countries in the future. The project will also generate valuable experience in
piloting, testing, evaluation and adaptation of integrated coastal management strategies, which could form a basis
for designing other initiatives in the African region.
The project includes a replication plan for dissemination of best practices to other countries participating in the
LME projects within and outside the African region. Resources will be allocated to create awareness within a
wider audience through: (i) public awareness campaigns for local fishing communities in the coastal zone, NGOs
and other stakeholders; (ii) consultation and information dissemination workshops; (iii) training of Municipal
Authorities and CBOs, change agents and communities in the coastal zone; (v) preparation of materials, including
pamphlets and brochures, for the general public; and (vi) preparation of audio visual materials for media
campaigns.
Monitoring & Evaluation Process:
Process Indicators
Creation of a comprehensive stakeholder participation plan for the ICM (including notification, awareness
raising, information dissemination, consultation, participation, feedback mechanisms)
The following will have been developed and tabled to Government / regulatory agencies for approval and
adoption by the end of the project:
o Specific procedures, standards and guidelines for ICM (including coastal tourism SEA and
EIAs)
o Environmental quality standards and monitoring requirements
o Planning guidelines (e.g. for new areas to be developed as tourism zones, appropriate use of
erosion defense measures by hotels)
o Economic incentive measures for encouraging investment in environmental technologies
o Proposal for streamlined institutional / co-ordination framework for environmental
management of the tourism industry
Development, delivery and modification (after feedback) of training modules based upon ICM framework.
Preparation of modules in a standard form for replication to other countries.
Plan for replication of ICM model process in the other participating countries.
Stress Reduction Indicators
Appendix A-79
No. of tourism industry specific environmental guidelines and standards developed
No. of new tourism developments (ranging from large resorts to community based ecotourism enterprises)
undergoing environmental assessments based upon proposed guidelines
% of new development which meets review criteria
No. of tourism industry organisations that have received training
No. of regulatory agency and local authority staff who have received training
No. of environmental quality monitoring activities in place
% of hotels with waste (solid and liquid) management and monitoring systems
No. of new ecotourism enterprises
% of coastal tourism development which has comprehensive integrated planning (measure by % of coast
under planning control and/or % of resorts/hotels with comprehensive plans/strategies subject to effective
review)
No. (%) of destination / coastal zone stakeholders in the three sites participating in SEA process
Social benefits provided by the tourism industry (number employed, measures of increased health, waste
management, general environmental infrastructure, distribution of benefits)
Sustainable tourism indicators competitiveness, ecological footprint of tourist, level of voluntary
environmental regulation
Environmental benefits (specific measures of key ecological benefits such as areas rehabilitated, areas with
visitor management plans in place)
% of coastal ecosystems (particularly beaches, mangroves, reef areas targeted by tourism) considered to be in
good condition and/or considered degraded (GIS based indicator)
Environmental Status Indicators
% of waste reduction from tourism industry
Aggregate water consumption reductions
Aggregate energy reductions / increase in the use of non-hydrocarbon & renewable energy sources
Coliform counts on key coastal water bodies (% of water bodies with monitoring)
Increased stakeholder awareness and documented stakeholder involvement
Note that the above list of indicators is to be used as a menu for elaboration of site specific indicators which will
be selected during the project initiation phase.
Co-Financing:
Key sources of co-financing to the project include:
Government agencies hosting meetings, office space and facilities, personnel, in-country transportation
The Nigeria Hotels Association and other tourism representative organisations hostimg meetings,
mobilising members to provide meeting venues, accommodation etc in kind or at subsidised rates
Other donor agencies / NGOs with programmes (Nigerian Conservation Foundation and Pro-Natura
International) that can link with this project part financing of training and awareness activities, policy
development activities, community mobilisation, meeting facilitation. The Forest Management Committees
in Calabar and the ADU are relevant groups here
Private sector concerns in the Environment and the tourism industry, pledging to provide amenities to the
peripheral communities in the project areas
The affected state governments of Nigeria
The Niger Delta Development Commission, through its awareness drives within coastal communities,
rehabilitation of roads, and provision of infrastructure in the Niger Delta area
Oil Companies (Mobil, Total, Agip, Chevron, SPDC) through their community development programmes in
the Niger Delta.
Budget: US$2,394,124
GEF: US$300,000
Cross River State Government Co-financing: US$1,500,000
Federal Government: US$594,124
Appendix A-80
Country:
Nigeria 2
Title:
Tourism Master Planning in an Ecologically Fragile Environment
National Executing body: Federal Ministry of the Environment
Cost of Project: US$ 2,397,617 GEF US$ 241,367 Co-financing: US$2,156,250
Linkage to Project Priority Demonstrations:
The activities in this demonstration project directly respond to the following demonstration project priority /
priorities:
IB.2 Development of eco-tourism to alleviate poverty, through sustainable alternative livelihoods and
generate revenues for conservation of biodiversity and the benefit of the local community.
Note: the demonstration project is cross-cutting and also addresses issues related to the following:
1B.1 Establishment and Implementation of Environmental Management Systems and Voluntary Eco-
certification and Labeling Schemes
Linkage to National Priorities and Programmes:
The demonstration project will strengthen coastal tourism planning mechanisms, including policy and
legislative aspects, institutional arrangements and capacities of stakeholders for achieving better environmental
management in Nigeria's coastal tourism sector. In particular, the project will be designed to mainstream
environmental considerations into conventional tourism master planning processes.
Global and Regional Benefits:
The project demonstrates strategies within the tourism sector for addressing land-based activities under the
Global Programme of Action for Land-based Activities specifically related to: the management of sewage and
litter; utilisation of natural resources (e.g. freshwater, mangrove resources, fisheries); and establishing planning
and other controls upon activities (e.g. siting and construction) that would otherwise contribute to
contaminants, sources of degradation, and resource use pressures upon the marine environment. These
strategies include:
Reduction of pollution from coastal tourism, by improving sanitation and liquid and solid waste
management and establishing appropriate monitoring techniques for the sector
Protection of threatened habitats / ecosystems, through minimising the impacts of hotel and resort
development, improving waste management and establishing better visitor management systems
Strengthening of institutional capacities, by increasing awareness, technical capacities to manage the
environment through regulatory and voluntary mechanisms, and increasing participation in environmental
planning
Restoration of the productivity and health of ecosystems by minimising the impact of tourism and
catalysing partnerships (e.g. conservation, community action, better purchasing practices, design of low
impact resorts)
Sustainable Coastal Resource use by making the tourism industry more sustainable at a community and
destination level by encouraging more efficient resource use and reducing pollution and other threats to the
key resources / assets
Conservation of globally significant biodiversity by integrating biodiversity criteria into tourism planning
and management
Name and Post of Government Representative endorsing the Demonstration Activity:
Mrs Anne Ene-Ita
Director Planning, Research and Statistics (GEF Operational Focal Point)
Federal Ministry of Environment
7th & 9th Floor Federal Secretariat Complex,
Shehu Shagari Way, Garki, ABUJA, NIGERIA.
Tel: 234-95234014
FAX: 234-9-5234119/5234014
E-mail: gloria134real@yahoo.com
Appendix A-81
Project Objectives and Activities:
Background:
Tourism in Nigeria has largely remained underdeveloped despite a number of rich assets which have high
tourism development potential. These include:
A coastline dotted with unique ecological features and biodiversity hotspots
Areas of historical significance during the slave trade era and other events in Nigeria's past
Diverse and rich cultures and traditions
Special economic zones that have been identified as business, tourism, leisure and enterprise areas, where
significant investment in tourism infrastructure is currently underway
The current administration in Nigeria is giving attention to tourism development to diversify economic activity
away from over-reliance upon oil. Under this climate, investment in tourism is likely to flow and there is an
urgent need for tourism master planning to guide this development. In particular, the planning processes must
recognise the fragile environment and thus aim to mainstream environmental considerations into tourism
development at all levels.
The Badagry Axis is located in Lagos State. It comprises of a lagoon ecosystem from Lagos up to the old city
of Badagry. Special tourism assets within this entire area include: historical forts, relics and monuments
relating to the city's role in the slave trade, marine islands, rural villages and communities, and marine and
coastal biodiversity. There is high potential for development of a range of tourism products from beach resorts
through to community based ecotourism.
Key issues in this area:
Proposed sites for resort development lie in between the lagoon and the Atlantic Ocean which is a fragile
dune ecosystem, has shallow sandy soil and vulnerable fresh water supply
Need for sensitively designed resorts to suit the fragile ecosystem
Local community settlements consist of rural villages with predominantly traditional livelihoods
Whilst alternative livelihoods are sought, communities need mechanisms to safeguard their rights
Plastic wastes washed up from the ocean onto the beach
Beaches littered with organic and inorganic wastes
Invasion of exotic species (the Nypa Palm) into coastal habitat and mangrove
Coastal erosion
Need for safe, low-impact transportation methods within the mangrove creeks
Objectives & Activities:
The overall objective of the demonstration project is to develop a tourism master plan for the Bagadry axis, that
mainstreams environmental considerations into tourism development. Through the planning process, the
project will seek to demonstrate unique solutions for sensitive coastal environments that encourage low-impact
tourism through innovative design and management responses. These responses will aim to meet both
environmental sensitivities as well as the economic aspirations of the area and its people and ensure that the
rights of the local communities are respected.
The project will achieve this by
Developing and implementing an integrated tourism master planning process. This activity will
commence by identifying effective models for building strong community participation into planning and
incorporating these into the planning process. It is expected that this will form the basis for creating
linkages between the tourism sector and local stakeholders and building a common understanding about
the importance of the industry to the local economy and about stakeholder expectations. Field visits will
be carried out to each location by an expert planning team. Where possible this team should be composed
of a combination of local and international expertise. The field visits will be used to scope relevant
baseline planning information, carry out initial activities such as stakeholder analyses etc, and to initiate
the full planning process. The full planning process will consist of a number of participatory workshops
and focus groups, backed up with information gathered and analysed during the field visits. The planning
process will then be used to guide development so that the most fragile sites are identified and protected,
tourism development is directed to suitable sites, and the level and type of development both protects and
enhances sites, in particular those suitable for small community based ecotourism enterprises. The process
Appendix A-82
will also focus upon means for capturing the benefits of tourism, limiting negative social impacts on the
community and mobilising effective partnerships for planning and protection of key assets. As a result of
this activity, several models will be developed:
o effective engagement of local communities and stakeholders in tourism planning and
especially in catalysing action to solve local environmental problems;
o model ecological resort planning, including: design, use of innovative and traditional low
impact technologies and materials; design and operation of appropriate off-grid energy
systems; incorporation of environmental management systems into project lifecycles (from
inception and development through to operations)
o solid waste management and effluent treatment systems
o mobilising cross-stakeholder involvement in sustained destination and beach management
activities as a response to the issue of transboundary transport of wastes (a cross-cutting issue
in the five participating West African countries)
Developing an ecotourism strategy for the Badagry Axis. This activity will build upon the work done at
the national coastal zone scale by practically demonstrating ecotourism planning, development and
management at the local scale. The entire ecotourism business chain will be addressed in a series of
activities that include, but are not limited to, providing technical support for: site ecotourism planning,
product development, SME development, capacity building, access to enterprise finance, design and use of
appropriate technologies, hospitality and tourism training, visitor management planning, exchanges with
other successful community ecotourism projects, community and women's participation, joint marketing
and building linkages with other players in the tourism industry in order to build viable commercial
ecotourism products. As a result of this activity, there will be a demonstration of coastal ecotourism as a
viable, sustainable market segment within coastal tourism. The project will show ecotourism as a feasible
alternative livelihood option that will also encourage the protection of coastal natural resources. Lessons
learned from the demonstration activities will feed into overall coastal ecotourism strategy development
for Nigeria, being developed as part of Component B activities of the full project. It is anticipated that this
strategy will ultimately be tabled with Government for adoption so that it gains national support and with it
an escalation of resources / incentives devoted towards development of the ecotourism segment of the
coastal tourism market.
Conducting policy dialogue and development at state and federal levels. As tourism development was
not a priority in the past for Nigeria, there is a need for awareness creation at policy level in order to link
the results of the project to effective policy development. This is also important because other economic
activities at the coast have environmental impacts that can threaten tourism development. This activity is
intended to try and establish high level policy requirements that will help to facilitate inter-agency
collaborative efforts on contamination control. Long term visioning will help to identify the catalyst roles
that the tourism industry could play.
End-of Project Landscape (Outputs):
As a result of the demonstration project:
A functioning model of community engagement in coastal tourism (planning, management, mobilisation
and action) will have been developed
Models for best practice in coastal tourism management, planning and development for new tourism areas
will be integrated into Nigeria's existing planning frameworks
A site level ecotourism strategy will be developed, with plans for demonstration and exchange with other
coastal communities in Nigeria
Capacities of relevant stakeholder groups will have been built in order to meaningfully participate in
integrated planning processes and environmental management
A mechanism for inter-agency collaborative efforts on contamination control will have been established
The key outcome will be in the overall reduction of environmental impacts by the tourism industry on the
coastal and marine environment. A participatory planning system integrated into coastal zone and community
planning will be in operation by the end of the project and will have demonstrated the positive effects of this
approach in a diverse coastal environment.
Project Management Structure and Accountability:
Appendix A-83
The demonstration project will be managed jointly by the Focal Point in close collaboration with the Lagos
State Waterfront & Tourism Development Corporation and other key stakeholders such as the Badagry Local
Government and the Federation of Tourism Associations of Nigeria.
The Focal Point will take the lead in co-ordinating government agencies at the federal level and also other
industry sectors that are linked to the tourism sector. The Lagos State Waterfront & Tourism Development
Corporation will take the lead in mobilising tourism industry stakeholders involved in tourism activity in the
Badagry Axis and ultimately institutionalising the project within its existing mandates and programmes. The
Badagry Local Government and the Federation of Tourism Association of Nigeria will be involved in
mobilising community participation in terms of ecotourism, as well as their participation in the planning
processes.
Involvement of Stakeholders and Beneficiaries:
The project relies upon building strong and effective participatory approaches, particularly since the key
planning activities require multi-stakeholder participation. This includes coastal communities that have not
been involved in such processes to date and have been isolated from coastal tourism activities. Key
stakeholders include:
The tourism sector through the Federation of Tourism Associations of Nigeria and other private sector
associations;
Federal Government (Ministries of Environment and Tourism)
State Government
The Lagos State Waterfront and Tourism Development Corporation
Civil society organisations involved in environmental advocacy and awareness, enterprise development,
poverty reduction and alternative livelihoods etc such as Friends of the Environment, National Association
of Tourist Boat Operators and Water Transporters (NATBOWAT).
Community based organisations such as Badagry Fishers Association, etc
Sustainability:
The demonstration project addresses sustainability in the following ways:
Building a robust planning model that demonstrates to the tourism sector the value of participatory
processes in resolving conflicts that will ultimately lead to better environmental quality at the coast
Building the capacity of organisations in order to be able to mobilise communities, continue to house and
promote environmental awareness activities, training programmes, develop projects and ensure
sustainability of (community level) activities beyond the project timeframe
Engaging with Government, parliamentarians and other policy makers to incorporate changes as a result
from lessons learned into existing policy and regulatory frameworks and adopt appropriate economic
incentives for encouraging environmental management.
The project is financially feasible. Relevant stakeholder organisations have already expressed commitment to
provide resources in cash and kind towards the project. The project will build the capacity of relevant
participating organisations, and this also includes developing their ability to network, develop future
environmental projects and solicit additional funding from other sources. In addition, it is anticipated that the
use of economic instruments and other financial mechanisms identified by the planning process, if adopted by
Government, will provide a strong impetus towards sustainability of the project.
Nigeria has already conducted stakeholder consultations at a national level and has in place a National Steering
Committee for the project that is representative of the wide range of tourism stakeholders. Political will is
demonstrated through the existing close collaboration between the two lead ministries as well as the Badagry
Local Government and the Lagos State Waterfront & Tourism Development Corporation.
Replicability:
This demonstration project is widely replicable to other coastal areas in Nigeria as well as throughout the
region. All the countries participating in the project have a lack of successful cases of best practice in
integrated tourism destination planning for the coastal zone. This is particularly so for the participating
countries where tourism has less prominence in the overall economy than, say, The Gambia or Kenya.
Appendix A-84
The issues facing the tourism sector in all the countries are largely common: lack of environmental awareness;
lack of resources to invest; lack of access to appropriate technologies; lack of capacity within regulatory bodies
and industry suppliers etc, user conflicts over scarce natural resources. The environmental impacts caused as a
result are also largely common.
The project provides a demonstration of methods to use the tourism sector as a catalyst for community
approaches to integrated planning of low impact resorts and ecotourism, including reduction of impacts on
fragile estuarine, lagoon, coastal forest and mangrove ecosystems and reduction of direct dumping of garbage
and liquid waste into the sea. Tourism is an engine for coastal development in many parts of Africa, and
addressing the use of suitable technologies and approaches for the African situation can be strategic for many
other destinations as demand for African tourism products grows. The gap analysis of all participating
countries (and the conclusions of the African Process) showed this to be one of the highest priority areas for
intervention with all participating countries listing the planning and control area in their list of top priorities.
All participating countries have at least one new tourism development which could use results and build upon
them. Hence the project has wide replicability.
Monitoring & Evaluation Process:
Process Indicators
Creation of a comprehensive stakeholder participation plan for the planning processes
The following will have been developed and tabled to Government / regulatory agencies for approval and
adoption by the end of the project:
o Planning guidelines (e.g. for new areas to be developed as tourism zones, appropriate use of
erosion defense measures by hotels, community involvement)
o Proposal for streamlined institutional / co-ordination framework for environmental
management of the tourism industry
Plan for replication of the project in other coastal states as well as the other participating countries.
Stress Reduction Indicators
% of destination with comprehensive planning in place
% of new development which meets review criteria
% of coastal tourism development which has comprehensive integrated planning (measure by % of coast
under planning control and/or % of resorts/hotels with comprehensive plans/strategies subject to effective
review)
% of (new) tourism properties which can be classified as ecotourism or having ecotourism elements
Number (%) of destination / CZ residents actively participating in the tourism sector (target = 30%)
Economic benefit to the community and to organisations (direct economic benefits overall and per capita
and per tourist)
Social benefit (number employed, measures of increased health, waste management infrastructure
provided by the project in the community and more broadly)
Distribution of benefits, e.g. number of tourism sector jobs
Allocation of resources (distribution among community members, sectors, gender, socal unit, SMEs)
National PRSP (poverty) monitoring (allocation of benefits such as jobs, income, access to social services,
contribution of tourism towards poverty alleviation)
Sustainable tourism indicators, including competitiveness, ecological footprint of tourist, ecological
footprints of tourism resorts
Environmental Status Indicators
% of coastal ecosystem (in tourist zones) considered to be in good condition (re: erosion, maintenance,
contamination, garbage)
% of coastal ecosystems (particularly beaches, mangroves, reef areas targeted by tourism) considered to be
in good condition and/or considered degraded (GIS based)
Environmental benefits (areas under management, specific measures of key ecological benefits such as
area protected, area rehabilitated, species conserved)
Increased stakeholder awareness and documented stakeholder involvement
Broad tourism data is available from the Lagos State Waterfront & Tourism Development Corporation.
Environmental data related to tourism is available from the Federal Ministry of the Environment. Additional
data may be sought from existing coastal and environmental management efforts, such as environmental
Appendix A-85
sensitivity mapping. All these efforts will need to be consolidated and built upon in order to develop
meaningful monitoring parameters, and the associated capacities of the institutions involved.
Note that this list of indicators is provided for key outputs and outcomes for the overall project area; these will
be used as a menu for elaboration of site specific indicators which will be chosen during the initiation phase.
Co-Financing:
Key sources of co-financing to the project include:
Government Agencies hosting meetings, space, a level of transportation, personnel
The Federation of Tourism Associations of Nigeria hosting meetings, mobilising its members to provide
meeting venues, accommodation etc in kind or at subsidised rates
Other donor agencies / NGOs with programmes that can link with this project part financing of training
and awareness activities, policy development activities, facilitation
Budget:
Cost of Project: US$ 2,397,617
GEF US$ 241,367
Lagos State Govt Co-financing: US$78,125
Badagry Local Govt Co-financing: US$78,125
Federal Government: $2 million
Appendix A-86
Country:
Senegal 1
Title:
Environmental Management Systems for Petite Cote
Executing body: Ministry of Environment / SAPCO
Cost of Project: US$500,000 GEF: US$200,000 Co-financing:US$300,000
Linkage to Project Priority Demonstrations:
IB.1 Facilitate the adoption implementation of Environmental Management Systems, voluntary implementation
of eco-certification schemes by tourism facilities
Linkage to National Priorities and Programmes:
Key link will be to national priority to clean up beach areas for this area considered to be both the priority new
development area for tourism and an area of ecological fragility (identified through the African Process)
Global and Regional Benefits:
· Reduction of pollution from coastal tourism, by assisting hotels and the overall destination reduce
pollution which includes sewage, pathogens, nutrients from land use and vegetation management
including organics and some toxics.
· Strengthening institutional capacity, by supporting improvements in environmental practices for coastal
properties. most notably the extensive new developments proposed for the Mbondienne area and for
new ecotourism properties in fragile sites including coastal mangroves
· Restoration of beach and water resource which will reduce stresses on the beach
· Use of the hotel sector as a catalyst for destination-wide management of solid and liquid wastes
· Development of a tourist management component to reduce the impact of tourism activity on the most
sensitive sites (e.g turtle nesting, mangroves, unique forest resources, fragile dunes and lagoons)
Name and Post of Government Representative endorsing the Demonstration Activity:
Son Excellence
Monsieur Thierno Lo
Ministre
Ministère de l'Environnement et de la Protection de la Nature
Building Administratif 2eme étage
BP 4055, Dakar Etoile, Sénégal
Tel : 221 822 3849/8220927
Fax:
+221 822 2180/ 822 6212
Email: minjeunes@sentoo.sn
Project Objectives and Activities:
Background:
The Petite Cote destination is the epicentre for tourism development in Senegal. It comprises a sandy coast
with mangroves, and the southern part is a priority sensitive area notably the Salloum delta. It is an area with
both new hotel development and the establishment of small scale ecotourism. Existing hotels have yet to
implement Environmental Management Systems (EMS) and there is as yet no impetus for new development to
incorporate environmental management. The infrastructure for sewage treatment is limited, and there are
problems with solid waste disposal and energy management. Hotels and beach fronts are frequently inundated by
storm water, and solid waste. The project will demonstrate an integrated planning approach and a range of best
strategies in EMS, for environmental management in cooperation with local communities. The project will create
a model of EMS for the hotels and these hotels will act as a catalyst for wider coastal cleanup activity. EMS will
be extended beyond the immediate property, to suppliers, infrastructure across the wider destination, through
building partnerships between the community and private sector. This is the EMS component of the Petite Cote
demo site which also incorporates an ecotourism component which follows.
Key issues are:
· Coastal erosion on the beaches
· Garbage on beaches
· Non-point source pollution and inundation
· Effluent contamination of beaches
· Lack of environmental management in hotels
Lack of integration of hotels with overall development planning for the destination.
Appendix A-87
Objectives & Activities:
Activities:
· Develop model EMS for Senegal hotels (with link to regional project capacity building for EMS)
· Implement process for outreach to Senegal hotels in destination and
· Devise cooperative means to mobilize hotels as catalyst for cleanup
· Provide model activities for community liaison on cleanup awareness and education
· Put in place a destination-wide plan for "clean destination"
· Identify actions possible by hotels to address erosion issues on and off the property which affect the coast
including resort design, water management, waterways, hardening/planting, use of beachfront structures,
beach management
· Test and adapt standards for beach/seawater management (e.g. example is Blue Flag) and mobilization of
hotels in monitoring and outreach
· Monitoring and indicators for EMS/level of activity and results
This will include the need to foster broader programs such as waste separation, control of liquid waste, and
changes in behaviours regarding waste disposal, sand management etc at the broader community level and
integration with other components of sustainable planning and ecotourism development.
End-of Project Landscape (Outputs):
Key measurable outputs (and outcomes) are expected to be the following:
(see also monitoring below) .
The end of project status will produce:
· Manual with model program and activities for replication
· Hotels (minimum 3) in the demo site with operating EMS
· Curriculum (tested on site in the hotels) to be used to train other hotel managers in Senegal and other
countries.
Project Management Structure and Accountability:
Demo will be managed on site by SAPCO which has the mandate for management and development of the
entire tourism component of Petite Cote including the existing tourism destination and the new areas in e.g.
Mbondienne, Joal and Pointe Sarene
Involvement of Stakeholders and Beneficiaries:
SAPCO (along with the Ministry of Environment) has already begun a consultative process with the local
communities and hoteliers. The project will build on this. Initial on-site consultations have occurred as part of
the project development process and have helped to identify key stakeholders. Inherent in the EMS process is a
consultative process which involves the full cradle to grave chain from suppliers to workers to tourists, guides
and site managers.
Sustainability:
Financial sustainability: Financial sustainability is one of the three components of EMS (along with
environmental and social factors) and is inherent in the model and its application. One of the principal reasons
why EMS is done is effective cost and risk management, normally bringing direct financial benefits in reduced
costs through reduction of energy use, water use, waste. This is core in the demo.
Replicability:
Develop model EMS for hotels- with focus on innovative practice for coastal hotels in water, garbage and
effluent management for replication elsewhere in region. Most coastal African destinations have problems of
solid and liquid waste. Technologies and approaches have not always proven readily transferable. Tourism
development, led by hotels and resorts, will be the single greatest growth areas for the coastal zones of most
African countries. The project will test both approaches and technologies which can reduce impact of existing
and new hotel/resort development through EMS application. Interest in accessing and using the results has been
clearly indicated from all participating countries (priority issue areas compiled from the National reports and
confirmed in the regional workshop sessions held in Mombasa and Banjul).
Monitoring & Evaluation Process:
· % hotels with EMS (by year)
· % hotels with suitable sewage systems (also % rooms)
· % of beach area under waste management
· Number of Senegalese hotel managers who have received EMS training
· Coliform counts on key beach sites (% beaches with monitoring)
· Number of blue Flag beaches
Appendix A-88
Country:
Senegal
Title:
Petite Cote Integrated Ecotourism Tourism Planning
Executing body: Ministry of Environment / SAPCO
Cost of Project: US$605,244 GEF:US$200,000 Co-financing:US$405,244
Linkage to Project Priority Demonstrations:
IB.2: Development of eco-tourism to alleviate poverty through sustainable alternative livelihoods and
generate revenues for conservation of biodiversity and the benefit of the local community;
Note that a secondary link will be through the enhanced capacity to generate revenues for environmental
conservation through eco-tourism which will occur as part of the holistic approach to coastal tourism planning
and management;
Linkage to National Priorities and Programmes:
Senegal views tourism as the principal engine of coastal development, and has designated a significant part of
the coastline for tourism . Petite Cote (and the specific sites managed by SAPCO) is to be the major growth
area. Saly is an established tourism destination with problems of erosion, garbage, beach contamination.
Mbondiene, Joal and Pointe Sarene are new resorts under development to the south of Saly. Ngasobil is a
small community which wishes to develop a community based ecotourism product which takes advantage of the
unique site and access to forest, beach and mangrove, including the protected forest of Nianing, the Palmarin
Community reserve (site classified as wetland of international importance for its population of water birds),
and the mudholes in Joal Fadiouth (site classified as wetland of international importance for its population of
water birds) .
Global and Regional Benefits:
· Reduction of pollution from coastal tourism by controlling contamination from hotel and restaurant sector.
· Reduction of pollution from coastal tourism, by community participation in pollution reduction.
· Protection of threatened habitats, by developing model approaches to tourism development which respects
and enhances fragile ecological areas/habitats
· Conservation of globally significant biodiversity, through integrated planning that incorporates biodiversity
criteria.
· Protection of one of the few remaining coastal native forest areas in Senegal, including indigenous medical
plants and rare species.
· Conservation of globally significant biodiversity: transferable methods for integrated planning using
biodiversity criteria
· Strengthening institutional capacity by small credit for community projects
· Sustainable coastal resource use: rehabilitation and protection of dunes, forest and mangroves and
protection of the coast is expected to create new jobs.
· Strengthening institutional capacity through stakeholders working together to use a range of instruments to
protect key coastal resources
· Restoration of productivity of ecosystems through controlling coastal erosion.
· Sustainable coastal resource use by reducing threats resource base on which the destination economy
depends.
Name and Post of Government Representative endorsing the Demonstration Activity:
Son Excellence
Monsieur Thierno Lo
Ministre
Ministère de l'Environnement et de la Protection de la Nature
Building Administratif 2eme étage
BP 4055, Dakar Etoile, Sénégal
Tel : 221 822 3849/8220927
Fax:
+221 822 2180/ 822 6212
Email: minjeunes@sentoo.sn
Project Objectives and Activities:
Background:
Background: The Petite Cote destination is the epicentre for tourism development in Senegal. It comprises
Appendix A-89
a sandy coast with mangroves, and the southern part is a priority sensitive area notably the Salloum delta. The
project will demonstrate an integrated planning process using a range of best practice in both the rehabilitation
of an existing coastal tourism destination and in the effective planning of a new one. It will focus on the use of
the planning and participatory process to guide development so that the most fragile sites are identified and
protected, tourism development is directed to suitable sites, and so that the level and type of development both
protects and enhances sites particularly those suitable for small community based ecotourism. The project will
solve problems in existing tourism areas, and develop a model process for expansion of new tourism areas.
There is a need to capture benefits, and limit negative social impacts on the community, and mobilize effective
partnerships for planning and protection of key assets.
Key Issues
· Lack of integrated planning in the coastal zone
· Insufficient coordination of activities among stakeholders.
· Insufficient capacity to effectively design, manage and market an ecotourism product in the coastal zone
· Lack of awareness by key stakeholders of tourism and protection issues and opportunities
· Insufficient information regarding ecological and sociological impacts, sensitivity and limits of acceptable
change
· Lack of awareness by key stakeholders of tourism and conservation issues.
· Gaps in institutional capacity and training of key officials and representatives.
· Insufficient access to models, technical support for planning and management .
· Lack of infrastructure or mechanisms to deal with solid and liquid waste
Expanding population and immigration of people seeking employment.
Objectives & Activities:
The objective of the demo is to create a model integrated planning procedure for use in new tourism
development and rehabilitation of existing sites. It is to be applied to the most important tourism growth area in
Senegal both to bring direct benefits to the Petite Cote and to showcase innovative integrative approaches for
use in other parts of Senegal and more broadly in Africa.
· Coastal zone mapping and assessment of status of resources.
· Establish effective monitoring system and indicators for coastal integrity.
· Education and awareness component, and capacity building.
· Identification of good practice in implementing erosion prevention, with capacity building on erosion
mitigation and prevention methods, test innovative sand stabilization methods.
· Create a model approach to co-management, stakeholder participation planning, management monitoring
and enforcement and peer policing. Participatory visioning, business plan development and system to
disperse benefit. to local community and conservation management
· Test new methods for participatory planning and control of pollution and community based planning in the
coast participation
· Capacity building, including Beach Management Units to deal with litter.
· New methods for control of pollution in the coast.
· Awareness and training in hospitality, tourism management, forestry and coastal zone management, guiding
and interpretation and language skills, revenue generating activities from forest and mangrove ecotourism.
· Invasive species research and management.
· Marketing for small attractions, create links into other operators / hotels.
· Financing for small enterprises and community projects.
· Assess carrying capacity for the resort, use design, mitigation and other tools.
· Test models for measurement of local attitudes, levels of participation, levels of benefit from tourism (WTO
indicator program)
· Models for measurement of levels of harassment, indicators of stress, community impacts.
· Establish indicators / performance measures for project.
· Establish standards for business partnerships between resorts & local enterprises
End-of Project Landscape (Outputs):
The specific output expected is the creation of a functioning model of best practice in coastal tourism
development for new tourism areas and expansion of existing ones. It is expected to create a participatory
planning system integrated into coastal zone and community planning which by the end of the project will be in
operation and have demonstrated the positive effects of this approach in a diverse coastal environment. It will be
in operation and accessible to others to visit and learn.
Appendix A-90
Project Management Structure and Accountability:
The main management body will be SAPCO who are the development agency for the Petite Cote tourism
initiative. They will operate under the guidance of the Ministry of Environment .
Involvement of Stakeholders and Beneficiaries:
SAPCO (along with the Ministry of Environment) has already begun a consultative process with the local
communities and hoteliers. The project will build on this. Initial on-site consultations have occurred as part of
the project development process and have helped to identify key stakeholders. Inherent in the EMS process is a
consultative process which involves the full cradle to grave chain from suppliers to workers to tourists, guides
and site managers. .
Sustainability:
Replicability:
Demonstration of methods to use tourism sector as catalyst for community approaches to integrated planning of
low impact resorts and ecotourism, including reduction of impacts on fragile dune , coastal forest and mangrove
ecosystems and reduction of direct dumping of garbage and liquid waste into the sea.. Tourism is the engine for
coastal development in many parts of Africa. An integrated planning approach, grounded in Africa, and
addressing the use of suitable technologies and approaches for the African situation can be strategic for many
other destinations as demand for African tourism products grows. The gap analysis of all participating countries
(and the conclusions of the African process) showed this to be one of the highest priority areas for intervention
with all participating countries listing the planning and control area in their list of top priorities. All
participating countries have at least one new tourism development which could use the results and build on
them.
Monitoring & Evaluation Process:
Key indicators include:
· % of destination with comprehensive planning in place
· % of new development which meets review criteria
· % of coastal tourism development which has comprehensive integrated planning (measure by % of
coast under planning control and/or % of resorts/hotels with comprehensive plans/strategies subject
to effective review - by country) (Target 80% year 2, all by end of project)
· % of (new) tourism properties which can be classified as ecotourism or having ecotourism elements
· % of coastal ecosystem (in tourist zones) considered to be in good condition (re: erosion,
maintenance, contamination, garbage) Target = all by end of project
· % of coastal ecosystems (particularly beaches, mangroves, reef areas targeted by tourism) considered
to be in good condition /and/or considered degraded (GIS based)Target = 100% by end of project
· Number (%) of destination/CZ residents actively participating in tourism sector; Target= 30%
· - Economic benefit to the community and to organizations (direct economic benefits overall and per
capita, and per tourist)
· - Social benefit (number employed, measures of increased health, waste management, infrastructure
provided by the project in the community and more broadly)
· - Environmental benefits (area under management, specific measures of key ecological benefits such
as area protected, area rehabilitated, species conserved)
· Distribution of benefits e.g. Number of tourism sector jobs
· - allocation of resources (distribution among community members, sectors, gender, social unit,
SMEs )
· National PRSP (poverty) monitoring (allocation of benefits such as jobs, income, access to social
services by cohort, Contribution towards poverty alleviation for destination)
· sustainable tourism indicators, specifically competitiveness, ecological footprint of tourist, (see also
ecolabeling and EMS indicators for hotels in the EMS demo project)
· (Process Indicators), e.g.
- implementation of Code of Conduct and best practice for tourist enterprises and tourists (% adopting)
- % participation of community and key cohorts in co-management
- human and institutional capacity indicators at local level (to be considered) , % of establishments with
marketing plan
Appendix A-91
Country:
Tanzania
Title:
Integrated Planning and Management of Sustainable Tourism in Tanzania
Executing body: Office of the Vice President (under the Director of Environment)
Cost of Project: US$ 3,398,651 GEF US$ 332,067 Co-financing: 3,066,584
Linkage to Project Priority Demonstrations:
Integrated Sustainable Tourism Destination Planning
1B.1.
Establishment and Implementation of Environmental Management Systems and Voluntary
Eco-certification and Labelling Schemes
1B.2.
Development of eco-tourism to alleviate poverty, through sustainable alternative
livelihoods and generate revenues for conservation of biodiversity and the benefit of the
local community.
1B.3.
Promote best practices in mitigating environmental impacts of tourism and conserve
globally significant biodiversity through improved reef recreation management
Linkage to National Priorities and Programmes:
The demonstration project will strengthen existing coastal tourism planning mechanisms, including policy
and legislative aspects, institutional co-ordination mechanisms and capacities of stakeholders for achieving
better environmental management in Tanzania's coastal tourism sector.
The demonstration project is aligned with national priorities and programmes. Coastal tourism development
is mentioned as a key priority under Tanzania's Tourism Master Plan. The Government in collaboration with
donor agencies through Tanzania Coastal Management Partnership (TCMP) has assessed the current status
of Coastal Tourism in Tanzania, identified priority actions needed to develop sustainable coastal tourism and
now are looking for ways to start implementing the proposed actions. Additional concerns relate to the low
levels of community participation in tourism planning and management processes and in tourism related
enterprises that provide additional livelihood opportunities, in line with national poverty reduction strategies.
By strengthening and mainstreaming environmental planning within the tourism industry, it is expected that
the demonstration project will: reduce environmental impacts of the tourism industry; encourage markets and
product development for ecotourism enterprises; and streamline environmental regulation to ensure it is
efficient and cost-effective. It is also expected that in addition to the environmental sustainability benefits,
the demonstration project will help build capacities and create markets for the supply of environmental
products and services.
Global and Regional Benefits:
The geographical position of Tanzania in between Kenya and Mozambique reinforce the interest of this pilot
which will demonstrate not only specific problems to the country but cross boundary ones (biodiversity loss,
pollution, destruction of natural habitats). The project demonstrates strategies within the tourism sector for
addressing land-based activities under the Global Programme of Action for Land-based Activities
specifically related to: recreational / tourism facilities as point sources of degradation; the management of
sewage and litter and to a small extent other contaminants such as oils (hydrocarbons); physical alteration
and destruction of habitats; utilisation of scarce shared natural resources (e.g. freshwater); and establishing
planning and other controls upon activities (e.g. siting and construction) that otherwise contribute to
contaminants and sources of degradation upon the marine environment. These strategies include:
Reduction of pollution from coastal tourism, by improving sanitation and liquid and solid waste
management and establishing appropriate monitoring techniques for the sector
Protection of threatened habitats / ecosystems, through minimising the impacts of hotel and resort
development, improving waste management and establishing better visitor management systems
Strengthening of institutional capacities, by increasing awareness, technical capacities to manage the
Appendix A-92
environment through regulatory and voluntary mechanisms, and increasing participation in
environmental planning
Restoration of the productivity and health of ecosystems by minimising the impact of tourism and
catalysing partnerships (e.g. conservation, community action, better purchasing practices, design of low
impact resorts)
Sustainable Coastal Resource use by making the tourism industry more sustainable at a community and
destination level by encouraging more efficient resource use and reducing pollution and other threats to
the key resources / assets
Conservation of globally significant biodiversity by integrating biodiversity criteria into tourism
planning and management
Name and Post of Government Representative endorsing the Demonstration Activity:
A.R.M.S Rajabu
Permanent Secretary
Vice President's Office
P.O. Box 5380
Dar es Salaam
Tanzania
Project Objectives and Activities:
Background:
Tanzania has a coastline that is over 1,424 km long and is ripe for coastal tourism development. Key assets
include attractive beaches; marine parks and reserves with excellent coral reef diving and snorkelling
opportunities; mangrove and coastal forest reserves; and cultural and heritage sites along the Swahili Coast.
A critical concern is that the rapid growth of coastal tourism has put tremendous pressure on existing
services and amenities. Poor land use planning has created significant environmental problems, and whilst
Tanzania already has established frameworks and institutions for environmental regulation and management,
integration, co-ordination, implementation and capacities are recognised as key areas that require
strengthening. Key resulting issues include:
Degradation of ecologically significant habitats (cutting of mangrove; damage to coral reef due to
trampling and anchors, illegal collection of marine trophies)
Unsustainable resource use to service the tourism industry (destructive fishing, coral and sand harvesting
practices exist that are detrimental to Marine park and surrounding ecosystems);
Conflicts as a result of unplanned development, restriction of public access, heavy demand on limited
shared natural resources, conflicts between hoteliers and beach operators
Coastal erosion from poorly sited hotels and inappropriate construction of sea walls that alter physical
processes
Pollution of coastal waters as a result of inadequate sewage treatment and waste management
infrastructure to cope with expansion of tourism and/or practices by individual hotels
Natural habitat loss as a result of unplanned development
Limited institutional and organizational capacity among coastal communities for effective participation
in the tourism sector and particularly in ecotourism as a potential alternative livelihood
Lack of meaningful participation of coastal communities in policy formulation and inadequate
legislation to safeguard community rights
Lack of vertical institutional coordinating mechanisms resulting in the existence of a gap between
decision making sphere and the local level actors in charge of implementation
Three sites in particular in Tanzania have been selected for their involvement in the demonstration activities,
as between them they cover the spectrum of issues described above.
Dar es Salaam is the capital and main port, a gateway to the southern wildlife tourism circuit and entry point
for beach holidays, big game fishing in Mafia and trips to Zanzibar. The city also has its own attractions in
terms of historical buildings, markets and nearby beach resorts. Hotels and resorts are currently concentrated
around Dar es Salaam. The accommodation sector outside the city is relatively undeveloped, although there
are a number of hotels and resorts that can be found scattered in other locations along the coast. The main
issue in Dar es Salaam is poor sited facilities and pollution. Here the project will have to build up an original
Appendix A-93
private-public partnership to address not only environmental impacts from coastal tourism but also, the issue
of participative coastal zone planning and the threats (pollution from the municipalities) on tourism
development.
Bagamoyo is a village of historical importance with links to the era of trade among the Indian Ocean
littoral states, including trade in slaves and ivory. Hotels range from small guesthouses to the large beach
resorts, and attract both national and international clientele. Bagamoyo has been identified through an
ICM approach under the Tanzania Coastal Management Partnership (TCMP) as an area with high
potential for developing into a successful tourism destination. The area is currently experiencing an
increasing number of investors constructing facilities in a context where no physical planning provides
guidance, where local municipality is aware of the negative impacts of the poor sited facilities but does
not have any appropriate institutional strategy to address the issues. An ICM exercise organised by the
Bagamoyo District Council identified (after a prioritization process) the 4 following key issues:
Conflict between shrimp trawlers and artisanal fishers
Illegal and uncontrolled cutting of mangrove
Conflict on the use of beach areas
Destructive fishing practices
It should be noted that Saadani National Park (close top Bagamoyo) has also been identified as a sensitive
areas through the TCMP process and is the focus of a separate initiative by the Coastal Resources Center,
University of Rhode Island for sustainable tourism development and partnerships. The GEF demonstration
will coordinate closely in the transfer of lessons and best practices between the two areas, and with other
appropriate areas within the Project system boundary.
Mafia Island and the Marine Park supports a complex of estuarine, mangrove, coral reef and marine
ecosystems and has some of the best diving in the Western Indian Ocean. Other attractions include beaches,
and species such as the Comoro fruit bats and dugongs and turtles. The population are farmers and
fishermen. There is one main upmarket accommodation facility, which has plans for expansion to provide
accommodation for the middle market range. Activities include fishing, diving and snorkelling trips to the
marine park. Mafia has been identified through an ICM approach under the TCMP as an area with high
potential for further development into a successful tourism destination.
Ecotourism development in all these areas is currently limited, although local communities seek viable
diversified and alternative income generating opportunities that will result in less pressure on coastal natural
resources.
Objectives & Activities:
The long-term sustainability of the tourism sector in Tanzania can be only ensured if the priority project
components are dealt with together in an integrated way through a sub-national regional approach. Therefore,
the main objective of this demonstration project is to provide a model for integrated development and
management of coastal tourism at an extended coastal zone, which shares common environmental and
geographical features. The project will especially seek to demonstrate the function of institutional structures
and coordination mechanisms as a basis to address complex environmental and socio-economic issues. The
model integrated planning procedure will be developed for use in existing sites and for new tourism
development, including ecotourism development, in Tanzania. It is to be applied to three key locations in
Tanzania to demonstrate in particular:
Strengthening physical planning and institutional co-ordination mechanisms for coastal tourism
Catalysing community involvement and partnerships for ecotourism ventures and environmental
management
Strengthening existing policy, legislation and institutional arrangements for better environmental
regulation of the tourism industry
Catalysing voluntary environmental regulation by the tourism industry
The project will achieve this through the following activities:
Basic activities at the coastal area level on policies, regulations and capacity building:
· Specify the existing guidelines, strategies and regulations, in the framework of the National Tourism
Policy, and Tourism Master Plan for coastal tourism and ecotourism
Appendix A-94
· Establish a Sustainable Coastal Tourism Research, Resource and Training Centre
· Set up a grant scheme for capacity building to support existing initiatives
· Extend the projects on sensitivity maps (using GIS) on tourism use to the entire Tanzanian coast
· Monitoring programme for tourist sites using indicators (WTO methodology)
· Review and strengthen coordination mechanisms for tourism development at different levels
· Revise employment qualification requirements and taxation system
· Review pricing policy for user fees in the Marine Parks and Reserves
· Develop a policy for Disaster Preparedness and Management, with the tourism sector fully integrated
Alternative livelihoods, poverty alleviation and revenue generation for conservation (ecotourism):
· Develop and implement models for
Institutional structures and mechanisms for destination level coordination, planning and
management of tourism development and operations.
Conflict resolution and beach use model with the objective of reducing negative
environmental impacts of tourism operations, and ensure a more balanced distribution
tourism benefits through strengthening cooperation between local SMEs, resorts and local
government offices
Monitoring system for destinations, coastal zones and ecotourism sites (e.g. reefs,
mangrove habitats), through the application of sustainability indicators (WTO
methodology)
· Develop and implement a tourism product development and marketing strategy for community-based
tourism and ecotourism activities (e.g. products that are based on traditional livelihood activities, cluster-
marketing, combining hotel offer with tourism activities in protected and community areas, production
and sale of local handicrafts and agricultural products)
Implement a net exchange program to prevent use of small mesh sized nets and beach seines
Implement awareness campaigns to teach stakeholders responsible natural resource practices
Increase and target enforcement efforts against destructive, illegal fishing methods
· Create sustainable financing options for community-based tourism activities (e.g. microcredit, grant
scheme), revise licensing and pricing schemes for user fees to benefit locals
· Review employment policies and practices of hotels and local operators, to create more favourable
conditions for local communities (e.g. better labour conditions, more permanent jobs, training
opportunities)
· Review purchasing practices of hotels to increase the share of locally sourced products and services
· Deliver training and education on tourism management, business planning, improvement, and
reinvestment; reef ecology and conservation; sustainable fishing.
· Develop guidelines for ensuring gender equity in tourism development.
· Apply participatory planning and design techniques for tourism infrastructure in protected areas and
community projects (e.g. boardwalks, mooring buoys)
· Deliver guide training: language and interpretation skills, pricing and marketing of tours
· Establish and strengthen of community-managed protected areas and reserves, through integrating
tourism use in them
Mitigation of impacts on reefs
· Provide education on reef ecology and conservation and minimising impacts for boat and dive operators,
as well as park managers and rangers.
· Develop codes of conduct for reef users through participatory processes, and encourage operators and
park managers to implement them.
· Provide access to training in sustainable fishing practices and provision of environmentally sensitive
fishing equipment for community members.
· Provide information for tourists on reef status and conservation activities, including conservation
activities that they can participate in.
· Training of marine parks officers on tourism management, and regulation of reserve and MPA laws
(especially with regard to fishing, diving, snorkelling and development)
· Environmental education and interpretation for tourists: visitor centre, materials, signs
· Survey the coral reefs with GPS, including sensitive areas, threatened species and damaged sites. Map
reef locations used by different stakeholders (e.g. fishermen / tourism operators) at different times. Use
local participation in survey process, to promote local education and reef awareness.
Appendix A-95
· Develop and support monitoring programs for reefs and turtle nesting, where local stakeholders
participate. Market reef and turtle monitoring as an educational tourism experience, where tourists
subsidise the monitoring activity.
· Review zoning, boat operator rules and regulations in protected areas
EMS and eco-certification:
· Develop and test model Strategic Environmental Assessment procedures for coastal tourism, to include:
· Models for effective SEA for coastal tourism and linkages with overall coastal zone planning processes
· Models for effective project level EIA for coastal tourism, including:
o Rapid assessment processes
o Class assessment procedures, guidelines and effective screening criteria (e.g. for different
sized hotels, small infrastructure, community tourism enterprises etc)
o Building effective public consultation processes
· Specific standards and guidelines for coastal tourism EIAs
· Appropriate environmental quality standards and monitoring methods
· Planning guidelines for areas to be developed as tourism zones
· Planning guidelines for appropriate use of erosion defense measures by hotels
· Identification of appropriate regulatory / incentive measures to be developed to encourage better
environmental management
· Identification of streamlined institutional and co-ordination arrangements for environmental
management within the sector
· Development and testing of training modules on SEA, EIAs and environmental audits: for government
and other agencies who manage and review EIAs; and for EIA practitioners to include:
o Coastal specific requirements for EIA and environmental audits
o EIA project management
o EIA review and evaluation
o EIA public consultation requirements
· Development of a template on best practice for provision of clear information for investors on process
for developments: time and money needed for EIAs and other planning processes
End-of Project Landscape (Outputs):
· National Tourism Policy specified and revised for sustainable coastal tourism
· Regulations and voluntary mechanisms (e.g. codes of conduct) are established
· Coordination mechanisms are functioning at the pilot destinations
· Monitoring system is in place at destinations, at sensitive ecotourism areas (coastal and reef zones),
as well as for water quality
· Community-based ecotourism activities are integrated and linked with mainstream beach-tourism
activities
· Beach management model is developed and functioning in areas of conflicting user-interests
· Zoning for tourism used is developed and adjusted in MPAs
· Model SEA process developed for coastal tourism
· Training modules are developed and delivered on ecotourism, reef management and EIA, SEA,
environmental auditing
· A general appropriate model likely to be implemented by the policy makers of Zanzibar
Project Management Structure and Accountability:
A comprehensive organisational structure for the project has been developed for project at the national level.
It is constituted by the following institutions:
1. Director of environment in the office of the Vice-president project executing agency
2. National coordination committee consisting of various stakeholders
3. Ministry of Environment and tourism as the National focal point
4. Stakeholders from the three demo sites (Bagamoyo, Dar es Salaam and Mafia)
5. Project Team manager (varies for different sites: municipal directors and district executive
directors).
6. A baseline inspiring organization model already exits in Bagamoyo and could be very useful in the
implementing phase of the project
Appendix A-96
Involvement of Stakeholders and Beneficiaries:
The project relies upon building strong participation, particularly since this is a key aspect and requirement
for integrated planning. Key stakeholders include:
The tourism sector through the Tanzania Hotels Association and other tourism representative bodies
Government (Ministries of Environment, Tourism, the Office of the Vice President)
Local Government (Bagamoyo District Council)
Other private sector associations such as professional institutes (architects, engineers)
Environmental and tourism training institutions
Civil society organisations involved in environmental and social issues as well as environmental
advocacy and awareness
Local community organisations
Marine parks management bodies
TCMP
Sustainability:
The demonstration project addresses sustainability in the following ways:
Financial sustainability: The activities principally aim at introducing policies and institutional structures, as
well as building capacity that ensure viable community-based and ecotourism businesses in the long-term. A
principal element of the EMS component (through the sectoral SEA) is to develop efficient yet cost-effective
environmental regulation through a combination of voluntary and regulatory measures and identification of
appropriate technologies and incentives for the tourism industry to invest in these. The policy changes and
capacity building activities will establish the necessary structures to maintain conservation activities in the
long term (e.g. strengthening the Marine Parks and Reserves Unit, creating adequate pricing policies for user
fees in marine parks that can support maintenance and conservation work in a continuous basis)
Tanzania has already conducted stakeholder consultations at a national level and has in place an
organisational structure for the project to be directed by the already established National Co-ordination
Committee. Local authorities in all the sites are represented on the project teams that will be established in
the three locations, which also have local community involvement. Political will is demonstrated through the
existing close collaboration between the two lead agencies as well as other agencies such as the TCMP.
Local level initiative (trainings, ICM, capacity building processes from TCMP and from European
universities) where identified in Bagamoyo. Some of these have the concern developed in this project.
Replicability:
This demonstration project is widely replicable within other coastal areas in Tanzania and throughout the
region. All the countries participating in the project have identified the gap between policy and regulation
requirements versus actual implementation, particularly since Government resources for environmental
protection are already stretched. The project provides a programme to streamline the implementation of
tourism planning, management and enforcement in a coherent extended coastal zone, which could be used as
a model for other countries in the region at different stages of development. SEA is relatively new to the
region, and has not been applied to the tourism sector. Therefore developing (and / or adapting) a model
SEA process for the region will build experience in the use of this as a tool for achieving sector wide
environmental management and ensuring environmental concerns are integrated at all levels of tourism
development. The lessons learned from Tanzania will be highly relevant for replicating the model process in
all the participating countries especially since many of the environmental issues faced are common to all
countries (e.g. lack of appropriate sewage treatment, lack of environmental quality monitoring, coastal
ecosystem degradation etc).
Monitoring & Evaluation Process:
General policies and regulations:
Indicators will evaluate the status of achievement of the regulatory and policy elements listed in
the activities, in a comprehensive policy framework specified for the Tanzania coastal zone:
Appendix A-97
· % of coastal area with tourism development which has comprehensive integrated planning
· Status of the establishment and functioning of the Sustainable Coastal Tourism Research (existence of
arrangements with other research and educational institutions, curricula developed, facilities installed,
staffing, etc.)
· Existence of a grant scheme for capacity building, number of training activities supported and level of
participation in them.
· % of the coastal area and its tourism sites covered by use sensitivity maps.
· % of the coastal area and its tourism sites with systematic monitoring processes in place
· Number of Marine Parks and reserves applying differentiated user fees, as a result of the revised pricing
policy.
· Extent of coastal zone and its tourist beaches covered by Disaster Preparedness and Management Plans
EMS and eco-certification:
No. of tourism industry specific environmental guidelines and standards developed
No. of new tourism developments (ranging from large resorts to community based ecotourism
enterprises) undergoing environmental assessments based upon proposed guidelines
% of new development which meets review criteria
No. of tourism industry organisations that have received training
No. of regulatory agency and local authority staff who have received training
No. of environmental quality monitoring activities in place
% of hotels with waste (solid and liquid) management and monitoring systems
% of coastal tourism development which has comprehensive integrated planning (measure by % of coast
under planning control and/or % of resorts/hotels with comprehensive plans/strategies subject to
effective review)
No. (%) of destination / coastal zone stakeholders in the three sites participating in SEA process
Social benefits provided by the tourism industry (number employed, measures of increased health, waste
management, general environmental infrastructure, distribution of benefits)
Sustainable tourism indicators competitiveness, ecological footprint of tourist, level of voluntary
environmental regulation
Environmental benefits (specific measures of key ecological benefits such as areas rehabilitated, areas
with visitor management plans in place)
% of coastal ecosystems (particularly beaches, mangroves, reef areas targeted by tourism) considered to
be in good condition and/or considered degraded (GIS based indicator)
% of waste reduction from tourism industry
Aggregate water consumption reductions
Aggregate energy reductions / increase in the use of non-hydrocarbon & renewable energy sources
Coliform counts on key coastal water bodies (% of water bodies with monitoring)
Increased stakeholder awareness and documented stakeholder involvement
Alternative livelihoods, poverty alleviation and revenue generation for conservation:
· Existence of coordination mechanisms at the coastal zone level, at destinations and at specific sites.
· Number of coordination meetings and workshops, level of participation by the different stakeholder
group (inclusiveness of coordination and planning processes)
· Number of hotels and local operators signed up for conflict-resolution agreements
· Number of destinations, ecotourism sites with systematic monitoring processes.
· Number of training and awareness raising events held, and level of community participation
· Existence of financial support mechanisms for community operations (microcredits, grants), number of
CBO, SMEs participating, and level of funds allocated
· Number of hotels offering tourism programmes in communities, cooperating with CBO and local SMEs.
Number of CBOs and SMEs involved.
· % of hotels with purchasing policies and practices favouring locally sourced products, % of locally
purchased supply
· Statistics on ecotourism-related SMEs (number of ventures, number of employees, revenues generated,
etc.) , by different categories (e.g. boat operators, guides) , existence of SME associations and level of
participation
· Number and extent of ecotourism sites, community-based tourism and community reserves with
adequate visitor infrastructure (e.g. boardwalk, signage, interpretation)
· Number and extent of community conservation areas with tourism management plans,
Appendix A-98
· Volume of revenue generated by tourism at community reserves, % reinvested for conservation
purposes.
· % of ecosystem in community-areas considered in good or degraded conditions. % of areas rehabilitated
(e.g. mangroves)
· Number of fishermen adopting improved fishing methods
· Number of conflicts of access to resources
· Number and reports of coordinating meetings linking decision making sphere with the local
communities.
Mitigation of impacts on reefs
· Number of training and awareness raising events held and level of participation in them, by the different
stakeholder groups (e.g. park managers, boat and dive operators, local communities, hoteliers, etc.)
· Number of boat and dive operators, as well as park management offices applying codes of conducts for
tourist use
· Number of parks and reserves providing information and interpretation material and programmes for
tourists (e.g. brochures, panels, interpretation centres) on reef ecology and conservation provided by
park offices and operators.
· Number of dive operators incorporating conservation and environmental issues in dive briefings
· Number of operators offering diving programmes with conservation purposes, or incorporating turtle
conservation activities. Level of coordination between park management and operators on conservation
activities.
· Number and % of Marine Parks and reserve areas with tourism use zoning, licensing policies and
regulations
· % of Marine Parks and reserve areas covered by sensitivity mapping (GIS)
· Number/% of local boat operators collaborating in conservation and monitoring activities
· % of turtle nesting beaches with co-management practices (between park management, operators, local
community) for turtle conservation. % of operators participating in these activities.
· % of reef areas (in tourism use zones) considered to be in good condition or in degraded status (% of
corals degraded, variety of marine species species count)
· Volume of revenue generated at marine parks (from different sources, like user and licensing fees), % of
revenue retained at the park management and used for maintenance and conservation
Considerable data already exists under the ICZM planning framework for Tanzania. The Tanzania Coastal
Management Partnership, and in particular its Coastal Tourism Working Group will be key stakeholders and
informants. Additional environmental data related to tourism is available from the environmental regulatory
agency which is mandated with implementing environmental laws, in particular on environmental impact
assessment and auditing. All these efforts will need to be documented, consolidated and built upon in order
to provide a valuable baseline for the SEA as well as to develop meaningful monitoring parameters and the
associated capacities of the institutions involved.
Co-Financing:
Key sources of co-financing to the project include:
Government agencies hosting meetings, office space and facilities, personnel, in-country transportation
The Tanzania Hotels Association and other tourism representative organisations hosting meetings,
mobilising members to provide meeting venues, accommodation etc in kind or at subsidised rates
Other donor agencies / NGOs with programmes that can link with this project part financing of
training and awareness activities, policy development activities, community mobilisation, meeting
facilitation.
Appendix A-99
ANNEX A-1
CRITERIA FOR STEERING COMMITTEE SELECTION OF DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS
The Steering Committee formally accepted the following selection criteria at the Steering Committee meeting in
Calabar, Nigeria 9th -11th 2005. These Pilot Sites were then ranked using the following criteria.
1. Global and Regional Environmental Benefits (Global Significance). [SCORE OUT OF 30]
The Demonstrations should clearly respond to the environmental benefits in the region and contribute to overall
global environmental benefits.
(i)
Demonstrating strategies for addressing land-based activities (under the Global Programme of Action
for Land-based Sources of Pollution) that degrade marine waters(sewage, peticides, dioxins, litter, pathogens,
nutrients, BOD etc)
(ii)
Demonstrating reduction of threats to living resources and critical / sensitive habitats (coral seagrass
and mangrove).
(iii)
Demonstrating strategies to address freshwater scarcity.
2. Sustainable Development Perspective and Socio-economic benefits
[SCORE OUT OF 20]
Projects should be designed taking into account the need to alleviate poverty and promote economic growth.
(i)
Demonstrations that develop and promote alternative livelihoods
(ii)
Demonstrations that develop strategies to internalise environmental costs
(iii)
Demonstrations in the use of economic instruments (e.g. revenue generation and return for conservation
management)
3. Receptivity, participatory, ease and structure of implementation [SCORE OUT OF 20]
Projects should demonstrate development and implementation through a participatory approach with strong
ownership with all partners including the government, the private sector, civil society including NGOs and the
scientific community, the projects should also have a gender balance.
(i)
Strong National Political will to implement project (Country driveness, linkages into existing policy,
legislation, institutional)
(ii)
Overall ease of implementation structure (includes the tourism related issues above).
(iii)
A site where the local authority, managers, tourism businesses, and the local community in general are
interested in sustainable tourism and are likely to support the project.
(iv)
A site where the local communities can understand and share current or emerging sustainability issues
and problems related to coastal tourism.
(v)
Availability of data and information (background information, information on tourism activities and
stakeholders) related to environmental and socio-economic issues at the coastal zone / destination.
(vi)
Existing and potential capacity for monitoring and evaluation
4. Replicability and transfer of experiences
[SCORE OUT OF 20]
Projects should be designed to ensure replication and dissemination of good practices and experiences
(i)
A site which is representative of similar destinations in the country and the region and likely to provide
transferable and replicable experiences.
(ii)
A site with sustainability issues and problems, which are shared with other sites in the country and the
region (e.g. related to the management of coastal ecosystems, coordination, water, energy, waste; employment;
socio-cultural aspects; etc.)
5. Innovative approach and/ or integrated approach to achieve multiple benefits: [SCORE OUT OF 20]
Projects should aim as far as possible at demonstrating innovative approaches and / or integrating the thematic
coverage within the Project:
(i)
Use of new technology to assess and reduce contaminant loading of International Waters
(ii)
Demonstrating the use of innovative policies or economic instruments, management systems
(iii)
Involving the private sector in utilizing technological advances for resolving transboundary priority
concerns
(iv)
Integrated approach to achieve multiple benefits
6. Funding and Co-financing [SCORE OUT OF 30]
Appendix A-100
Only projects likely to attract adequate domestic funding and / or external support shall be considered. Projects
demonstrating strong co-financing shall be given priority.
(i)
Leverage of assistance from Government agencies
(ii)
Leverage of assistance from research institutes
(iii)
Leverage of substantial private sector resources (through demonstration projects) to remove the barriers
to adoption of measures to prevent pollution
(iv)
Leverage of assistance from International organisation (donors, etc)
(v)
Leverage of assistance from National organisations (NGO)
7. Sustainability:
Y/N
Projects have activities whose benefits are sustainable beyond the life cycle of the project.
8. Performance criteria: Y/N
Projects should contain clear objectives, performance indicators and monitoring mechanisms.
9. Geographical balance:
Y/N
Balance between the 9 Sub-Saharan African Countries should be sought.
10. Thematic balance: Y/N
Balance between the thematic areas should be sought.
Appendix A-101
Document Outline